WI: NACA Modified P-38

Ch.16a - Diagram of Modified Fuel System
  • The idea of energizing the shut valves had me a bit confused at first, til you explained the loss of power issue: with possible battle damage (my first thought), you fail safe. Nice job, again.
    I was looking at my design and I realized I made a pretty big mistake with this. The original idea was to shut of the fuel flow upstream from the manual valve but still route all the fuel through the manual valve. The problem is, if the manual valve is at, for example, RESERVE and the electric selector is on MAIN then the MAIN is open and RESERVE closed on the electric valves but the MAIN is still being blocked by the manual valve.

    The right way to do it would be to "Y" each fuel line where it enters the manual valve. The line which bypasses the manual valve would then have the electrically controlled valve actuator but of the type which is closed at rest and open when energized. Coming off the manual valve output line would be another, master, shut valve which is open when off and closed when energized. Downstream of this is where the bypass lines and the manual valve output lines reconnect. Another "Y" exists here to supply fuel to the Cross-feed line to the other engine [EDIT: I realized it would be easier to have two crossfeed lines rather than one with check valves, after all this is how it was done OTL].

    This allows all the functions to work properly. When the electrical system is powered on, the manual valve output line closes and the valve for the selected tank opens on that tank's bypass line. When a different tank is selected on the electric selector dial in the cockpit, the previous tank valve closes and the newly selected tank valve opens. When the electrical tank selection control is powered off (either by turning the Override ON or as a result of electrical failure) the individual tank bypass line valves all close and the manual valve output line shut-valve opens, allowing all the fuel to flow freely through the manual system. This simplifies the selection dial as well because instead of twelve contactors per position it now only needs six: two to close the circuit for the selected tanks and open the valves, two to turn on the tanks' booster pumps, and two to connect the tanks to the Low Level Warning lamps. Plus, now the only actuators which need steady current are the shut-valves off the Manual Valve Output lines and the ones to open the valve of the selected tanks.

    Cross feeding is handled as described in the narrative: selecting the tank on the dial, turning the manual valve to CROSS SUCTION, and turning the cross feeding side's Override switch ON. This closes all of the individual tank valves on the bypass lines for that side and opens the manual valve output shut-valve. Fuel then flows from the other side's cross-feed line into the manual valve of the cross feeding side where it is now free to flow out to the engine.

    Another consideration I had was that by removing the Outer Wing LE tanks from this system and keeping them controlled by their own electrically actuated valves feeding directly to the engine as they were OTL and as they have been in ATL up until now, then the entire electrically controlled system with all the bypass lines and new valves can be designed as a single package and can therefore be retrofitted into existing airplanes. Of course, this means that the LE tanks cannot be cross-fed and also that they cannot be used after electrical failure. One option would be to integrate LE tanks into this for future production models, but exclude it from the field upgrade kit. OTL and ATL up to now, the LE tanks have their own switches to turn open them to the engines rather a position on the tank selector valve. Integrating these tanks to the manual valve would require running a fuel line all the way from the tank to the tank selector valve in the center nacelle and requires a five position manual valve rather than the four position that would have been used up until this point.

    Here is a rough diagram of the Right Hand side to help [EDIT: I changed the CROSS SUCTION and removed the unnecessary check-valve]:
    FuelSystem.png
     
    Last edited:
    Ch.17 - Production Planning (May - Jun 1943)
  • 17 May 1943
    Wright Field, Dayton, Ohio, USA


    Lt.Col. Kelsey’s superiors were pressing hard. Kelsey could not blame them, he was just as frustrated as they were at the lack of progress on the P-63. After the loss of the first two prototypes of Bell’s planned P-39 replacement the previous winter, the third prototype had continued to suffer problems and Bell was still not ready to move forward with production. Instead, they were still churning out the outdated and largely obsolete P-39 on the production lines in Wheatfield, New York.

    Not that the P-63 was the lone headache Kelsey was dealing with. He had a towering stack of papers on his desk of reports on a dozen different types of experimental and proposed fighters that were suffering repeated development problems that put the P-63’s issues to shame. For the past month he had overseen systematic testing of many developmental and experimental aircraft over at the nearby Patterson Field in an effort to get rid of the worst performing models and thin down the number projects requiring resources.

    Curtiss had XP-55, a novel design with a pusher engine and a forward canard instead of the traditional rear elevators. They were still building the first prototype so there were not any testing data available but considering it had been initially designed for the Pratt & Whitney X-1800—which had since been cancelled—and had to be redesigned for the Allison V-3420 it was under severe delays.

    Similar delays affected other programs intended to use the X-1800, including Vultee’s XP-54 and both of Lockheed’s P-38 spin-offs, the XP-49 and XP-58. The XP-58 was nowhere near ready to fly yet but the XP-49 was going through its test stages using a Continental XI-1430 and it did not seem to offer any improvement gains over the continually improving P-38’s already in production.

    Another airplane suffering from the cancellation of the X-1800 was Northrop’s bizarre tailless XP-56 which was being completely redesigned for the larger R-2800 radial engine. Northrop was promising a flyable prototype in the summer, but Kelsey was doubtful and even if Jack Northrop could deliver he simply did not see a need for the strange little airplane.

    What Northrop had that was going good was the P-61A, a three seat purpose-built night fighter of similar layout and size to Lockheed’s yet-to-fly XP-58. It was progressing adequately into production and Kelsey was inclined to prioritize it by default over any of its competitors, including the XP-58 which was not intended for the same role but seemed so similar is so many ways there was little doubt that the two would be used almost interchangeably.

    Republic was working on the XP-72, an intended evolution of the P-47. They had been looking into a version powered by the highly experimental Wright R-2160, a 42-cylinder liquid-cooled inline radial, as the XP-69 but Kelsey and the Army had cancelled it just a week ago. Kelsey was now trying to scrounge up the budget to help Republic finance the Pratt & Whitney R-4360 four-row air-cooled radial powered XP-72 instead.

    Curtiss also had the variants of the XP-60, namely the Pratt & Whitney R-2800 powered XP-60C. XP-60C had been tested in the comparisons and did not perform well enough to justify re-allocation of R-2800s from better aircraft already in production, namely the P-47. Kelsey had already reduced the order from 500 planes to 2 and was now trying to make the case to halt funding development of the other XP-60 variants Curtiss was still working on.

    There were others as well: GM’s Fisher Body Division’s XP-75 with its hodgepodge of borrowed sub-assemblies (wings form a P-40 or P-51, tail from an A-24, main gear from a Navy Corsair, and a layout like a P-39) was still being built with an Allison V-3420, McDonnell was still trying to smooth out the aerodynamics of their sculpted XP-67, Vultee was still working on both their XP-54 and the proposed improvement the XP-68, plus numerous other minor projects on airplane for which Kelsey was sure there was not a real need.

    The most interesting project was the turbine powered Bell P-59 that had been undergoing extensive testing in California. Even that interesting bit of technology, though, was failing to live up to expectations being fickle, prone to failures, fuel thirsty, and well under expected power levels. He liked the idea of jet powered aircraft but it would take more expertise than Bell has available to make it successful, he feared.

    Then there were the production aircraft in service.

    The P-47 had come a long since it rash of accidents the previous summer but still had some problems to work out. Still, it was fast, tough, and carried a wallop of a punch with its eight .50 caliber AN/M2 machine guns. The problems it had experienced were eerily familiar to Kelsey’s ears though: guns jamming on high G turns, turbo-supercharger reliability problems, and most frighteningly Compressibility stalls, among others. Of these, the only remaining trouble was control lock in power dives due to Compressibility. One good thing about the P-47, which both Kelsey and the brass in the War Production Board liked, was that Republic was building them as fast as the Army wanted them and then some. Kelsey was hoping that he could have the Army pull the plug Curtiss’s XP-55 and XP-60 he could get the Buffalo plant to start building their contracted P-47’s sooner rather than later.

    The P-39’s and P-40’s were continuing their slides into further obsolescence but they were all the Army had in numbers big enough to fill the active combat units while North American ramped up their production of the new P-51B with its Packard V-1650 engine and impressive performance. Kelsey’s bosses had been so impressed with the test performance of the XP-51B that they had placed an order for 2,200 of them in addition to the 400 they had ordered before the test aircraft had even flown. On May 5th, Kelsey had received a telegram from the Army liaison at NAA that the first production P-51B was complete and more were on their way.

    Apart from the new P-51, the P-38 was the shining star of Kelsey’s fleet. It was continuing to decimate the enemy over Papua New Guinea and Guadalcanal and now owned the western Mediterranean with the final German surrender in Tunisia. Even with all of that success, it still suffered problems and Lockheed was constantly working to improve it and fine tune. Many of the problems remaining with the airframe were supposed to be fixed in the latest versions coming out of Burbank. While Kelsey had been too busy to personally take part, the P-38H-1-LO specification standards he had received certainly looked to fit the bill. Even more so was Kelsey’s surprise to receive standards for a yet even further upgraded block, the P-38H-5-LO only a few weeks later.

    Even more impressive were the Lockheed Test Division’s numbers on their in-house developed improvement they were referring to as the P-38J. This airplane used an experimental version of the Allison V-1710 that could churn out more than 1800 horsepower and captured that power with new paddle blade propellers from Hamilton-Standard, similar to the ones used on the P-47. Kelsey was so impressed, he had used some of his available budget to order an official XP-38J prototype for delivery in a few months so the Army test pilots could put it through its paces.

    In the meantime, he was already looking at the specification standards for a P-38H-10-LO which offered an improved fuel-management system in an effort to reduce accidents. He knew many of the old-guard in the AAF would write this off as unneeded, after all a Pursuit Pilot ought to know how to manage their own airplane! So, Kelsey was trying to work the angle that the change would reduce pilot load and increase their reaction and combat effectiveness. If that did not work, he would throw numbers at them—numbers which he had two of his orderlies getting together even now—which would show the amount of money lost in just the past six months from the problem of fuel management on the P-38.

    No, Kelsey had to admit that any problems remaining with the P-38 rested more on the Army Air Force than with Lockheed. They were still having all manner of training accidents and the number of operational aborts that could be traced back to pilot error were no small matter. While some were true mechanical aborts due to engine, turbine, or other system failures; many others were a result of the pilot mishandling those systems either because they were busy in the cockpit trying to manage all the equipment or because they just plan forgot. The Block-10 P-38H’s looked like they should be able to alleviate many of the troubles just through application of its new fuel management system but, then again, most of the fuel starvation accidents occur during stateside training and Kelsey had every intension of sending every P-38H the Army could get its hands on out to active combat groups.

    Training and operational issues aside, Kelsey and his bosses all agreed that the biggest trouble with the Lighting was that there simply were not enough of them.

    The latest numbers from Lockheed indicated they were producing well over 200 P-38’s per month off their two production lines but even with that they had only just recently started to catch up with demand from the fronts. The AAF was asking for even more now to equip new groups and to replace older airplanes that were already beginning to become tired from continued combat in the terrible conditions of North Africa and the South Pacific.

    In total the Air Force wanted to double the number of combat groups equipped with P-38’s by the end of the year, more if possible; even while introducing numerous new groups with P-47C’s and D’s. The problem was that given the attrition rates coming from groups already operating the P-38’s—from accidents mostly but some combat losses as well—and Lockheed’s demonstrated maximum production capability of about 300 planes per month, which it achieved in March, Kelsey did not know where all these other groups would get their P-38’s.

    One plan was to follow a similar introduction as was used by the Fifth Air Force in the SWPA, replacing the airplanes within active squadrons as they arrived. The trouble with that plan was that it did not really work too well because replacement planes were first given to the fully equipped and trained P-38 Groups before the other squadrons could get theirs. Plus there were the issues of training and logistics which would be dramatically complicated by operating different types within a single squadron.

    Ideally, Kelsey would like to train entire squadrons, groups if possible, in the P-38 before shipping them as a unit to the combat theaters. Already the 55th Fighter Group was training in P-38’s out west for future deployment to one of the Theaters of Operations and there was even talk of readying the 20th Fighter Group, up to this time a P-38 Training Group, for combat deployment. Even then, if the 20th were transferred to combat, the Air Force would need to establish a new training group to replace it.

    In order to get a full group operational within two months of arriving at their forward location though, they would need about 90 planes. Adding even one group per month would use around one-third of all production, barely leaving enough airplanes for training and replacements; much less equipping additional groups or even just single squadrons. The numbers are made even more difficult by the fact every so often a batch of airplanes are designated as F-5’s and slated for Photo Reconnaissance work rather than as Fighters.

    Fortunately, the War Production Board is the Ace of all Aces in the deck of cards that is war materiel production and they were able to play a trump to help out. Two months ago, AVCO merged their Consolidated Aircraft and Vultee Aircraft companies into Consolidated Vultee Aircraft Corporation or Convair. The corporate merger gave the War Department an excuse to step in and completely review all active and pending government contracts with both companies and renegotiate several of them.

    Consolidated’s contracts were essential, being dominated by the B-24 Heavy Bomber and the PBY patrol craft, but Vultee, on the other hand, was practically an extraneous appendage by War Department standards. The only production project coming out of Vultee’s Nashville, Tennessee plant, was the already outdated A-31 Vengeance dive bomber that was being supplied to the British and even they did not really want it anymore. The only reason it was even still in production was because of old contracts and to keep the skilled labor busy and on-hand at the plant until a better project was found.

    That project was originally intended to be the XP-54 which was one of Kelsey’s many experimental headaches. It was overly complicated, prone to failures, and lacked a proper engine. In its initial rounds of flight tests in January it fell below every performance benchmark it was guaranteed to hit and Kelsey promptly lost patience.

    After several meetings with the RAF liaisons, it was agreed that once all Vengeances currently on the line were complete, its production would end for good. In exchange, the USAAF had promised the RAF to fill their open Vengeance orders with A-36 Apaches, the dive-bomber variant of the P-51A, or Mustang II as the Brits called it.

    To appease Convair and fill the need for work at the factory, the USAAF had mediated negotiations between them and Lockheed so that Convair could re-tool the Vultee plant and start building P-38’s under contract. The schedule was just finalized and it was planned that Vultee would re-tool and reconfigure over the summer, during which time the production supervisors would be “on loan” to Lockheed so they could familiarize themselves with the airplane and its many unique production techniques. The factory was supposed to start production in the fall with a target delivery of its first P-38’s no later than November 1. The Air Force promptly placed an order for 2000 Vultee Lightnings to smooth the negotiations.

    The only trouble with this plan, as far as Kelsey could see, was that it was too slow and even if the Nashvhille plant, by some miracle, can produce as many P-38’s at peak production as it could Vengeances they would only contribute 40-50 P-38’s per month and it was far more likely that given the complexity of the Lockheed airplane Vultee would be fortunate to produce half of even those low numbers.

    Even if they could produce enough Lightnings, the Army would need to find a way to produce an equal number of Lightning pilots. This was not an easy task considering the P-38 was one of the more complex airplanes in the AAF inventory and it could only seat the lone pilot which prevented an instructor joining in on any first flights. They had started to have an instructor try joining some of the trainees by contorting themselves into a ball and sitting behind the pilot on the radio shelf but it was uncomfortable at best and did not include any provision for the instructor to take control of the aircraft in an emergency.

    Kelsey had seen one P-38, an old spare E Model, which Lockheed had modified to experiment with different airfoils as part of development for the XP-49 and other projects. That airplane also had a stretched gondola with an extended cockpit so an observer could ride along and record the tests. Kelsey lamented that there was no possibility of having Lockheed sneak even a dozen or so of those into P-38 production every month as they would be perfect candidates for a TP-38 platform. There just was not enough capacity or time to build the tooling and to divert combat production to training production. What would be nice, Kelsey mused, would be if he could find a low volume manufacturer to build TP-38’s and another high-volume manufacturer to supplement the main P-38 production in sufficient numbers to meet the goal of active Combat Groups by the end of year.

    But, where would he find either?

    Looking over the papers in front of him as he mulled over the many problems he needed to solve the order of the papers suddenly slipped into just the right pattern for him to a see a chain reaction of deals he could make to solve several of them at once.

    He grabbed a piece of letterhead and a pencil and started to write up several letters and proposals. It took the better part of an hour to get the drafts completed then he called for his secretary, “Darlene! I need you to type these up. Fix what needs to be fixed and clean them up. Each needs two copies, one for the addressee and one for the War Production Board.”

    “Yes Sir. Would you like me to send them out as well?”

    “Yes. Yes, of course. Thank you. That will be all, Lieutenant.”
    =======================================

    6 June 1943
    Burbank, California, USA


    “Bell!?”

    Cort Gross had just finished explaining to Hall Hibbard the USAAF’s latest plan for P-38 production expansion. For the past several weeks he and his Production Chiefs had been in negotiations with the Air Corps, Bell Aircraft, and the Convair executives regarding how to re-distribute their resources to accelerate P-38 output as quickly as possible with minimal interruption. Hall sounded a little dubious of the plan.

    “Aren’t they a little busy with the P-39 and whatever else the Army has them working on?”

    “Not for long. The Army has cancelled their XP-63 because it has too many problems and performs worse than the Merlin engined version North American’s P-51. The decision was made to allow them to complete their existing P-39 orders and to shift the first order of two-thousand P-63’s over to P-39’s to keep the Soviets happy and keep existing Fighter Groups in supply.” Cort knew he really did not need to explain anything to Hall, whose job would not be greatly impacted by the change, but he liked keeping his chiefs fully informed where possible to foster an open relationship with them.

    “How many P-39’s does Bell still need to build?”

    “I don’t know, exactly, but when we were talking last week it sounded like there are still around fifteen-hundred on the last order plus the two-thousand from the first P-63 order.”

    “So, how many P-38’s are they supposed to build?”

    “The first contract was for twelve-hundred, shifted from the second P-63 order, with an agreement for another twelve-hundred ordered when the first is fifty-percent complete.”

    “The War Production Board expects Bell to build over two-thousand P-38’s while still building three-thousand P-39’s? Do they have that kind of capacity?”

    Cort had to be honest with Hall on this one, “No, they really don’t. They have multiple production lines at their new Wheatfield plant in New York and currently all the lines are building P-39’s with a smaller developmental group that had been working on the P-63. The plan that Ben Kelsey mediated is to split the Bell production between the P-38 and P-39 with the re-tooling to take place immediately. The goal is to get up to one-hundred P-38’s per month by the beginning of next year. At that pace the initial order will keep them busy for a year and the supplemental order should keep them going through the end of 1945.”

    Hall was nodding slightly. Cort suspected that the numbers were going through his head as he tried to figure out what it would take to get Bell up to 100 P-38’s per month. His next question was the one Cort had been waiting for, “Why are you telling me all this? Why not just let Production handle all the details?”

    Cort smiled, here it was. “There was more to the deal and a couple pieces involve your group.”

    Hall stared at Cort expectantly.

    “First,” Cort continued, “Kelsey wants you to send the ‘Swordfish’ to Nashville with a couple of her designers so they can work with Vultee to get a production version of the two-seater built there. They want dual-controls and minimal performance impact. The detailed specifications are on their way from Wright Field and should meet your team in Nashville.”

    Hall hesitated, waiting for more, “and second?”

    "As part of this, in order to free up resources to help Vultee and Bell get up to speed, the Air Force has canceled both the XP-49 and the XP-58. All work on them is to be halted, effective immediately."

    Hall flushed in anger, "So, we have to farm out our airplane, help Vultee and Bell build it, and we loose not one but two development projects!? What the hell were you thinking?"

    Cort was expecting this and had the answer at the ready. "You and Kelly are heading out to Elgin Field in Florida, in two days. The Air Force wants to give you a new project.”

    “What kind of project?” Hall could not disguise the suspicion in his voice.

    “I don't know all the details but Kelsey mentioned it has to do with problems with Bell and a proposal you sent over last year.” He let Hall figure out what that meant before he added the little bit Kelsey made sure he share, "Oh, and Hall? This trip is completely Secret. No one can know about what you discuss while out there and when you get back, you and Kelly are both to come straight to me."
     
    Last edited:
    Ch.18 - Aftermath of a Disaster (Aug 1943)
  • Not very long, considering the delay in getting it up. This one just gets the ball rolling and sets the stage.

    19 August 1943
    HQ, VIII Bomber Command, 8th AF
    High Wycombe, England


    Major General Frederick Anderson felt he was about to be sick.

    For the past thirty hours post-mission reports had been coming in to the headquarters of VIII Bomber Command, Eighth Air Force, the primary USAAF strategic air force in England and thus in all of Western Europe. The numbers were horrific.

    Mission No. 84 was flown on August 17th by all of the Bombardment Groups under his command as part of VIII Bomber Command’s obligation in the Pointblank Directive to destroy the Luftwaffe in preparation for the eventual invasion of France. Originally, it was supposed to take place on August 7th is conjunction with 9th AF B-24’s from Libya as Operation Juggler but the 8th was prevented from taking part by bad weather. Instead, Anderson’s command had re-organized their portion of the raid to be done independently by splitting their forces between two targets to reduce their exposure to enemy fighter defenses.

    The revised plan called for Col. Curtiss LeMay to lead seven Groups of the 4th Bombardment Wing to the originally planned target of the Bf. 109 plants in Regensburg, and turn south west to land at air bases in North Africa before dark. This Wing would be followed by the 1st Bombardment Wing under Brig.Gen. Robert Williams consisting of nine Groups and three Composite Groups in two Task Forces which would turn North-East to attack the ball bearings production facilities in Schweinfurt and return to their home bases in England. In total 376 B-17’s were scheduled to fly. The plan was to space the groups such that the defending German fighters would only be able to make a single attack on each—hitting the 4th Wing on the way to the target, then having to land, refuel, and rearm before they could sortie again to strike the 1st Wing after leaving their target.

    In support of this, the bombers would be escorted to and from Germany by USAAF P-47’s and RAF Spitfires but due to their limited ranges, the bombers would be alone for about two-hours over enemy territory.

    The Fog of War started to unravel the careful plan before the planes even left the ground—or, more accurately, the Fog of England. In the morning all of England was covered in the infamous thick soup of haze which prevented the 4th Wing bombers from leaving their bases in East Anglia until the last possible moment that would still leave them enough light to find the bases in Algeria. The 1st Wing, scattered through the Midlands, was not so fortunate and was delayed from taking off until the 4th Wing had already reached the Dutch coast. This required an even longer wait as the 1st Wing then had to wait for the escort fighters to re-arm and re-fuel so they would be able to meet up and lead them in. In the end, the 1st Wing was more than three hours behind the 4th instead of immediately following it.

    What happened after that was still unclear but as the bombers of the 1st wing started to trickle back to England in the early evening the component Groups started compiling their mission reports and send them on to VIII Bomber Command. The reports had been coming in at irregular intervals since then and few had any good news.

    The reports form the 4th Wing would have to wait until the Groups had completed the return trip back from North Africa. The first small squadrons were beginning to arrive but it would take another few days for all of them to come back.

    Just from the two task forces of the 1st Bombardment Wing, though, Gen. Anderson was looking at a stack of thirty-six Missing Air Crew Reports (MACR). That means thirty-six B-17s out of 230 did not come back, over fifteen percent. That was just the start of it as well. Of the planes that did come back many, or even most, were damaged to varying degrees including a few KIA and even more wounded.

    The three groups leading the attack, the 91st, 101st Composite, and 381st, were the hardest hit. Of the 57 planes that filled these three groups only 40 made it all the way to the target—including several early aborts—and only 36 made it back to England. Twenty-One of Fifty-Seven planes were simply gone, a staggering 37%. The good news was that two of the planes had ditched and their entire crews were rescued. One interesting MACR was for #42-5712 of the 322nd Bomb Squadron, 91st Bomb Group bound for Bassingbourn which was originally reported as missing but later turned up at Manston badly damaged with only three crew aboard. The report from the Group indicated that the Pilot and Co-Pilot had stayed with the ship after discovering their Engineer was injured and his parachute had been burned. They flew back at 100 feet, with the injured Engineer manning his turret and the Co-Pilot manning the waist guns to ward off enemy fighters.

    The worst hit Group of the bunch was the 381st which flew with the 91st in the Lead Wing. They lost nine planes out of their own formation plus two more out of the composite Group. Eleven of twenty-six planes or 42%.

    Although some of the reports indicated a few losses to Anti-Aircraft fire, the vast majority of them were attributed to Enemy Aircraft. The 1st Wing reported that they were under uninterrupted attack for half an hour on their way to the target and for another hour on their withdrawal before the P-47’s and Spitfires showed up.

    The heavy losses suffered by the 1st Bombardment Wing during their raid on Schweinfurt would have been easier to stomach if at least the raid had produced good results. The first bomb damage assessment photos which came through the same evening as the raid showed that was not the case. The target was only lightly damaged and it would need to be hit again. The sooner the better.

    Maj.Gen. Anderson’s biggest question was, what kind of strength did VIII Bomber Command have left with which to mount another deep penetration raid like that?
    =========================================

    23 August 1943
    HQ, VIII Bomber Command, 8th AF
    High Wycombe, England


    The question of the past six days had been answered: there were insufficient Heavy Bombers remaining in VIII Bomber Command to mount another high-density deep-penetration raid.

    What remained of the 4th Bombardment Wing had returned and the news from the Groups was they had suffered just as badly as the 1st Wing. Of the 146 Bombers in the Wing that went out twenty-four were reported missing, although the American Embassy in Geneva had sent news that two of these missing aircraft had made emergency landings in Switzerland and they and their crews were to be interred for the remainder of war.

    Where the lead Provisional Combat Wing was the hardest hit on the Schweinfurt raid, for those heading to Regensburg it was the under-strength trailing 402nd Provisional Combat Bombardment Wing which took the brunt of the attacks. Of the forty-two planes in two Groups that made the Wing, thirteen were lost to enemy fighters on the way to the target, nine from the 100th Bombardment Group alone totaling 43% of that Group’s involved aircraft.

    Even worse was the news that several of the B-17 which managed to make it to Tunisia needed extensive repairs before they could come back to England—repairs which likely are not possible from the limited facilities at the desert air bases. These airplanes, then, are also lost for operational use further limiting the number bombers Anderson has available for missions.

    Breaking the news to Gen. Eaker that he would not be able to mount a follow up attack on Schweinfurt for at least six weeks was not Anderson’s favorite part of the job but it had to be done. Eaker’s reaction was more resigned than Anderson had expected but the biggest surprise came from Eaker’s follow-on question.

    “When we do go back, can we get escorts all the way?”

    “Sir?” Anderson knew he could not have heard the commanding General’s question correctly. Eaker was well known for his “The Bombers will always get through” mentality.

    “Escorts, Fred.” Eacker spoke solidly and clearly, “The Bomb Groups involved last week all reported that most of the losses were to enemy fighters and that they held off until our escorts left the bomber stream. Hell, some even said they could see the Germans flying off in the distance just waiting to strike. If we can get escorts all the way to the target we should be able to avoid these losses.”

    “General Eaker, Sir, even if round-trip escorts would help we don’t have anything with the range right now.”

    “Fred, you just told me it would be at least six week before we have the bomber strength for another strike on Schweinfurt; that gives you six weeks to get some escorts. If we need to send the bombers without escorts again, I will give the order, but in the meantime do everything you can to find a suitable plane and to beg, borrow, or steal as many as you can.”

    So, Anderson had spent the past day and half talking to everyone he could about possible escort fighters, including the RAF. The consensus was that the only fighters that could make deep penetration sorties into Germany were the P-38 and the brand new P-51B. Unfortunately there were not any fighter groups in all of England equipped with either.

    The 20th Fighter Group was en route to England already, due in on the Queen Elizabeth within the next few days. They were a P-38 group that had been training new and replacement pilots stateside for most of the year but were now on their way to join the 8th. Unfortunately, they were arriving without any planes and Anderson had no idea when the aircraft would be available for them. Also, they would need to go through at least a month of combat training and theatre familiarization before they anywhere close ready for combat.

    Following them were the 55th Fighter Group, another P-38 group, due sometime next month. They would have planes but they were a new group and would take at least as long as or longer than the 20th before they could be considered operational. Best case scenario with these two groups would be that one of them could be operational by early or mid-October and that is if everything goes well. That would give him just enough time to get the Bombardment Groups ready for another Schweinfurt raid but the availability of the two fighter Groups would be questionable and it seemed like it would be a folly to send an unproven Group on a 10 hour escort for their first mission.

    Anderson could not find a good solution to get experienced escorts operational before sending the bombers back to Schweinfurt unless the second raid were delayed until they were available. From what Eaker had told him that was simply not an option. As soon as the bombers were available they would go, with or without escorts.

    He was discussing these problems with his Staff, hoping to find some angle he had missed. They were at as much loss as he was and were about to consign themselves to the situation when the orderly for his G4, a young Captain whose name Anderson could not remember, spoke up.

    “Excuse me, Sir, if I may?”

    Anderson looked askance to his G4 then nodded consent for the Captain to continue, “Yes, Captain?”

    “I am sorry to interject but what about the Seventy-Eighth Fighter Group?”

    “The Seventy-Eighth? They fly P-47’s, how does that help us?”

    “Sir. I remember seeing equipment transfers come through which included a number of P-38 spare parts they had on hand. Didn’t they fly P-38’s when they first came over?”

    “Yes, but they were all sent to Doolittle in North Africa last winter.”

    “General,” his G1, in charge of Personnel spoke up, “excuse me, sir, not all of them. I believe the planes all went but a number of pilots stayed behind.” This got Anderson’s attention.

    “How many?”

    “P-38 certified? I will need to get detailed records from the Group but I believe there are probably a good fifteen or twenty still with them, sir.”

    Not quite one squadron’s worth of men and still no planes. Still, Anderson thought, they could form a good core of experienced combat pilots to build an escort group of P-38s around. He would need to get a few more pilots and about 30 planes to complete a full squadron then replace the other two squadrons in the 78th with P-38s as they become available. They can continue flying their current missions using mixed P-38s and P-47s until they are at full strength then they will be ready to escort the bombers to Deep targets.

    “Colonel Howard,” Anderson addressed his G1, “request the personnel files from the 78th. I want to know who was with the Group when they first came, who is left, and where the others went. When that is done, draft a list of pilots which were sent to North Africa from the 78th and bring it to me.” If he could get Eaker on board with this, maybe they could get a few of the old 78th pilots back from the Med—pilots who have six months combat experience flying P-38’s. He would not need many, just enough to transfer some of the operational experience with the P-38 to the other pilots making the transition. He turned to his G4, “Colonel Vincent, find out how many P-38’s are due to arrive in England and when. I need to know shipment numbers so I can get General Eaker to sign off on requisitions and re-assignments.”

    “General Anderson, sir? Are we transitioning the 78th back to P-38’s?”

    “Colonel,” he looked around the room, “Gentlemen, the Commanding General of the Eighth Air Force has tasked us with getting operational long-range escorts as soon as possible, by any means necessary; so, yes, Colonel, that is exactly what we are doing.”
     
    Last edited:
    Ch.19 - Bounced! (2 Sep 1943)
  • 2 September 1943
    1505 hours
    82nd FG, 47th BW, XII BC, 12th AF
    Grombalia Airfield, Tunisia


    On a normal day, with normal missions, the ground crews of the 95th, 96th, and 97th Fighter Squadrons would not have time to worry about their absent airplanes. They would be too busy preparing other squadron airplanes for the next mission, rotating the elements through the sorties one after the other, sometimes as many as three separate missions in a single day.

    This day, however, was different. All three squadrons of the 82nd Fighter Group (Twin-Engine), in their entireties, had been sortied for a single escort mission. Seventy-Four P-38’s had left the steel mats of Grombalia Airfield in the late morning leaving very little for the hundreds of mechanics, sheet-metal workers, and machinists to do through the early afternoon. After chow-time, they lazed around free of operational duties. Some read old newspapers and magazines—the newest already several months out of date—while others put together an informal ball game and still others disappeared to some quite spot to rest or just be alone.

    Five of the sortied planes had already returned.

    Around 1500 hours the first drone of airplanes could be heard to the north and all other activities stopped as the squadrons of P-38’s began to arrive. They came in fours, mostly, full flights in Vee or Finger-Four formation. One flight after the other came, the planes flying over the airfield before peeling off one at a time in two second intervals to circle back and land.

    The crew chiefs raced to the hardstands, each waiting for “his” plane to come back from whatever joyride the pilots took. The chiefs greeted their planes and the pilots as they arrived, giving each a once over to check for damage and injury. Slowly, each hardstand started to fill.

    Even though the 95th was the first arrive over the airfield and begin landing, it was the hardstands of the 97th which filled first, all twenty-four planes returned with only minor damage to a few of them. When the pilots killed their engines and set the parking brakes the ground crews rushed to chock the tires as the crew chiefs climbed on the wing to help the pilot out. Each one saw the same grim look on the pilots’ faces and they knew something had gone wrong.

    Each man had noticed that the Lead Flight of the 95th was a plane short, flying in a Vee before peeling out. They were followed by a few full flights, then another three planes in what had been Black Flight. When the sky eventually grew silent and all the planes were back, the 95th had two empty spaces.

    Following the 97th was the 96th, the last planes to return that day. Two came in for emergency landings each with a dead propeller. Others came in, some damaged lightly, some more worse for wear. Their ground crews waited on the distant hardstands, trying to identify the planes as they arrived even though they knew there would be no telling which ones were back for certain until the engines were silent.

    By 1600 the sky was silent and the airdrome became hushed after the last P-38 cut its engines. The men at the tower had counted the planes as they arrived but the ground crews were the ones shocked as they looked at their empty hardstands and the others bereft of their P-38’s to their left and right and it dawned on them that all of the planes that would return had returned.

    Nearly one third of the 96th was gone.

    1324 hours
    West of Cancello, Italy


    The bombers had done good work. Seventy-one B-25’s from the 321st Bomb Group—one had to turn back early—had arrived to the Italian coast on the deck, climbing as fast as their bomb loads would allow as they crossed near Mount Vesuvius so they could reach their briefed bombing altitude of about 9,000 feet before reaching their target, the Cancello Marshalling Yards and factories east of Naples. The group achieved total surprise on the enemy and were completely un-opposed by enemy aircraft the entire way in and during their time over the target. At bombs-away, they clobbered their targets and nearly every bomb dropped hit right where it was supposed to.

    2Lt. Gerald Finch, like the other sixty-eight pilots from the 82nd Fighter Group still flying escort duty for the bombers, was bored. The lack of enemy opposition left the mass of P-38’s without anything to do other than to lazily zig-zag over and around the bombers. Sure, Finch had to dodge a little flak, but the bombers’ lead navigator was so skilled that he led the strike force of 140 airplanes through a narrow corridor between Naples and Salerno where AAA was all-but absent. Now all that was left was to turn southwest over the Med and head back to Tunisia.

    Finch, called “Bird” by the squadron, was the “Tail-End-Charlie” of the Squadron, flying off the left wing of 2Lt. Eugene “Dutch” Hoffstead as the last plane of the White Flight of the High Section of the 96th Fighter Squadron. Finch and Dutch were both flying P-38G-15-LO’s, AAF Serial Numbers 42-13187 and 42-13132 respectively. The airplanes were six month old hand-me-downs from other pilots that left the squadron before the two replacements arrived but they were kept in good order by their crews and in his five combat sorties to-date Finch had not had a single mechanical problem.

    The 96th squadron had learned to pair-up similar airplanes to make it easier for wingmen to work together. From what Finch had heard from some of Squadron veterans, the problem was a big one earlier in the year when they were mixing old P-38F’s and new P-38G’s. It may have taken six months to implement a solution but it seemed to be working well for them.

    The past few weeks, however, had started to take a toll. Some new, highly experienced, German Fighter Groups had moved into Italy to stave off the inevitable Allied invasion and these pilots were proving to be highly effective “Lightning Killers.” Finch heard rumors that a few days ago the 1st Fighter Group had lost eight planes in a single mission and had averaged nearly one lost plane per day through most of August.

    The 82nd had not been as hard hit so far and Finch was thankful for that. In the three weeks he had been with the 96th Fighter Squadron they had only lost two planes and only five from the other squadrons in the Group, the 95th and 97th. It had been enough to introduce the young replacement pilot to the realities of combat and loss but not so much as to shock him into resignation of his own foregone demise.

    Finch surveyed the Squadron, as the rear-most plane it was his job to watch for any others lagging behind or suffering mechanical issues. To Dutch’s 10-o’clock low was the flight leader, Lt. Robert Thayer who was trailed at his 8-o’clock low by his wingman, White Two, 2Lt. William Cartwright. The four planes together formed a diamond, staggered in altitude to clear the leading plane’s prop-wash and to improve visibility, although Finch would have preferred to be flying lower than his wing man rather than higher as it was easier to maintain formation looking up out of his canopy than down over the broad chord of his leading edge. Still, on the flight out he had discovered that by lining up Dutch’s twin-tails between his nose and right engine nacelle he could keep the right distance and angle fairly well.

    The other two flights in the Section were in similar diamonds, at White Flight's 1 o’clock high was Black Flight lead by Lt. Joseph McAllister with 2Lt. Francis Korkowski on his wing with Lt. James Heidinger and 2Lt. Roger Johnson completing the diamond. To White Flight's 11 o’clock low was Green Flight with Capt. Ronald Anderson, 2Lt. Louis Champion, Lt. Ray Shepard, and 2Lt. Edward Custis.

    Below and in front of the High Section were the three flights of the Low Section of the 96th, each flying in Finger-Four Formation instead of the Diamonds of the High Section. Leading the Squadron in Red Flight was Maj. Donald Perry who kept the newest pilot, 2Lt. John Campbell off his left wing. Red Flight was completed at Maj. Perry’s 4 o’clock by Lts. E.C. Bennett and Antoni Caramiglia. At Red Flight's 7 o’clock low was Blue Flight with Capt. George Mendoza, Lt. Bradly Prann, and 2Lts. Otto Heinrichs and Daniel McDonald. To Red’s 5 o’clock high was Yellow Flight led by Lt. George Brown and 2Lt. James Nuckols and filled out by Lt. John Howard and 2Lt. Robert Cutting.

    Assuming they always kept it tight, which was not always the case when making the turns around the Bomb Group, from Maj. Perry in the front to Finch in old Tail-End-Charlie, the squadron stretched nearly 750 feet long, while from Lt. Prann’s left wingtip in the low Blue 2 position to 2Lt. Cutting’s right wingtip in Yellow 4 was about 500 feet. From the lowest plane in Squadron, again Lt. Prann, to the highest, 2Lt. Johnson in Black 4, the planes stacked up about 500 feet in altitude with two planes at the exact same altitude.

    The three squadrons of the 82nd Fighter Group rotated position around the bombers. They would fly a counter-clockwise circuit from high and behind the bombers then cruise down to the right of bombers before passing several miles in front of them before making a 180 degree turn and grease by the bomber’s left. The circuit ended when the squadron climbed back up to their starting position high and behind the bombers. The Squadrons were spaced such that one would pass the bomber’s right as the next slotted into the high spot and the last just started their return trip down the left.

    The 96th was loosening up a little as it turned left to take up its rotation at the rear…

    1607 hours
    Grombalia Airfield, Tunisia


    Lt. Col. George C. McNicol, Commanding Officer of the 82nd Fighter Group, sat in on the debriefing of the 96th Squadron survivors. The losses were too high for him to just read their reports and the intelligence and operations summaries from their respective officers. He needed to hear what happened directly from the men who were there.

    Maj. Donald Perry, C.O. of the 96th and their Squadron Leader, was the first one, at Lt.Col. McNichol’s request. The Major’s broad shoulder were squared off, almost at attention, but his eyes were downcast, heavy with the knowledge that he would have a long night writing Missing Air Crew Reports.

    “Major,” the debriefing officer started, “Lieutenant Colonel McNicol has asked be part of this debriefing. Otherwise, this will be the same as past debriefings. We will ask you the usual questions regarding the Mission, the weather, and any Enemy activity you witnessed. Following that, you are free to give your full account and we will ask clarifying questions when needed.”

    “Yes, sir.”

    Lt. Col. McNicol remained silent through the initial questions of the interrogation which covered the basic timetable and conditions of the flight. What enemy air assets were seen, where, and when? The same for marine assets, anti-aircraft, and ground forces. How was the weather enroute to the target area? Over the target area? On the return from the target area?

    With all of the intelligence items out of the way, Maj. Perry was free to begin his description of the mission.

    “I took off at 1050 hours and went to the assembly area so my squadron could form up, as briefed. Our squadron had a two full sections of twelve planes each, plus two spares. We were fully assembled and in formation with the Group by 1115 hours. I was flying Lead of the Red Flight of the Squadron, as assigned.”

    “We followed the lead squadrons to rendezvous with the 321st Bomb Group west of Marettimo. The bombers were on time but their formation was a loose at first. They tightened up when we joined them and we followed their turn to the target. As I said, the weather on the way in was clear with unlimited visibility. The approach to the coast was uneventful and I didn’t see any enemy activity below us but most of my attention was on the sky, looking for enemy aircraft.”

    Maj. Perry paused to check his mission notes.

    “At 1142, Second Lieutenant Mitchell, flying Yellow Three, reported that his left prop was running away and turned back. Lieutenant Howard moved his spare into Yellow Three and filled Mitchell’s space. We didn’t have any other problems so I ordered Second Lieutenant Dowd in the second spare to accompany Mitchell back to the airdrome.

    “Otherwise, the formation was good as we rotated through coverage positions. The bombers crossed the Mediterranean at about 500 feet and we stayed down there with them on the trip in. About twenty minutes out from the coast, around 1230, the bombers popped up, fast. I have to hand it to those pilots, I’ve never seen loaded B-25’s climb quite so fast. They must have hit ten-thousand feet with about five minutes to spare before the coast.

    “The Groups passed north of Sorrento and hit the coast in the Bay of Naples. We flew right over Vesuvius on the return leg of our escort circuit. There was haze, as briefed, at the coast, but no clouds. We ran into light Flak there but it was scattered and inaccurate. As far as I know, no one was hit. The bombers turned East, and we followed them over the mountains. One of the bombers turned out wide from their formation but caught up and fell back into place. Our squadron stayed tight.”

    Perry stopped for a sip of coffee.

    “The bombers turned North, passed just east of Vesuvius.”

    The intelligence officer interrupted him, “And this is where you saw the enemy airdrome?”

    “Yes. I didn’t get a good look at what was there but I saw the field and a number of large transports, maybe 323’s.”

    “This was just north east of Mount Vesuvius?”

    “Correct.”

    “Thank you. You can continue, Major.”

    “We didn’t have any fighter opposition at all by the time the bombers lined up for their run. The Flak south of the target started getting heavy and appeared moderately accurate but they were mostly targeting the bombers. I think any of the bursts directed our way were either when we were close to the bombers or when the bombers were out of range of the guns firing them.

    “We were on a return leg of the circuit when the bombers made their turn after dropping. They turned west, almost right into us, but it let me fly over the target as they left and see that they did one hell of a job. The entire marshalling yard was clobbered, the storage buildings covered in black smoke, and the factory to the north was burning as well.

    “At 1325, I lead the squadron back into Top Coverage. Around 5 minutes later, we were nearing the coast at 16,000 feet and had just completed our turn…”


    1326 hours
    West of Cancello, Italy

    2Lt. Gerald Finch, White 4


    The entire Squadron was tightening up from their turn and were getting ready for the long cruise above the bombers. Finch spent a minute or so adjusting his position, lining Dutch’s P-38 up right where it was supposed to be at 2 o’clock low. His left hand on the throttles and his right on the wheel, his attention was fixed on his wingman.

    A white puff appeared just over Dutch’s right boom. Finch’s first thought was that it was nothing more than an engine misfire ejecting out of the exhaust. But it was immediately followed by another and another. Before Finch could even register what was happening, Dutch’s plane erupted into flame. The wing between the cockpit and the right boom disappeared into a great black cloud.

    Finch spun his head right and saw a gaggle of enemy aircraft bearing down on him, their wings and noses flickering.

    “Bandits! Four o’clo…”

    He never finished the sentence. In that moment his whole world flashed white then turned black and 2Lt. Gerald “Bird” Finch knew nothing more.

    2Lt. Eugene Hoffstead, White 3

    Dutch Hoffstead heard the cannon burst and knew exactly what it was even if he did not know from where it came. He cranked at his yoke and his airplane was just beginning a right roll to clear his Flight when a German 20mm shell exploded into his right Main fuel tank.

    The blast shattered both wing spars and ignited the fuel. The flames licked forward into the Reserve tank and that too quickly ignited. The entire airplane rolled over, folding at the severed spars. Its right nacelle and outer wing rolled left and shot up while the rest of airplane flicked to the right. Dutch could only see the flames of his burning fuel tanks so when the right nacelle slammed into his canopy he never knew it was coming. The mass of the airplane throwing him one way collided with the mass of the nacelle and Dutch was left in the middle.

    He never had a chance to escape before he was pressed like a lemon in his Mother’s juicer.

    2Lt. William Cartwright, White 2

    Bill’s radio screamed to life, “Bandits! Four o’clo…” then fell back to silence.

    Swiveling his head right he saw Dutch’s plane collapse into itself in a fiery mess of steel and aluminum before falling off behind him. Then he saw the enemy aircraft, thirty or more, screaming in from 4 o’clock high with their guns blazing.

    Panicked, the young replacement jammed his throttles fully forward.

    His airplane accelerated for a moment and he started to pass under his lead; but, only for a moment. In a matter of seconds, his left engine knocked a few dozen times then came apart. It exploded in a furious roar shooting connecting rods through the sump and shattering pistons. The crank spun itself apart from the force of the failure and sent shockwaves through the gearbox which failed in turn.

    The airplane jerked and violently rolled left as the propeller spun itself off the shaft. It was sent spinning through the left outer wing where it rent the fuel cells and severed the last ten feet of wing. Bill thought he had been hit as his plane flicked left and started a tight spiral to the Italian countryside below. Then the right engine blew and the three mission pilot realized his mistake.

    He had pushed the throttles forward without adjusting mixture and engine speed first.

    Losing the right engine was a god-send in some small way as it momentarily slowed his spin and reduced the centrifugal force enough for him to reach his left hand up to the canopy lever. The airplane continued its descent as 2Lt. Cartwight struggled with the lever, unlocking it and trying to pull back hard enough to break the emergency stop. After an agonizing time he was finally rewarded with a high pitched rush of air at the front seam of the canopy. Giving the lever one last good yank, it broke free, the little hook pushing against the lower frame and lifting the canopy free of its sliding track. Air pressure and centrifugal force did the rest and the entire center canopy section was sucked away from the cockpit.

    Bill glanced at his Altimeter, trying to get a read of where he was it. It was shaking violently and bouncing between numbers but it seemed to indicated somewhere between seven and eight thousand feet.

    The plane started to increase its spiral again and Bill wasted no time on ceremony getting out of plane. He slammed his fist against the emergency seat harness release at his chest.

    Nothing happened.

    He tried again, fighting against the weight of his own arms as gravity wanted to pull them away from his chest even as he needed desperately to hit the harness release. Twice, thrice, he hit the release. Finally, on the forth try it came apart and released the buckles. He followed the canopy, the force of his spiral throwing him right out of the opening above him. He cleared the airplane in milleseconds but it sent him one last goodbye kiss as he passed; the right vertical stabilized spun into his side.

    The pain was so intense he barely registered it before blacking out.

    His parachute never opened as he fell, unconscious, the remaining mile to his final resting place in a Neapolitan ditch.

    Lt. Robert Thayer, White 1 (Lead)

    “Bandits! Four o’clo…”

    Bob Thayer new Bird Finch’s voice and immediately started to take action. He was more experienced than the other three pilots of his Flight and knew what it was to be jumped so he had the process down, pat.

    They had been cruising and he was still drawing the last few dozen gallons from his right drop tank, so first he reached down to turn both fuel selectors to OUTER WING. Next, he needed to get rid of the tanks. He was just reaching back to arm the drop tank release when he saw one of the Black flight P-38’s cross directly in front of him, its left engine burning.

    He pulled up to avoid the P-38, hoping Finch would see and could avoid flying into him. He looked up into his rear view mirror and did not see Finch’s airplane behind him anymore. Glancing to his right he saw a score of enemy Bf.109’s coming in on him, fast, with large gun pods under their wings flickering angry fire.

    Someone finally completed Finch’s call, “Bandits, four o’clock high!”

    Thayer had to get rid of those drop tanks.

    He armed the release and almost simultaneously hit the drop button. The airplane waggled a little and climbed a few feet as the extra weight and drag fell away.

    The radio sparked to life again, “Cowtail, break!”

    Thayer’s left hand moved forward to the mixture controls. His gloved fingers just tickling the handles when the nose of his airplane erupted into white flashes as 20mm shells exploded into the armament compartment. The explosions set off some of his own ammunition and the nose of his P-38 disintegrated in front of him. Shrapnel shot through the nose compartment, peppering his feet and legs with dozens of lacerations as the blast waves knocked him out for a moment. Only the armored firewall and glass saved him from worse.

    The next thing Bob Thayer remembered, he was tumbling through the sky, his airplane nowhere in sight. His training and experience saved him and instead of wasting precious seconds puzzling out his situation, he automatically pulled his parachute ripcord.

    The parachute came out and unwound itself as he steadied his tumble. By the time the silk had started to spread he was in a perfect belly-down attitude and was soon rewarded with the reassuring jerk against his shoulders and crotch of the canopy opening and slowing his fall.

    It came not a moment too soon. He only swung four times before, on the fifth down swing, his injured legs hit dirt and folded painfully beneath him. He laid there on his back staring up at the sky and saw the streams of black smoke from fallen airplanes and the widening gaps in the 96th squadron.

    2Lt. Roger Johnson, Black 4

    Being the highest plane in the entire American formation and farther right of White Flight's position, 2Lt. Roger “Ram” Johnson was hit at the same time as 2Lt. Dutch Hoffstead in White 3. He first noticed small streamers of smoke passing to his 2 o’clock just behind 2Lt. Heidinger’s plane in Black 3. He turned his head to the follow the streamers to their origin to discover the swarm of aircraft coming down on him.

    Ram heard a sound like someone kicking a tin can down a flight stairs to his left. Looking over he saw a scattered line of new holes along his left wing, walking from the trailing edge and over the nacelle just in front of the turbo charger.

    “Bandits! Four o’clo…”

    He did not know who spoke and neither did he care, he had his own problems. Heidinger, Black 3, turned right without bothering to drop his tanks. Being his wingman, Ram tried to follow, pushing right rudder and rolling his airplane into it.

    As he did so, one of the 109’s opened up a second burst on him.

    The wing cannons of the German plane straddled the center gondola of Johnson’s banking P-38 but the nose guns fired true. A line of 7.92mm machine gun bullets pierced the canopy, one of them striking Ram where his right shoulder met his neck. This single bullet passed into his chest, through the top of his right lung and directly through his heart. It continued on, starting a slight yaw as it nicked a rib before exiting just above the upper limit of left pelvic bone.

    He was dead within a single heart beat.

    Lt. James Heidinger, Black 3

    Jim Heidinger, a six month veteran, heard the abbreviated radio call and instinctively turned right, into the enemy.

    When he saw the number of Bf.109s coming at him and how perfectly positioned they were he changed his mind and nosed down to pass beneath them. He did not bother with his drop tanks, at least not at first. His first thought was simply to clear their line of fire as quickly as possible.

    He pushed the mixtures to AUTO-RICH, jammed his RPMs up to 3000, and slammed the throttles of his P-38G-20-LO straight through the wire into War Emergency Power. Jim looked over his shoulder to see if Ram Johnson was following him and was relieved at first to see Ram’s P-38G-17-LO banking right to follow him. His relief turned to worry when the bank became a full, lazy, roll instead of a turn to follow Jim’s lead.

    Jim turned his neck up and watched the Jerrys flicker overhead as they passed at a combined speed of over 600 mph. Once they were clear, he pulled his throttles back to about 50 inches and pulled the yoke back to climb up to a fighting position and to bleed off enough speed to safely drop his tanks.

    “Bandits, four o’clock high!” His radio completed the initial call that warned him to break and followed it up with a belated, “Cowtail,” the 96th Squadron call sign, “break!”

    He armed his tank release and made a slow right turn during his climb, keeping his eyes on what was happening in the fight.

    Green Flight was just coming under attack. Jim watched them continue on in formation, working on dropping their tanks. Their tanks were just coming loose as the Jerrys passed over them, the four P-38s taking some hits but not suffering as White and Black Flights had.

    Where White Flight had been there were now only three trails of smoke. The forth White Flight plane was going down in a tight spiral and Jim watched the left propeller fly loose into the wing of the airplane.

    Johnson’s plane never recovered from its roll. Jim saw it turning into an uncontrolled spin below him and could only assume that Ram was dead. Another P-38, Heidinger thought it must be McAllister in Black 1, was dropping off quickly to the south—left of the formation—a thick cloud of black smoke following from its left engine. That plane was being chased down by at least three enemy aircraft that Jim could see. He did not where Korkowski was.

    The rest of the squadron was in the process of scattering from the enemy onslaught and it was already too difficult for Jim to tell who was whom.

    Glancing at his instruments as he came around, he saw he had dropped to 180 indicated air speed and was showing just over 19,000 feet. Jim leveled his wings and switched his tanks off of his now nearly empty right drop tank to his outer wing tanks, having to take a little time to get the left valve to turn all the way. Confirming good fuel pressure, he hit the tank releases and gave his wings a little waggle to be sure they felt clear.

    Checking his six quickly and assured he was clear, he turned on his gunsight, and flicked his combat switch. Now he was ready to join the expanding fight. Andorimini!

    2Lt. Francis Korkowski, Black 2

    When Frank Korkowski heard the warning of “Bandits!” he followed the call and saw Heidinger and Johnson roll away just as streams of enemy fire were tracing their way toward their planes, and his plane beyond.

    He heard impacts to his airplane behind him as he armed his tank release and dropped them. Lt. McAllister at his 2 o’clock high did the same. As soon as McAllister’s tanks fell free Frank saw his lead banked left, streams of steaming glycol spraying from his left engine. Korkoswki nosed under McAllister’s plane and started his own left roll to follow as he pushed his mixture controls and engine speeds up. McAllister’s plane passed just over Frank’s canopy and he watched the grey glycol turn black as the nacelle ignited in flame.

    Green Flight still had not taken action, so Korkowski tried to motivate them with a proper warning, “Bandits, four o’clock high!” Frank watched them fly straight and true as he continued his roll. Maybe, he considered, they did not realize the call was for them. “Cowtail,” the Squadron call should get their attention, “break!”

    No sooner had he said that then he heard more strikes on his airplane. Whipping his head toward the sound he saw new holes in his right wing where it stood vertical above him. He fought and argued with his airplane, urging it to roll over faster, praying to complete a full break away from the onrushing enemy.

    His right engine sputtered and quit.

    The airplane slowed its roll as he fought the torque of the left engine. He glanced forward to instruments and noticed the fuel pressure on his right side was nearly at zero and his left was dangerously low as well. As his plane rolled inverted and started to nose over he looked at the holes in his wing again: the holes were between the outer main spar and the aileron, nothing critical in that area and nothing that would kill and engine. His left fuel pressure dropped to zero and that engine, too, quit.

    Frank looked down to the fuel tank selector vales at his left—the left was on CROSS SUCTION and the right still set on DROPABLE TANK.

    Completing his roll with a dead stick he let the airplane glide forward and low. The flickering shadows of the enemy passing overhead would have been a welcome observation under other circumstances but at that moment all Frank wanted was running engines.

    He turned the stiff valves ninety degrees counter-clockwise to the OUTER WING position and was relieved to see fuel pressure on both sides climb back up. His propellers were still wind milling so Korkowski knew he should be able them to self-start. He pulled his RPM levers back to DEC RPM and his throttles back so they were barely open. Trying to remember his engine re-start training, he pushed his propeller control switches both to INC RPM. He watched his RPMs increase back up to 600 as he held the switches. As they reached above this, he turned the switches back to AUTO CONSTANT SPEED, and the RPMs rapidly increased with the first the right, then the left engine sputtering and catching.

    He pushed his RPMs up to 2300 and moved his throttles forward to 44 inches.

    2Lt. Korkowski was back in business.

    Lt. Joseph McAllister, Black 1

    McAllister was hit the same moment he heard the call of “Bandits!”

    The machine gun fire drew a line through his left inner-wing leading edge and directly into the left engine. There was no immediate effect but McAllister knew it was bad. He switched his tanks to OUTER WING then armed and dropped his external tanks before trying to turn away from the enemy aircraft.

    By then the white steam of glycol was already turning gray, then black, as it mixed with burning oil.

    A hard kick of left rudder and an equally hard turn of the yoke convinced his airplane to do as it was commanded and he peeled over the top of his wingman, 2Lt. Korkowski. Joe saw flames erupt from the left engine and knowing his life was at stake immediately turned the left tank selector back to the DROPABLE TANK position, which doubled as OFF, turned off the left booster pumps, and pulled the Mixture to IDLE CUTOFF, even while still maneuvering the airplane with his right hand.

    The fire continued burning so he dove the airplane down. Hoping to get enough speed to smoother the flames, he feathered the left propeller, then moved his right mixture to AUTO RICH, increased the RPM on his good engine, and slowly moved the right throttle up.

    Small white puffs of German timed cannon shells exploded in front of his P-38. Joe looked into his rear-view mirror and saw two Me.109’s pursuing him several hundred yards back. Trying to throw off their aim he started skidding his airplane left and right at random intervals, occasionally giving his wings a wiggle to keep them guessing. All the while he prayed for speed enough to kill the fire.

    He had been diving for the better part of a minute, taking a few glancing hits form his pursuers and was down to 9,000 feet directly over the city of Naples when the flames died down. As soon as they flickered out of sight, he pulled a hard right peel, hoping to fight the dead engine and confuse the Germans gaining on his tail. The roll against the torque of the good engine was too slow, though, and the Messerschmitts had plenty of time to adjust and anticipate his course.

    The cannon fire bust into McAllister’s left wing, just outboard of the nacelle. The last fifteen feet of entire wing came off and what had been a slow, struggling, right roll became a quick left flick. The drastic change in momentum and direction surprised Joe and he head whipped right straining and pulling the left side of his neck.

    Between the loss of power to the left side and now the loss of lift on the same, Lt. McAllister knew his flight was over.

    He struggled in the cockpit in an effort to kill the right engine and steady the airplane enough for him to escape but his Lightning was too badly damaged. The plane spiraled and spun, tumbling down through the air with its pilot trapped inside trying to find to a way out.

    He never did. The body of Lt. Joseph McAllister was found in the burned and mangled wreckage of his airplane by the Neapolitan citizens who fought the fires it had started in the city below.

    Green Flight

    When the call to “break!” came over the radio, Green Flight came under attack. Their external tanks were just falling away and each of the four pilots were busy in their cockpits getting all of the adjustments necessary to get their planes into fighting trim.

    Even with their distractions, the presence of White and Black Flights softened the blow for Green Flight , taking many of the hits which otherwise may have found their way to the P-38’s of the low-left flight of the High Section. As it was only 2Lt. Custis in Green 4 and Lt. Shepard in Green 3 were damaged in the initial attack.

    Shepard was pushing his mixtures up to AUTO RICH when his instrument panel started exploding in front of him. Enemy machine gun fire had cut right across the front of the cockpit and put two holes through his left leg in the process. It also cut into the rear of the nose compartment, damaging his cannon, before passing to the left and dinging up his propeller.

    Custis had just advanced his RPMs when his Lightning was hit, holing his tail plane but causing little real damage. He was able to continue on and stay with Shepard as the latter pushed forward to escape to the deck.

    1632 hours
    Maj. Donald Perry
    Grombalia Airfield, Tunisia


    “After the initial attack it became a pretty conventional fight. I saw fifteen, maybe twenty Me.109’s at first but then I started seeing M.A. 202’s and after a few minutes a flight of F.W. 190’s joined in from the East. The Enemies attacked by twos, threes, and fours. The first pass came from our three to four o’clock high but afterwards they started trying head-on passes.”

    The interrogator interrupted him again, “You said the initial attack came from your three-to-four-o’clock high; why didn’t you see them during your turn into the high position?”

    Maj. Perry’s jaw flexed, “Like I said, there was a haze at the coast and we were nearly there. They came in fast—three-hundred, maybe three-hundred-fifty miles per hour. In the minute or two from when we finished our turn until they hit us they could have covered ten or twelve miles. They were just too far away and too high for us to catch them, I think.”

    “Alright. What happened after the first pass?”

    “I turned the low section around and we all broke into fights of twos or fours against whatever flights of E/A’s we could. When the M.A. 202’s came on scene I called for help from the Group and a few flights from both the 95th and 97th came up to join us.

    “By this time we were crossing the coast and the bombers had dived out well ahead of us.

    “I saw maybe a half-dozen P-38’s had formed into a luffbery; some of the Jerrys were trying to dive through it to pick away at our planes and make an opening but they never quite got in. More of our planes were engaging directly with the enemy and I called over the radio to keep them occupied to give the bombers more time to gain some distance.

    “Several of our planes had separated a group of the enemy form the main fight and the Germans formed their own luffbery. Around this time we got a call from Blue Four that he was in trouble. I asked for his altitude and heading so we could try to find him and by the time I spotted him two other P-38's, I think Blacks two and three from what I head on the radio, had caught up to him. One of the P-38's, it was too far away from me to see who it was, tried cutting past I saw him collide with a Me.109…”

    1711
    Lt. James Heidinger
    Grombalia Airfield, Tunisia


    “It was Korkowski.”

    Lt. Col. McNicol asked, “Are you sure?”

    “Yeah,” Heidinger nodded, “when I turned back to get in the fight I didn’t see him at first. All hell was breaking loose below me and planes were scattering every which way. I pushed RPMs to three-thousand and my throttles up to Military Power then stood my plane on her left wing and slid down into a dive.

    “I gained speed back quick and had to slide right to slow it down and get into a pursuit position behind a one-oh-nine. That’s when I noticed this particular Jerry and his wingman were chasing down one of our P-38’s which was gliding under the action with dead propellers.”

    “Dead propellers? Both of them?”

    “Yes. It wasn’t for long though, as I worked my way closer both engines started back up. I don’t know what happened but if I had to guess I’d say he forget to switch his fuel when he dropped his tanks. Anyway, I closed dead-astern to about 350 yards on the 109’s and sent a two second burst at the one on the left. I didn’t see any strikes but he caught wind of me because he rolled hard left into a Split-S. At this point I still hadn’t identified the P-38 they were following so I decided to run the other 109 off myself. I pushed up to sixty inches and quickly gained on him. I sent a short bust in his direction from about 300 yards and saw a few hits on his wing. He peeled up and instead of pursuing him I thought it best to check on the P-38. I pulled up alongside him and saw it Second Lieutenant Korkowski. I got his attention and signaled him he was all clear and that he join up on me.”

    The interrogator sought some clarification, “So, you were with Second Lieutenant Korkowski when he crashed?”

    “Yes sir. We had already made one pass through the fight and neither of us were able to catch a piece of anything so we climbed back up to 18,000…”

    1333
    Over the Bay of Naples, Italy


    Heidinger led Korkowski up and around the bulk of the action again. Even with the multitude of targets, the two of them had been unable to get a good engagement on any of the enemy during their first pass. From where they were now they could see the fight had spread over a couple square miles and there were planes fighting all the way from the deck up to well above their own altitude, perhaps as high as 25,000 feet.

    A few miles out to the east he noticed a formation of small single-engine fighters racing in and called it out for the Group, “More bandits coming in from the East, two minutes.” He was about to head out to intercept when a call for help came over the radio.

    “Cowtail, Cowtail Blue Four, I got two on me! Can’t get rid of ‘em.” Heidinger remembered it as 2Lt. McDonald but could not pick the troubled pilot out from the melee.

    “Cowtail Blue Four, Cowtail Red Lead, give your heading and altitude.”

    There was a pause before McDonald answered Perry, “Blue Four, I’m at…nine-thousand heading two-fifty. Hurry!”

    Heidinger searched below him, trying to find a P-38 being chased out to sea but still could not find him. He called over to Korkowski, “Cowtail Black Two, Black Three, can you see Blue Four?”

    A moment later he heard his replacement wingman answer, “Got him! Going after.”

    Heidinger did not get the chance to respond before Korkowski broke away and rolled down alone to rescue their squadron mate. With a curse, he broke to follow but found himself falling behind Korkowski as the young pilot pushed “full forward” and rushed down on the F.W. 190’s behind McDonald. He looked out at McDonald and saw a lone 109 coming at him head on, a bloodsucker trying to make him break so that the Focke-Wulfs behind him could get a good shot.

    “Blue Four, Black Three, you have a one-oh-nine coming right at you. Don’t break; pull over him. We are coming down to you.” Korkowski was almost there but was going far too fast to do any good, “Black Two, Black Three, slow it down! You’re going to over-shoot.”

    It was too late. Korkowski was already pushing well past 450 mph in his shallow dive. Heidinger watched as he got only a short half-second burst on the pursuing 190’s before he passed above them, still nosed down. At the same time, McDonald followed Heidinger’s command and pulled his P-38 up into a zoom climb forcing the Messerschmitt at his front to nose over and pass below him. The 109 and Korkowski’s Lighting saw each other at the lost moment and both tried to bank out but Korkowski’s speed made his plane sluggish in the roll and the 109 misjudged the distance.

    At about 8,000 feet over the Bay of Naples, Korkowski’s right wing collided with the 109. The German fighter’s propeller chewed up the American wing as passed, sending pieces of both into the air, and sparking the fuel in the outer wing tank. The wing was too solid to be stopped by a mere propeller, though, and it tore directly into the left wing root of the Jerry. Main spar contacted main spar and both airplanes were jerked into somersaults. The Bf.109’s wing came clear off while the P-38’s wing collapsed backward, broken and useless.

    Heidinger did not have time to watch the tragedy continue. He pulled back his throttles and dropped his combat flaps, now only 400 yards behind the 190’s which were following McDonald’s climb. He sprayed a one second burst in front of their noses as he pulled to follow. One of the F.W.’s rolled out of the climb, Heidinger knew it would come around on him if given the chance but he also knew that McDonald was done for if he could not drive the other predator from his tail.

    He yanked back on his yoke and pushed his throttles back up to 54 inches. The sudden sharp climb pulled him deep into his seat and his vision closed down into narrow tunnels surrounded by black as the blood drained from his head. Heidinger tensed his legs, stomach, and neck hoping to ward off the pending blackout long enough to steady his climb.

    A few deep breaths later and he could relax his body as his full range of vision returned and he once more felt his heartbeat pounding in his skull.

    The second 190 was letting a burst of cannon fire loose at McDonald’s P-38. Heidinger saw puffs and strikes around the empennage. Knowing there was no time to waste, he lined up as best as he could on the Geraman and let loose a flurry of machine gun and cannon fire toward it. Nothing happened, the angle was all wrong.

    Heidinger looked over his shoulder for the first 190, it was well below him and still coming around. For the moment, he was safe from it. Turning his attention back to McDonald and the second Focke-Wulf he saw an opportunity.

    “Blue Four, break right!”

    With no more hesitation than required by the heavy airplane, McDonald’s Lightning rolled right and Heidinger saw the rudders kick over to follow. The damaged right rudder started flapping in the propeller stream as McDonald muscled the airplane in to the break but the left rudder was undamaged and provided just enough yaw to slide the airplane in to the roll.

    The Focke-Wulf flicked right to follow but Heidinger had already lined up in anticipation of the maneuver. The 190 was nearly 150 degrees inverted and had pulled into a 15 degree deflection from Heidinger when he opened up a two-second burst into it. Finally, his marksmanship was true and he walked the strikes down the entire length of the enemy airplane from the engine cowl down the left side past the cockpit and to the left horizontal stabilizer.

    At first the German airplane did not do anything but continue its roll. Heidinger pulled over it as he passed and with a roll to the right watched as black smoke started to pour from the rear of the cowl. The 190 broke off its pursuit of McDonald and nosed down toward the sea where it disappeared under Heidinger’s wing.

    1716
    Lt. James Heidinger
    Grombalia Airfield, Tunisia


    “Do you claim this one destroyed?” The interrogator interrupted Lt. Heidinger.

    “Well, I didn’t actually see him go in, so the best I can say is that it is ‘Probable.’”

    1649
    2Lt. Daniel McDonald
    Grombalia Airfield, Tunisia


    “No, I was separated from Lieutenant Heinrichs two minutes into the fight. I didn’t see him go down.”

    “And, when Lieutenant Heidinger joined up with you later, what happened?”

    “He called on the radio that he was on his way down, told me not to break but to climb out. I pulled up and climbed clean. I had my radiators closed and was pulling maximum throttle so my engines were getting hot but I was too scared to slow down.”

    “Did you see Second Lieutenant Korkowski at all?”

    “No, sir.”

    “Ok,” the interrogator made a note, “so, after you pulled into a climb, that’s when Lieutenant Heidinger told you to ‘Break Right’?”

    “Yes, sir. I tried a rudder assisted roll but the rudder didn’t give much response. Maybe ten seconds later I saw Lieutenant Heidinger in my rear-view and couldn’t see the 190. I leveled off and looked around but we were alone. I saw a stream of black smoke behind us, I think Heidinger got one the 190’s but I couldn’t see it anywhere.”

    1635
    Maj. Donald Perry
    Grombalia Airfield, Tunisia


    “The bombers were clear and out of sight so I ordered the Group to disengage and head for home. We were stuck, though, there were just too many E/A’s. Every time we’d try to bug out we’d just turn right into another a group of E/A’s and have to get back into a tangle. We carried the fight farther out from the coast; at this time I was hoping we could just keep holding them off long enough for them to run out of fuel. Finally, after maybe another ten minutes, they started to Split-S to the deck and race back to Italy. I ordered our planes not to follow and to regroup. Once we were clear, we turned for home.”

    2035
    Grombalia Airfield, Tunisia


    Lt. Col. George C. McNicol reviewed the summary of the debriefings from the 96th Squadron.

    The Low Section suffered one loss, 2Lt. Otto Heinrichs of North Dakota, who had been assigned to Blue 3 position. Three other planes form the section had been damaged, Lt. E.C. Bennett in Red 3, 2Lt. Daniel McDonald flying Blue 4, and Lt. George Brown in Yellow 1.

    The High Section was all-but eradicated.

    From Green Flight Capt. Ronald Anderson and 2Lt. Ed Custiss—Green 1 and Green 4, respectively—came back damaged. He had received a message from El Haouaria Airfield, home of the 324th Fighter Group’s P-40’s, that Lt. Raymond Shepard, Green 3, had crash landed there. He was injured but not seriously, although it sounded like the plane was likely a write-off.

    Black Flight lost Lt. Joe McAllister, Black 1; 2Lt. Francis Korkowski, Black 2; and 2Lt. Roger Johnson, Black 4. The interrogations revealed that McAllister and Johnson were both lost during the initial enemy attack and that Korkowski had later collided with a German Messerschmitt Bf.109.

    White Flight was completely gone, all lost during the first bounce. Lt. Robert Thayer, 2Lt. William Cartwright, 2Lt. Eugene Hoffstead, and 2Lt. Gerald Finch. The problems that struck Green Flight in getting their planes combat ready before being hit were ten-fold for White and Black Flight who did not have the time to even begin readying their aircraft before the enemy was upon them. McNicol would need to talk to his senior pilots about what changes can be made to avoid such disasters in the future.

    The only two planes to escape the high section unscathed were 2Lt. Louis Champion flying in Green 2 and Lt. James Heidinger from Black 3. The best anyone had been able to put together was that Heidinger only survived because he did not mess around with dropping his tanks before trying to evade; only taking the time to get into full fighting trim after he was clear of the first sweep. This was something McNicol would need to review with the Squadron Commanders and see if it would make sense to issue a Group S.O.P. to the effect that if the squadron is jumped the pilots should throttle up first and use the P-38’s superior speed to gain distance before dropping tanks and turning to fight.

    That brought to mind the other fresh orders that had arrived to his desk earlier in the day, this one straight from the top.

    2100

    Lt. Col. McNicol had already appraised Maj. Perry of the fresh orders and although neither were happy about it, the order was signed by Doolittle himself and there was nothing they could to stop it. Lt. James Heidinger gave an attentive salute to his Squadron and Group C.O.’s as he came in the room which both promptly returned.

    Maj. Perry told Heidinger, “At ease, Lieutenant.”

    McNichol took over, “Lieutenant Heidinger, I first want to say, ‘well done today.’ Your quick thinking and coordinated actions likely saved Second Lieutenant McDonald’s life. You have been with us since before Flax and you have proven to be a skilled pilot and a valuable asset to your Squadron and the entire 82nd Fighter Group.”

    “Thank you, sir.”

    “Which makes this all the more difficult. We received an order today straight from General Doolittle: you are being transferred back to the 78th Fighter Group in England.”

    The young man’s eyes shifted uneasily toward Major Perry before focusing once more on the Lieutenant Colonel.

    “It seems they are being re-equipped with P-38’s and General Eaker has sent a request for former 78th Pilots to come and provide operation training and guidance to the group during the transition. General Doolittle has ‘graciously’ offered up you and three others, two from the 1st Fighter Group and another from the 14th. You leave in two days. A truck will pick you up and take you to Goubrine Airfield where you will join the others on a transport back to Casablanca.”

    Heidinger held his reserve well but his eyes betrayed a hint of disappointment. McNicol hoped the next part would help to soften the blow of having to leave the men he had fought beside for six months.

    “Major.”

    Major Perry stepped forward, “Attention!”

    Heidinger snapped to attention before Perry continued, “Lieutenant James A. Heidinger, as part of this transfer, in recognition of your exemplary service and the leadership skills you have displayed under fire, the United States Army Air Forces has promoted you to the rank of Captain, effective the First of September, Nineteen-hundred, Forty-Three.” He stepped forward, removed the single bar from either side of Heidinger’s collar and replaced it with the double-bar of a Captain. He stepped back and gave the newly promoted Captain a salute. “Captain Heidinger.”

    Captain Heidinger retuned the salute then met the congratulatory handshakes from both Major Perry and Lieutenant Colonel McNicol. Before he was dismissed, McNicol had one last request of the Captain, “Captain, the 78th is going to get you a new plane and that probably means Lockheed will send someone to help the pilots. If so, tell him…” He paused to think of the right way to phrase it, “just tell him what happened here today. Tell him we need something to make it easier for pilots to go from Cruise to Combat.”

    “Yes sir.”

    “Thank you, Jim. Now go, take the night to unwind and get yourself packed up tomorrow. You are dismissed.”

    Captain Heidinger gave one last salute to the C/O of the 82nd Fighter Group before leaving the office.
     
    Last edited:
    Ch.20 - XP-38J Flight Tests (Sep 1943)
  • 18 September 1943
    Wright Field, Dayton, Ohio, USA


    Kelsey saw the manila envelope on his desk before he even took off his jacket. It was stamped with a bold red “CONFIDENTIAL” and addressed directly to him from the Army Air Forces Air Technical Services Command. Although they were at Wright Field and he always worked closely with them the chain of command and Army procedures dictated he gets the report no different than if it had come from Materiel Command down in Florida. He was waiting for several performance testing reports from them but one in particular had him itching: the tests of the XP-38J.

    They had received the initial manufacturer’s trials from Lockheed’s in-house development of P-38G-10-LO #42-12869 back in April. The Lockheed report indicated that they had fitted the experimental Allison V-1710-F15R/L engines, which the Army had later accepted as V-1710-75/77, and matched these engines with a new high-activity propeller form Hamilton Standard. The performance gains were impressive enough for the AAF to place a formal order for an official version of the P-38 with this engine/propeller combination as the XP-38J.

    Lockheed built up P-38G-10-LO #42-13558—which had been one of the P-38H development planes and was already upgraded to H-5 standards—to the new P-38H-10 standards then fitted the F15 engines, high activity propellers, and new B-33 Turbo-chargers from GE. After an initial few shake-down flights, Lockheed pilot Tony LaVier had delivered this heavily modified airplane to Wright Field in mid-June.

    Almost as soon as it arrived, though, the Army—fearing Allison’s inability to produce them—decided they did not want the F15 engines and ordered that they be replaced from the airplane with more readily available Allisons. The first temptation had been to put in the less extremely modified F17 Engines, which Allison was already testing with Lockheed, but Allison intervened with a rather interesting proposition.

    They had developed a new engine intended for the P-63 which they called the E27. The E27 was originally designed to use an externally mounted auxiliary supercharger in order to give the P-63 high altitude performance on par with aircraft using Two-Stage Superchargers. More intriguing, was that Allison had designed the engine to withstand extremely high boost pressures with the aid of Water Injection. In the original configuration it was tested at over 1,800 horsepower under War Emergency Power using the Water/Methanol Injection.

    Since the P-63 had been canceled and Allison was already tooling up to produce several thousand of these E27 engines, they had proposed to modify the engine to F-Series standards (which simply required changing the front crank-case cover and adding the appropriate gear-box) and remove the auxiliary supercharger so that it could be fitted into the P-38 as the F27. The Technical Services branch agreed and the Army officially accepted the F27R as the Allison V-1710-117 and the F27L as the V-1710-119.

    It took them a few weeks to get the engines modified and installed properly in the XP-38J but by June 27th they were ready to begin ground runs with the new plane. They had looked at several possible installation locations to place the Water/Methanol tanks but finally settled the otherwise unoccupied section of the outer wing leading edges between the engine nacelle and the first rib. This allowed about 12 gallons of solution per engine which was calculated to be enough for five to seven minutes of Water Injection time. The plane was finally ready to fly on July 5th and for the next six weeks it had undergone extensive performance and reliability tests. It was the report on these tests for which Kelsey had been anxiously waiting.

    After hanging his Service jacket and cap on the rack he sat down at the desk and opened the envelope…


    Flight Test Engineering Branch
    Memo Report No. Eng-47-1406-A
    12 September 1943


    FLIGHT TESTS
    OF XP-38J AIRPLANE


    I Introduction

    Flight tests have been conducted at Wright Field on the XP-38J Airplane, AAF, No. 42-13558, at the request of the Fighter Branch, Experimental Engineering Division. These tests were made on this airplane primarily to obtain comparative performance data with existing production P-38 airplanes. The performance is that of an experimental model as it was modified to XP-38J standard at the factory and received additional modifications at the Flight Test Engineering Branch at Wright Field. From 5 July 1943 to 21 August 1943 approximately 30 hours were flown on this airplane by Capt. G. E. Lundquist, Capt F. C. Bretcher, and Capt J. W. Williams.

    II Summary

    The XP-38J is designed as a high altitude fighter interceptor. This airplane has a fast rate of climb and performs well at high altitude, however, caution must be used in acrobatics and diving maneuvers at all altitudes to keep below limiting airspeeds. These airspeed limitations are high but when reached may cause tail buffeting which may eventually cause structural failure and are definitely objectionable and hazardous from a combat viewpoint. The stability about all axis is good, the radius of turn is fairly large for a fighter and the rate of roll is fair at medium speeds, but slow at high speeds because of heavy aileron forces. The single engine operation, visibility on the ground and in the air and cockpit layout is good.

    High speed and climb performance have been completed on this airplane at a take-off weight of 16,847 lb. This loading corresponds to the average P-38 combat weight with full oil, 410 gallons of fuel and specified armament and ammunition.

    The principal results are as follows:

    Max speed at critical altitude, 28,800
    (60.0" Hg. Man. Pr. & 3000 rpm) = 460.0 mph

    Max speed at sea level
    (60.0" Hg. Man. Pr. & 3000 rpm) = 388.0 mph

    Rate of climb at sea level
    (60.0" Hg. Man. Pr. & 3000 rpm) = 5,090'/min.

    Rate of climb at critical altitude, 25,800 ft.
    (60.0" Hg. Man. Pr. & 3000 rpm) = 3,545'/min.

    Time to climb to critical altitude, 25,800 ft.
    (60.0" Hg. Man. Pr. & 3000 rpm) = 5.83 min.

    Service Ceiling = 45,000'

    III Condition of Aircraft Relative to Tests

    A. The airplane was equipped with wing racks, otherwise the configuration was normal with all flights at a gross weight at take-off of 16,847 pounds with the c.g at 24.75 m.a.c., gear down; and 28.5% m.a.c. , gear up. Gross weight included 410 gallons of fuel, 26 gallons of oil, 457 lbs. of ballast for ammunition, 100 pounds of ballast in the nose to locate the center of gravity within the allowable range, and automatic observer, complete radio equipment and antenna, and 200 pounds for the pilot. All items effecting the drag of the airplane may be seen in the photographs which are included at the end of the report.

    B. The airplane was equipped with Allison V-1710-117 & 119 engines, type B-33 turbo superchargers with A-13 turbo regulators and Hamilton Standard three blade high-activity propellers. All power figures are based on a power curve from Eng. Spec. No. 198, dated 20 June 1943.

    C. The armament consisted of four 50 caliber machine guns and one 20 mm. cannon in the nose with 457.5 lb. of ballast corresponding to the weight of 1200 rounds of 50 caliber and 150 rounds of 20 mm. ammunition.

    D. All flights were made with flaps neutral, gear up, air filter off, coolant and oil shutters automatic, and mixture automatic rich unless otherwise stated.

    IV Flight Characteristics

    A. Taxiing and Ground Handling

    The airplane is easy to taxi and vision is excellent. Response to throttles in turning is good and brakes are readily applied for all positions of the rudder making directional control easy.

    B. Take-off

    The take-off characteristics of the XP-38J are normal for a tricycle gear airplane except for the absence of any noticeable torque effect due to the opposite rotating propellers. The airplane takes off after a short ground run and has a steep initial angle of climb. Vision during take-off and climb is good.

    C. Stability

    The airplane has good longitudinal, directional and lateral stability at all normal speeds, however, there is a slight tendency to hunt directionally in rough air or when flown with external wing tanks. It must be noted, however, that all stability tests were run with full ammunition and an additional 100 lbs. of ballast in the nose to keep the c.g. ahead of 28.5% which was the maximum allowable rearward c.g. position at the time of the test. Recent tests on other P-38’s show that it is permissible to move the c.g. back to 32% of the m.a.c.

    D. Trim and Balance

    The airplane is readily trimmed for all normal flight conditions. Due to the opposite rotating propellers, rudder and aileron trim tab settings do not require adjustment with changes in speed and power. The airplane becomes very noticeably nose heavy when flaps and landing gear are extended, but this change in balance can be easily corrected by use of elevator trim tab.

    E. Controllability

    Handling qualities of this airplane are generally good. Control forces are moderate and controls are responsive to a high degree at all normal speeds. However, at extremely high speeds beyond the P-38's dive speed limits, the airplane tends to become rapidly nose heavy and elevator effectiveness decreases, making it difficult to pull out.

    F. Maneuverability

    The airplane is highly maneuverable considering the high wing loading. It has a fairly large radius of turn for a fighter but this is greatly improved by the use of maneuvering flaps. Response to controls in rolls, loops, immelmans is good and these maneuvers are easily executed.

    G. Stalling Characteristics

    In either power on or power off stalls with flaps and landing gear up the airplane stalls straight forward in a well-controlled stall. With flaps and gear down there is a slight tendency for a wing to drop, but there is no tendency to spin. Ailerons remain effective giving adequate control throughout the stall. Warning of the approaching stall is given by a noticeable buffeting and shaking of the airplane and controls. See Part IV F. for stalling speeds for different configurations.

    H. Spinning Characteristics

    No spin tests were performed.

    I. Diving Characteristics

    At extremely high speeds in dives in excess of Mach 0.78 the airplane rapidly becomes nose heavy and starts to buffet as if it were about to stall. If this condition is allowed to develop the nose heavy condition becomes more pronounced making the pull out difficult.

    J. Single Engine Operation

    the airplane has excellent single engine performance. The indicated speed for best climb on one engine is approximately 145 mph and the minimum indicated airspeed at which control can be maintained at rated power is 110 mph. Normal single engine procedure is used.

    K. High Altitude Trials

    The general operation of the airplane and all controls at high altitudes and low temperatures is satisfactory.

    L. Approach and Landing

    The airplane has a normal glide angle and landing technique used is similar to that for airplanes with tailwheels. Vision is excellent on the approach and landing and the tricycle gear reduces the hazards from landing in a cross wind.

    M. Night Flying

    The cockpit lighting in general is good. Direct or reflected glare from the instrument board lights is not objectionable, however, considerable glare is caused by the cockpit lamps. A retractable landing light is mounted under the left wing and provides adequate lighting for landing, but causes considerable buffeting when fully extended. It should be noted, however, that this landing light has been replaced with a streamlined leading edge light in current production airplanes.

    N. Noise and Vibration Level Tests at Crew Stations

    The noise level of the airplane is low and is not objectionable at any time.

    O. Pilot's report on vision and cockpit layout

    The vision from the cockpit is good except to the side and down where the engine nacelles interfere. Most controls in the cockpit are easily accessible to the pilot and in general the cockpit layout is satisfactory, however, it can be difficult for the pilot to reach the Propeller Feathering switches in certain conditions.

    V Ship Board Tests

    No tests performed.

    VI Performance Data (War Emergency Power, 60.0" Hg. Man. Press. & 3000 rpm and 16,597 lb.)

    A. Airspeed indicator and altimeter calibration

    Airspeed indicator error with Kollsman type D-2 ship's standard pitot head located 8' 1-1/2" inboard left wing tip, 14-5/16" below the wing with the static holes 25-3/4" aft of the leading edge of the wing.
    Calibration.PNG


    B. High Speed

    High speeds in flight at 3000 rpm, oil flaps flush, coolant flaps automatic, and intercooler shutters closed. Tests were performed at both War Emergency Power at 60”Hg and with use of Water Injection at 70”Hg.
    HighSpeed.PNG


    C. Cruise Data

    Cruising speed at 11,850 feet with mixture as specified, oil shutters flush, coolant shutters automatic, and intercooler closed. This cruise data was obtained on the original right engine and the new left engine and is not comparable to the other reported (see part VI. Sec. G) speed data.
    Cruise.PNG


    D. Climb Data

    Climb performance at 3000 rpm with oil and coolant flaps automatic, and intercooler shutters wide open.
    Climb.PNG


    E. Cooling Flaps Tests

    The average temperatures maintained by the thermostatic controls on the oil and coolant flaps were 85°C and 105°C respectively; therefore, all performance was corrected to flap positions that would maintain these temperatures on a standard day with the exception of the oil flaps, which were corrected to the flush position for level flight.

    No standard Air Corps cools tests were made, however, from all indication the airplane will meet the requirements (125°C coolant temperature and 95°C oil temperature) in both level flight and climb with the exception that the oil temperature would be critical in climb above 35000’ on an army hot day.

    F. Stalling Speeds
    Stalls.PNG


    G. Remarks

    The high speeds reported were obtained with the original engines in the airplane. The left engine failed during a critical altitude power run and after replacement several high speed checks were made. The high speeds obtained with this new combination of engines were approximately 4 mph slower than on the original combination.

    Climb performance was obtained with the original right engine and the new left engine. The right engine also failed during a critical altitude power run and high speed checks made after this engine was replaced showed the airplane to be approximately 5 mph slower than the original combination. The high speeds obtained on the two original engines was reported because more speed data was available, less time was on the airplane and engines, and the surfaces of the airplane were less worn at the time this data was obtained.

    Both engine failures were attributed to carburetor icing resulting from condensation caused by vaporizing action of the Water/Methanol solution on humid days. See Section IX.B.

    VII Curves

    A. Speed vs. Altitude
    SpeedGraph.PNG

    clip_image002.jpg


    B. Rate of Climb and Time to Climb
    ClimbGraph.PNG


    VIII Conclusions

    It is concluded that the reported high speed and climb performance, and the service ceiling of the tested airplane is superior to current production P-38 airplanes in normal conditions, as the subject airplane was flown at combat weight.

    IX Recommendations

    A. It is recommended that immediate action be taken to begin production and procurement of the XP-38J airplane with the specified engines and propellers.

    B. It is also recommended that if the V-1710-117/119 engines are adopted with Water Injection that a method for maintaining solution temperature and for de-icing the carburetors be developed.
     
    Ch.21 - Preparing the 78FG (Sep - Oct 1943)
  • Just laying more ground work for what's to come...

    28 September 1943
    HQ, 78th FG, 66th FW, VIII Fighter Command, 8th AF
    Station 367 (Duxford, England)


    It took eleven days for Captain James Heidinger to get from Tunisia to England. He was joined on the trip by Captain Weldon Pruit of the 37th Fighter Squadron, 14th Fighter Group, Major Ronald Gaffney from the 94th Fighter Squadron, 1st Fighter Group, and Captain Donald Hilgert coming from the 27th Fighter Squadron, 1st Fighter Group. Hilgert had come up with Heidinger through flight training and they had both flown as members of the 84th Fighter Squadron when they first came to Europe with the 78th Fighter Group the previous November. It was nice to catch up with him on the trip and hear all the stories of what he had been doing with the 1st.

    When they arrived at Duxford on the 15th, Weldon—being from the 37th FS which was originally a component of the 55th Fighter Group—had continued on to join the newly arrived 55th Fighter Group in Nuthampstead where he would provide P-38 combat training for the group. Heidinger, Hilgert, and Gaffney were all assigned to HQ of the 78th Fighter Group and would provide the same for that group as they were transitioned back to P-38’s. They were aided in their efforts by the few remaining P-38 qualified pilots in the 78th, eight in total, spread between the three squadrons.

    Commanding the Group was the former 83rd FS C/O, Lt.Col. James Stone. Under him, as head of the P-38 transition program and in direct command of the HQ Squadron of the 78th was Lt.Col. Eugene Roberts. Lt.Col. Roberts had been C/O of the 84th since July of ’42 so was P-38 qualified and both Heidinger and Hilgert had served under him. Roberts, Gaffney, Hilgert, and Heidinger together formed this HQ Squadron and were informally known as the Transition Flight.

    When they first arrived, the group was on a temporary stand-down as they started the transition from P-47s to P-38s. Limited short range escort missions would resume in a week using the P-47’s still with the Group but all other patrols were cancelled and after the 24th all missions would be suspended with escort handled by other groups and the British.

    The first P-38’s, brand new H-models requisitioned from the 55th, started arriving on the 18th. In the meantime, the P-38 qualified pilots already in the group were re-familiarized in F-5B’s on loan from the 7th Photo Reconnaissance Group while P-38 instructors and a Lockheed pilot named Laveer, or some-such, started to go through ground school instruction on the Lightning for the P-47 pilots. Since the 20th FG were still without airplanes of their own, their P-38 ground crews were re-assigned to the 78th, starting with the 84th Squadron which would be the first to fully transition to the P-38 allowing the 82nd and 83rd Squadrons to continue flying limited sorties in their P-47s until they too were ready to move to P-38’s.

    All of the shuffling around was a bit of a headache for VIII Fighter Command but the hope was that by concentrating the P-38’s with pilots that were already experienced in flying against the Germans they would be able to get a fully operational group of Long-Range Escorts earlier than they would if each of the new groups were allowed to build up to readiness under the regular program.

    The Group had started sending pilots over to RAF Castle Camps, just a few miles east of Duxford, on the 18th where they would receive Twin-Engine training on the few Avro Ansons kept there. The training plan called for the pilots to each take a short flight or two in an Anson with one of the Transition Flight pilots to learn the basics of twin-engine flying and engine management. Once they got a few hours of that under their belts they would go through systems and cockpit checks in the P-38 followed by their first short flights in the Lightning. Once enough pilots got some P-38 hours they would start going up in flights led by the Transition Flight pilots to start going through in-flight procedures and handling. In all, the plan was to have at least two squadrons, if not all three, ready for combat operations in the P-38 by the second week of October.

    Now, after nearly two weeks with the 78th, Heidinger was finally being assigned his own airplane, a new P-38H-10-LO A/C# 42-67033. It looked the same from the outside as his old P-38G-20-LO but once he sat in the cockpit he was amazed by just how different this airplane was.

    “So, the top row of breakers,” the Lockheed representative—who Heidinger had learned was named LeVier, not Leveer—explained the changes to the cockpit in the new airplane, “control lighting, fuel system, and armament. Here at the front is the Oxygen and Landing Gear warning lights circuit followed by the Landing Light circuit. Working our way back you’ll see the Cockpit Lights, Position Lights, and Recognition Lights. After that we get into the fuel systems, starting with the Fuel Gauges circuit and this one for the Cross Suction pumps and Oil Dilution system followed by the breakers for the Right and Left Hand Fuel Booster Pumps. Now, this is an H-10 which has the new electric fuel management system so these next two circuits are for the Right and Left Hand Fuel Bypass System solenoids and Warning Lamps. Continuing back, these last three breakers are for the Bombs and Tanks Release and the two for the Armament Firing Solenoids and Relays: this one for the two outboard fifty cals and this one for the twenty mil and the two inboard fifties.”

    LaVier sat on the right wing next to the cockpit pointing to each breaker as he explained its function to Heidinger in the cockpit. The circuit breakers were each labeled appropriately but it was helpful to have them explained, nevertheless.

    LaVier continued, “Here, on the side panel in front of the flap control, are the radio circuits—your six-ninety-five radio, your range receiver, your command set, and lastly your radio dynamotor. Below your Inverter Switch are the temperature control circuits: Temperature Instruments, Right and Left Coolant Flaps, Right and Left Oil Cooler Flaps, and the Right and Left Intercooler Shutters. Your propeller circuits are forward of the control levers to your left, as always.”

    After familiarizing him with the circuit breaks, Tony LeVier continued explaining to Heidinger the changes to the main switch box. Heidinger was happy to learn that engine start was simplified and that automatic electrical engine primers had been installed and incorporated with the starter switches and that now each engine had its own dual-purpose Energize/Engage switch. The re-organization of the switches, he felt, would also make it quicker to find a particular switch as those with related purposes were now grouped together.

    He was also intrigued by the automatic temperature controls, it will be nice not to have to worry so much about constantly monitoring coolant, oil, and carburetor temperatures and have to manually adjust the shutters and flaps of their respective radiators.

    Following that, LeVier walked him through the new cockpit environmental controls for heating and ventilation and pointed out the change in the trim controls which were now grouped together between Heidinger’s knees.

    Finally, he explained the new electrical fuel management system and how it worked. The knob turned with very little resistance and the different selections were organized clockwise in the order it was recommended to use the tanks in flight. LeVier explained how tank selection and cross-suction worked, pointing out that cross-suction was still unavailable for the outer-wing tanks.

    “Not for lack of trying,” LeVier explained, “we actually had it set up to cross-suction from those tanks on a test plane but in the end the engineers and the Army agreed it added too much complexity to the installation and wasn’t needed.”

    The functions seemed pretty simple and Heidinger suspected it would make switching off of Drop Tanks in action considerably quicker as all the pilot would need to do was turn the single selector dial one click clockwise and flip off the override for the cross-suctioning engine. He tested the procedure a couple times and found that the change could be made in little over one second, after which the pilot would need only to jettison the tanks. He had recommended to Lt.Col. Roberts that established S.O.P. for the Group include arming the tank release as soon as they were in enemy territory so the entire process of dropping the tanks in these new planes could take place in two seconds or less. If only they had had this with their planes in the 82nd on the second, several more of his friends may have come home.

    The engine controls were still the same, which was a bit of a disappointment to Heidinger. He brought this up to LeVier, “Any plans on unifying the engine controls?”

    “I know that the development group at Lockheed is still working on a number of upgrades but I don’t know if that’s one of them.” The Lockheed mouthpiece looked at Heidinger and must have seen something there to prompt him to ask, “How bad it is?”

    Even though LeVier had limited clearance for operational details regarding the P-38, Heidinger did not feel right going into too much detail, so he kept his answer as simple as possible while still getting the need across, “We have lost pilots from messing around with engine controls to get up to combat settings.”

    LeVier frowned, “what do you mean? They set the engines wrong?”

    “Maybe a few but the real problem is that it takes too long to move everything forward. Look,” Heidinger demonstrated, “suppose we are flying along at twenty-thousand feet with max cruise settings: we have our mixture on Lean,” he moved the two levers to the AUTO LEAN location, “engines at twenty-three-hundred R.P.M.’s,” he set the engine speed levers to their approximate positions, “and throttles at around thirty-five inches,” he pushed the throttle a little forward. “Now, we are bounced out of the sun, the Jerries are already coming down at us and we need to get into fighting condition. What do we do?”

    “Move to AUTO RICH, set engines at three-thousand, and advance throttles.”

    “Yes. Do you have a second hand on that watch?”

    LeVier nodded, he knew where Capt. Heidinger was going with this.

    “OK, tell me when to start and time it, I’ll say ‘set’ when I’m done.”

    Heidinger put both hands on the yoke to simulate his normal flying position. He waited for LeVier’s mark, trying not to anticipate it and jump faster than he would in a real situation.

    “Go!”

    Heidinger quickly reached forward, pushed first one then the other mixture levers up, jammed the engine RPM levers forward, and forced the throttles to their Military Rating stops, “Set!”

    “About five seconds.” Tony LaVier sounded impressed that Heidinger made the change so quickly.

    “Five seconds? Unless Jerry’s trying to catch me dead-astern, he’s damn near a thousand yards closer. Then you have to consider how long five seconds is if you’re under fire. Hell, he could get off two, two-second bursts in that time! Any idea how much lead that could put in my plane? Now add on a couple seconds to switch fuel and drop tanks…I’m probably not coming home for dinner.”

    Heidinger saw understanding reflect in LeVier’s eyes.

    “We need it down to one motion. One set of levers. I saw the P-47’s here at the field, they have the Throttle lever mechanically linked with a spring-pin to the boost and speed controls. We need something like that in the P-38 which links the throttles to the speed and mixture controls.”

    “I see. I’ll send this back to Lockheed to see what we can do. Any chance you can get more pilots to say the same? Or the C/O?”

    “LaVier, if you can make this happen I’ll get every damn P-38 combat pilot in Europe to send your mother flowers.”

    2 October 1943

    Trucks raced down the runway and into the field beyond. An expanding plume of black smoke marked the crash site and from the air Capt. Heidinger could see there was little hope Lt. Virgil Marcone survived.

    They had all seen it before, whether in P-38’s or P-47’s. P-47’s are notoriously torquey and are known to flip if the pilot is not diligent in handling it while P-38’s can surprise inexperienced pilots if an engine fails and do the same. In this case, Lt. Marcone had just left the ground when his right engine tanked. Heidinger saw it all happen from the air, the right wing dropped its wingtip to the bitumen of the runway and dragged for a moment before the plane rolled into it. The wing collapsed and the P-38 yawed to the side causing it to cartwheel off the end of the runway and through the fence into the recently baled barley field beyond.

    Accidents like these were all part of operations and the every pilot in the Group, combat veterans all, knew that the planned flight would continue regardless of what happened on the ground.

    * * *

    Forty minutes later while over Wales and followed by ten pilots from the 84th Squadron, Heidinger talked them through one-engine flying.

    “Bayland group, Bayland Lead, set engines to Max Continuous. Mixture, AUTO RICH. Engines, twenty-six-hundred, that’s two-six-zero-zero. Throttles to four-four inches.”

    Each squadron in the 78th was split into two groups, similar to how the 82nd FG had used a High and Low Sections for their squadrons. In the 78th, however, each group, A and B, had its own radio call sign. The 84th Squadron A Group was “Bayland” while the B Group was “Clinton.” This was repeated in the 82nd and 83rd Squadrons as well with their A Groups being “Steadman” and “Churchtime,” and the B Groups as “Lockyear” and “Cleveland,” respectively. Today, Heidinger was taking about half of the 84th with him, and they were the only ones up so they were designated A Group, “Bayland.”

    “Bayland, maintain heading and altitude. Loosen it up a little, Lead is sliding out.”

    He wanted to be sure there was plenty of space between the planes just in case one of the pilots mis-judged his airplane after the engine was off. He pushed his plane down and around to a lower vantage from where he could watch the entire formation.

    “We are going to simulate loss of the right engine. Slowly pull right throttle all the way back. You will feel the plane want to yaw and roll into the slow engine so take your time and be sure to keep control.”

    Heidinger watched the P-38s start to wag and wobble as the pilots followed his instructions, thankful that he had the foresight to loosen them.

    “Move the right Mixture to IDLE CUTOFF. Trim the rudder to keep it straight.” It took a minute but soon all of the planes were fairly stable and flying true.

    “Bayland, feather the Right Propeller using the Feathering Switch on the front of the Main Switch box.” He saw the propellers, one-by-one, start to feather on the P-38’s in the formation.

    “Bayland Lead, Bayland Green Two, my prop won’t feather.”

    Heidinger was actually pleased to hear that one of them was having trouble, this gave him the opportunity to talk the pilot through the alternate method and let the squadron hear how to handle it. “Bayland Green Two, Bayland Lead, use the propeller selector switch behind the mixture control. Hold the forward switch to DECREASE RPM to manually feather the prop.”

    “Green Two, roger, use selector switch.”

    Heidinger kept his eye on Green Two and confirmed that the right propeller slowed to a full feather.

    “Well, done, Bayland. Now, switch off the right-hand fuel pumps and turn the right-hand ignition OFF.” Giving them a few seconds to complete the tasks he then continued, “Move the right-hand coolant, oil, and intercooler switches to CLOSE.”

    He drifted across the bottom the formation and visually confirmed all of the radiator flaps and intercooler shutters were closed on the right side of each airplane. With this done, he continued about the flight, talking the squadron through basic single-engine maneuvers and letting the pilots familiarize themselves with how their planes handled with just the one engine running. Heidinger made sure to remind them not to turn hard into the dead engine unless their plane was first fully trimmed and stable.

    They flew on one engine for thirty minutes, getting a feel for the plane and with Heidinger talking them through airspeed limits and fuel management with some practice in running the left-engine off the right-side fuel tanks while the right engine was dead which served to familiarize them with fuel cross-suction functions. After he felt they had enough time, he talked them through un-feathering the propeller and restarting the dead engine. He let them fly with both engines for another ten minutes then called out, “Bayland group, Bayland Lead, all planes kill right engine.”

    This time, instead of talking them through the procedures, Heidinger let them do it on their own, testing their memory and trusting their ability to handle their Lightnings. He gave them five minutes after confirming all the right engines were properly feathered and streamlined before ordering them to restart the engines.

    Another five minutes later and he repeated the order but this time he changed it up and told them to kill the left engine. Heidinger remembered learning these steps, which were little different on the early P-38’s, during training and they would never kill the left engine because it housed the only generator. Ever since the second generator was added, however, he always thought it would be good to let pilots practice engine-out of either side so they do not automatically compensate for the right-torque on a failure. These pilots were good and experienced and would not be so easily thrown off and Heidinger was pleased to see all ten successfully stop their left propeller and maintain their loose formation throughout.

    After letting everyone get their left engine re-started he turned them back east to Duxford.


    He had one last procedure for them, he was going to make them simulate single-engine landing. It was something that nearly every P-38 pilot Heidinger knew had done at some point—loose an engine on a mission and limp home with only one engine. He had seen several, even experienced pilots, loose it on landing with one engine so he and the Transition Flight had agreed they would drill single-engine landings with the 78th pilots as well as single engine flight.

    “Bayland group, Bayland Lead, close right-hand throttle and set right-hand propeller to DECREASE RPM. Do not, repeat, DO NOT kill the engine.” The pilots had been briefed prior to the flight that they would be making this engine-out simulation. By decreasing the engine to its minimum speed without killing it, they could approximate the drag and torque characteristics of a dead engine while still having the ability to increase power if they need to abort and go-around. He re-organized the group into a circle at 2000 feet and four miles out from the runway allowing them plenty of room for a controlled approach and slow decent. He would talk each pilot through the landing one-at-a-time and each about one minute apart.

    “Bayland Red Two, Bayland Lead, you have priority.” He directed his wingman to the airfield. “Reduce airspeed. At one-six-zero, lower gear.” He paralleled the path of the other P-38 and monitored his progress. “At one-four-zero, Lower flaps to MANEUVER.” A moment later, Heidinger saw the flaps extend out a few degrees. “Smoothly reduce power as you approach but keep airspeed above one-two-zero until you are ready for your final decent.” Red Two was a couple hundred feet up and a few hundred yards our when Heidinger called out to him, “Red Two, Lead, full flaps, reduce throttle, and set her down.”

    The P-38 slowed rapidly once the flaps were fully extended but it was close enough to the runway and the pilot experienced enough for it settle nicely on the bitumen and slow smoothly to the taxi-way. “Well done, Red Two. Bayland Red Three Bayland Lead, you’re up.”

    He repeated the process for each pilot making certain that every one of his flight was down safe before he followed.

    * * *

    After the debriefing and a short discussion about Lt. Marcone’s crash, Heidinger sat down with Lt.Col. Stone, Lt.Col. Roberts, Maj. Gaffney, Capt. Hilgert, and Tony LeVier to talk about the crash and discuss what steps could be taken to avoid other pilots suffering the same fate under similar circumstances.

    “I’ve gone through the Pilot’s Manual and there are no procedures defined for handing engine failure on take-off.” Stone addressed Tony LeVier directly. “Does Lockheed have anything?”

    “Not that I know of. Let me wire them to see if our other test pilots have anything. If not, give me a plane and I will see what I can figure out.”

    Hilgert added his own insight, “I think the problem is the sudden change in torque. Trust me, I know how it feels to flip that plane with an engine out!”

    “Yes, but, how do we avoid it? If the plane is already past V-one but not yet at the minimum single-engine control speed what else is there to do?” Roberts was right. Even if they drill the pilots to maintain control there would be no avoiding a crash if the plane is already past the “point of no return.”

    The Group C/O adjourned the meeting with at least some semblance of a plan, “Let’s let LeVier and Lockheed figure out what is best. Captain Hilgert, since it sounds like you’ve had the closest call out of this group, I’m putting you in charge of this effort. Mister LaVier, you can work directly with Captain Hilgert to get a procedure defined for us. I have word from the Wing that they want us to start flying limited operations with the P-38 in one week and I’d like something to add to Group S.O.P by then.” After receiving confirmations and salutes, he dismissed the men.
     
    Ch.22 - Too Many Balls in the Air (Oct 1943)
  • 12 October 1943
    Burbank, California, USA


    Hall had to admit, he was impressed.

    When the order came through more than four months ago to send the “Swordfish” P-38 to Nashville so Vultee could use it as a basis for a two-seater variant of the airplane he was expecting an almost exact copy of the tested design. Instead, the engineers had thrown the long-nose Lightning concept out the window and developed an entirely new gondola for a two-seat pilot-trainer version of the airplane.

    In the introduction to the design to proposal they stated a number of deficiencies in the Swordfish which would make it poorly suited as a P-38 trainer. Primary among them was that with the pilot moved so far forward the view and feel from the cockpit was altered too much from the standard single-seat P-38. Associated with that was that the Swordfish had a different Center of Gravity, different trim characteristics, different ground-handling—including, most critically, altered take-off and landing behavior.

    The design examination continued with an overview of the changes in internal and external structures between the standard P-38 and the Swordfish test-plane. All of the differences meant that only a small percentage of parts and panels could be inter-changed between the two which would add complexity to both manufacture and repair.

    Instead, Vultee was proposing a new extended two-seat gondola of their own design using as many existing structures and panels as possible. To accomplish this, they started with keeping the primary pilot in the same location, directly in front of the main spar and placed the second seat between the aft and main spar. The rear, instructor, pilot then sits directly on top of the rear wing structure with a small well cut behind the main spar for his feet and the rudder pedals. This small foot well interferes with the span-wise stiffening corrugations through about two-and-half feet of the upper center wing section so, to compensate, they added diagonal braces which go forward from the rear of the well structure sides to a vertical brace extension from the center of the main spar. This vertical extension then doubles as a bulkhead between the two cockpit sections and serves as a framework from which the rear instrument panel is secured.

    The canopy uses the same three sections: forward, rear, and center; but, the center piece is re-framed to remove the sliding mechanism and to hinge from the right side. Between the center section and the rear glass is a plug over the main-spar and vertical extension followed by another right-hinging center piece for the rear cockpit. The rear cockpit canopy then merges with the same contour of the rear glass as the standard airplane.

    The new framing on the center Plexiglas extends on the top to change the profile of the glass to better streamline the new junction between the two center canopies. This faring interferes with visibility directly above the pilot’s head, but it is only a minor concern for a training aircraft and a small price to pay to use the existing form for the glass instead of developing a whole a new piece for each section.

    The rear of the gondola is then extended about three feet from the standard one-place P-38, accomplished by added a fuselage plug and new skin panels below the rear cockpit. The underside of the gondola is completely unchanged all the way back to the fuselage plug behind the trailing edge of the center wing assembly and terminates in the same tail-cone as the standard airplane, complete with the egress ladder. The plug has several spring-closed hand and foot holds to enable the pilots to get from the ladder—now farther rear—to the wing surface.

    Since most of the added weight is planned to be placed between the two main spars, and thus within the Mean Aerodynamic Chord, the only change in aircraft balance that would need to be accommodated is the rear-ward shift of the gondola’s tail cone and the lack of forward armament in the nose. To compensate for these changes, the nose-cone is planned to be replaced with one slightly longer and built with heavy steel and integrated weights. In addition, the hydraulic reservoirs and pumps will be moved from below the radios to in front of the forward bulkhead in the rear of the nose compartment. Any additional shifts in the center of gravity that may be identified from flight-testing can then be added either in the nose-compartment (to shift balance forward) or within the fuselage plug (to shift balance aft).

    The end result was a two-seat version of the P-38 which largely duplicated the primary pilot’s experience of the airplane while still accommodating the second pilot in similar comfort. That Vultee achieved this while re-using more than 80% of the existing assemblies was quite impressive, even by Hall Hibbard’s high standards.

    Gondola-Long.png


    The news from Niagara, or more properly from Wheatfield, New York, was just as good. Bell had spent the last three months converting one of the assembly lines to P-38 production and were now ready to start working on their first few test aircraft. In typical fashion, the first handful of planes would be used more to test and tweak the assembly and manufacturing processes than to build real usable aircraft, but it is was an essential step to getting their facility moved into full production. They were not exactly ahead of schedule, but they were running good and getting where they needed to be to get combat-quality aircraft flowing before Christmas—perhaps even as soon as Thanksgiving.

    His own designers were also hard at work. Kelly Johnson had sequestered many of Lockheed’s best in a rented circus tent to work on a Secret project ordered by the Air Tactical Service Command (ATSC). Hall, Kelly, and Court Gross were three of only seven people at Lockheed who actually knew what the project was—most of the men working on it were given specific components and sub-assemblies to work on to specifications set forth by Johnson and his core team of four. The order was to deliver a new fighter prototype by November 23rd but the kicker was that this fighter would powered by a British Halford H-1 B centrifugal jet.

    A few weeks ago, a representative from the Navy had tried reaching Dick Pulver but was mistakenly transferred directly to Irv Culver in Kelly Johnson’s circus tent—which was unfortunately downwind of a plastics factory. Culver picked up with an informal, “Skonk Works, inside man Culver.” After some initial confusion the call was sent back to Pulver and Hall had later heard all about it. Apparently, Culver and some of the other senior engineers working in the sequestered group thought it was funny to poke fun at the awful smell from the plastics factory by referring to the popular “L’il Abner” comics. Hall agreed, it was funny, but not very professional so he had Johnson deal with it who promptly fired Culver (Culver came back the next day and as far as Hall knew was still working on the project without another word said about being fired).

    Progress on the new jet fighter was going well, even though the ATSC still had not sent the official order for the airplane. With access to all of Bell’s work on their P-59 “Airacomet” to go off of as well Kelly Johnson’s previous work on the in-house developed L-133 they were well ahead plan and were expecting to have the completed prototype within a month. Hall was anxious to see the completed product.

    Prior to being shunted over to Johnson’s secret team in the “Skonk Works,” Culver had proposed an interesting solution to Compressibility Stalls in the P-38. Although the NACA redesign in the Model 422 had increased the dive limits of the airplane to acceptable combat speeds, the stalls were still occasionally occurring at high altitude in power-on dives and were thus still a problem. Hall heard that most of the new fast fighters were running into the same issue, too, that between Mach 0.78 and Mach 0.8, depending on the plane, the planes would become unstable in some manner with both his P-38 and Republic’s P-47 suffering dives as a result. Culver came up with the idea of fitting 58 inch span by 8 ½ inch chord Dive Recovery Flaps to the mid-chord of outer wings, directly outboard of the engine nacelles. These flaps were to be electrically operated to drop 40 degrees into the airstream on the underside of the wings to change the pressure gradient during high speeds and enable recovery from a compressibility stall.

    Ralph Virden had tested a P-38H with these Dive Recovery Flaps installed in a powered dive from 30,000 feet and was able to successfully recover from a Mach 0.83, about 585 mph, dive at 22,000 feet. He reported tail buffeting at those speeds but he was able to maintain vertical control throughout the dive. Further testing revealed that the DRFs provided an overall increase to the average Critical Mach of the airplane by about Mach 0.034, or just over a 4% increase from an unmodified airplane. The Air Force, however, did not see them as essential equipment so they refused permission to produce a retrofit kit for existing airplanes but have given Lockheed the “go-ahead” to add them to future production block so long as it does not interfere with factory output.

    In July, General-Electric’s new B-33 turbo was added to P-38H production in what the AAF called the P-38H-15-LO. This new turbo increased the critical altitude of the airplane by several thousand feet and provided a matching performance increase at high altitudes. These Block-15 airplanes were even now starting to arrive in Europe to outfit some of the nascent P-38 Fighter Groups still waiting for airplanes.

    On the production line, the final block of 450 P-38’s ordered from the 1942 Budget Year, beginning with AC# 42-103979, were starting to roll off the factory floor as P-38H-18-LO and were almost identical to the Block-15 but had a streamlined landing light installed in the left-wing leading edge instead of the old retractable light the previous airplanes used.

    Once that order was complete, they would begin production of Block-20 P-38H’s which were still being finalized and modified according to feedback coming directly to Hall from Tony LeVier, who was stationed with the 78th Fighter Group in England. Some of the requests, such as that for a unified engine control system locking the throttles to the speed and mixture levers, were pretty major and would most likely wait for either a later block or more likely the next major model. Others were more achievable and were being developed by the P-38 Team.

    One request was procedural rather than technical and Hall had forwarded it on Milo Burcham and his team to figure out. That was for revised single-engine emergency handling on take-offs. It was a problem which had plagued the P-38 since its introduction but the USAAF had passed on spending resources tackling it with the reasoning that mishandling was a result of pilot error. Now, LeVier had sent word that it was a procedural problem related to the stated actions in the standard Pilot’s Manual and that a better process needed to be developed. From what Milo had relayed to Hall, LeVier and several pilots of the 78th were working on procedures to apply immediately in the field at the Group level but that they wanted review and assistance from the Flight Testing team back in California.

    The most recent request, just arriving to Hall the previous week, was related to a rash of engine failures that the 78th and 55th Fighter Groups had started to experience as they were training for high-altitude bomber escort missions and—for the 78th—starting to make their first short range sorties into France and the Dutch Netherlands. The repeated problem seemed to be that the alcohol-based fuel octane booster used in England was vaporizing and causing the humidity in the air to condense and even freeze at high altitude. Hall was not sure there was anything he could do directly about the fuel additives—that would be for the Army to figure out—but LeVier had relayed that the ground crews were recommending come manner of temperature regulation to keep ice from forming in the induction system as well as either insulation or some manner of vapor barrier to keep the fuel lines from icing.

    Neither solution sounded likely to Hall. He felt that this was a fuel supply issue rather than an engineering issue and that his groups’ resources would be better spent on other items. The obvious solution to the problems would be to change the octane booster additives in the fuel from alcohol based to Tetraethyl Lead (TEL), which he heard was happening anyway, and that being the case, Hall was inclined to respond that the problem is the Air Force’s rather than Lockheed’s. A recent preliminary report from Col. Kelsey in Ohio, however, had mentioned similar problems with the XP-38J they had been testing.

    Hall had been surprised when news came through that the AAF had abandoned the Allison F15 engines in favor of an engine originally intended for the Bell P-63 which had been hastily field adapted to F-Series standards and fit into the XP-38J airplane at Wright Field. This new engine included Allison’s first production Water Injection system which in testing was discovered to cause condensation on the water lines and in the induction system at low boost settings. The chemists explained that because the alcohol vaporizes so quickly it causes a rapid decrease in temperature which in a humid environment can readily fall below the dew point and cause condensation. Under cold and humid conditions, such as at high altitude over the Great Lakes or in Western Europe, that condensation would freeze and cause ice buildup—which was exactly what Tony LeVier was reporting from England with the alcohol-rich fuel.

    Since Kelsey indicated that the USAAF would continue pursuing installation of Water Injection he had directly requested Lockheed research solutions to the problem. The issue of condensation on the lines and freezing valves could be easily solved by insulating the water-methanol lines in the Water Injection installation. With the proposed water tank installation location, directly next to the engine nacelles in the first section of the outer-wing leading edge, the water lines will only be a few feet long and could handle the insulation without difficulty. When it came to LeVier’s problem with alcohol in fuel, the insulation was more problematic because of the total length of all the fuel lines in the airplane made this an ill-suited solution. With the plan to move to TEL additives to the fuel, Hall was doubly convinced to ignore the line-condensation problem for the time being.

    The problem of induction condensation was both simpler and more complex at the same time. What made it simpler was that all they needed to avoid the condensation was a way to keep the critical surfaces of the intake manifold and induction system above the dew point so the condensation would never form. What made it difficult was managing the temperatures in such a way that it would not increase the charge air temperature to such an extent as to cause detonation.

    His engine installation mechanics were now working directly with engineers from Allison on the problem. Allison had determined through testing that the induction condensation was likely caused by uneven heating and fuel-air distribution in the intake manifold, which they were already working to redesign.

    Another solution was to find a way to control the minimum temperature of the charge air using the existing carburetor air temperature sensor and existing inter-cooler installation. Although this would not help with the fuel-air distribution problems in the intake manifold it could help keep the induction charge temperature sufficiently high to prevent the condensation problem. Thus, the engineers were working out a way to ensure the air is not over-cooled in cold-air conditions.

    The combat groups with the 8th AF were reporting the problem even with the inter-cooler shutters completely closed, that when flying in air colder than -30° F they were discovering that the charge air was not warm enough to prohibit condensation. This meant that they needed to find another way to keep the charge air temperature above a critical point through other means.

    A junior mechanic on the engine installation team had the idea of simply covering the inter-cooler inlet with a piece of cardboard, as was commonly done to cover the radiators of automobiles during the cold winters back in his home in Levina, Montana. Lockheed had no way of testing this from Burbank so Hall and joined with the Allison group in sending the recommendation over to LeVier to see if it helps at all. If it does, then Hall will need to divert some resources to developing a more permanent and fully integrated system to enable control of the inter-cooler inlet duct.

    The final option, which LeVier was reportedly exploring himself, was to experiment with higher manifold pressure settings using lower engine speed as a way to maintain a sufficiently warm induction charge to avoid condensation while cruising. The Allison representatives had balked at the idea as unsafe, and considering the revealed shortcomings on their current manifold design, Hall was prone to support them, but LeVier had insisted that based on Kelsey’s and Col. Cass Hough’s tests the previous winter on the manifold pressure limits at full power, these new P-38H’s with their F17 engines should not have any trouble running under such conditions.

    Hall would just have to wait and see what develops regarding those issues.

    Of all the problems the P-38 had experienced during its development and over its first two years of combat, the only one that had not yet been fully addressed was the slow initial roll rate. This was mentioned, repeatedly, in most of the Air Corps and later Air Force assessments and always accompanied by requests to find ways to improve the airplane’s rate of roll; but, it had never been as high a priority as other problems with the airplane. Now, with all of the those other problems solved (for the most part), Hall was able to apply some resources into finding a way to increase the P-38’s roll and reduce the aileron load, especially at high speed.

    Previously, the idea had been tossed around to use hydraulics to control the ailerons but in every application they considered they ran into three main problems with the idea: that the pilot would receive no feed-back from the control surfaces and therefore was likely to apply too much force and overtax the ailerons; that there was no way for the system to self-center—that is, to automatically return to a “neutral” position when the control yoke was released; and, that in order for it to work the primary control cables would need to be removed which would prevent emergency control in the event of hydraulic failure. These issues prevented Lockheed from simply installing hydraulic servos to the ailerons connected directly to the yoke.

    In July, one of the engineers, Bob Richolt, had dedicated himself to solving the problem by designing a new type of hydraulic servomotor. He finally came up with a design utilizing a pressure valve of his own design which would allow the hydraulic actuator on the ailerons to increase the force applied by the pilot to the yoke rather than simply taking the entire load. This allows an installation which still uses the standard control cables but which multiplies the force on the ailerons from these cables and reduces the force required by the pilot to deflect the surfaces.

    Bob had completed his designs and the initial test installation was completed on August 9th. The hydraulic “boosters,” as the flight engineering team were now calling them, were installed on the aft-side of the outer-wing main spar, at approximately mid-span of the ailerons. The installation includes two of the booster servomotors per side, one connected to the “up” control cable, and one to the “down” control cable, by bell cranks which increase the pilot’s force through a push/pull-rod to the aileron.

    Milo Burcham himself took the modified plane up on a few test flights in August and September and after some adjustments to the pressure valve settings and changes in the bell crank diameters was able to report back that the control forces required to roll the airplane at all airspeeds were reduced and that at high airspeeds, in excess of 250 IAS, the forces were reduced to less than 20% of the forces required without boosting. At 250 IAS, the initial roll rate of this modified airplane increased from 50 degrees per second to 135 degrees per second; and, at 350 IAS, from 30 degrees per second to an astounding 200 degrees per second.

    Bob Richolt was now finalizing his design drawings and specifications so they could be filed for patents and sent out to an appropriate sub-contractor for series fabrication. Meanwhile, a second airplane was fitted with the refined design to be sent off to the Air Technical Service Command for testing and approval by the AAF. Once Hall received the official acceptance from the Army, Lockheed would be able to plan for their integration to assembly in a future P-38 production block.

    Another project demanding his attention was the XP-38J, for which he had recently received a revised specification. The biggest change was in the power plant with the move away from the F15R/L engines to a new engine to be developed by Allison based on the E21R with Water-Methanol Injection. This new engine, depending on its final specifications but expected to reach around 2000 bhp, would likely require a purpose-built propeller with a higher specific thrust than that offered even by the three-blade Hamilton-Standard Hydromatic.

    Curtiss Electric caught wind of the XP-38J and of the new power projections for the up-rated Allison and had already contacted Lockheed with a proposal to build a four-blade electric high-activity similar to the one used on some P-47’s. Of course, Lockheed was already working with Hamilton Standard as well on a similar Hydromatic, so Hall found himself in the enviable position of being able to ply each contractor off the other. The War Production Board representative at Lockheed had approved Hall to submit formal R.F.P.’s to each company and depending on the tested results hinted that they may approve production from both Curtiss Electric and Hamilton Standard.

    Hall Hibbard looked through everything on his desk, amazed at just how many projects his teams were juggling at the moment, and realized that he was over-due for a vacation.
     
    Ch.23a - Another Thursday, Part I (13, 14 Oct 1943)
  • 13 October 1943
    HQ, VIII Bomber Command, 8th AF
    High Wycombe, England


    General Eaker was pressing Maj.Gen. Anderson to commit to the follow-up raid on Schweinfurt within days but Anderson was faced with a bad week, having lost ninety bombers over the three missions from October 8th through the 10th, just when his group strength had finally recovered from the August mission. Anderson knew that with the continued mission pressure his forces would continue to be whittled away to a point where he would not be able to commit the desired force to Schweinfurt unless he acted quickly.

    His hesitance to do so came from the reports of modified German tactics against the bombers. After their success in August against the American bombers, the Luftwaffe fighter wings had started to focus on specific bomb groups instead of spreading out though the bomber stream. This resulted in massive losses to the targeted Bomb Group, even while others may be left untouched. On the 10th, the Germans picked out the 100th Bomb Group, successfully taking down 12 of 13 planes the group sent in the formation. Anderson did not want to send his bombers on another deep penetration raid without round-trip escorts; but, if Eaker ordered it, Anderson would have no course but to comply and accept the massive losses expected.

    In preparation for the Schweinfurt raid, Anderson and his staff had been working directly with the Mission Planners to ready the groups. Apart from the normal logistics of organizing the Bombardment Groups and ensuring they had the resources they needed the largest item on Anderson’s ticket was making sure his bomber-boys would have the escorts he knew they so desperately needed. For that, he had been in contact with VIII Fighter Command and had sent a liaison from the 91st Bombardment Group, 1st Bomb Wing, to work directly with the 78th FG to begin developing suitable full-penetration escort plans.

    Two squadrons of the 78th Fighter Group, the 83rd and the 84th, were now fully operational with P-38H’s. The 82nd Fighter Squadron was still flying their P-47’s while they were getting rated for the Lightnings and waiting for more to arrive. The transition had been completed as quickly as possible and the training had been limited but as nearly all of the pilots of the 78th were already seasoned combat veterans a quick transition was considered an acceptable risk.

    The 84th Fighter Squadron, now re-designated 84th Fighter Squadron (Twin-Engine), were the first to be fully rated and equipped with P-38’s. They had flown their first sweep along the Dutch coast on October 7th. The 83rd was ready on the 8th and joined the 84th on a sweep near Calais. They met minimal resistance but Anderson was sure the Nazi’s now knew some P-38’s were in England.

    The 78th FG and the 91st BG flew two mock missions together in the past few days. After three consecutive days of combat raids, the 322nd Bomb Squadron led the 83rd and 84th FS on the 11th along a route which took them east to Bardsey Island, north to Prestwick, and back to East Anglia—a distance of just over 700 miles totaling about 3 ½ hours of flight time. This was repeated on the 12th by bombers of the 401st Bomb Squadron and the same P-38’s plus the P-38’s of the 338th Fighter Squadron from the 55th Fighter Group.

    His Mission Planners had done quite a bit of work to figure out how to accommodate the P-38’s for full range escort. In looking at the Flight Operation Instruction Charts that Lockheed sent with the new airplanes the planners were initially excited that they may be able to send the escorts without drop tanks, thereby easing logistics, but that was based on the short-range escort planning they had performed in the past. Once they factored in the need for the fighters to patrol the length of the bomber stream for the entire mission duration they realized that it was the Endurance, rather than the Range, of the fighters that was most critical.

    There were two routes planned to get the bombers to Schweinfurt. The northern route starts at Assembly Points near Southwold, heads southeast to cross the Dutch coast and enters Belgium north of Antwerp. The bombers on this route maintain their heading all the way into Germany the turn east to pass north of Frankfurt before making a quick southerly jaunt to reach the Initial Point of the Bomb run and pass the targets from the south west. Once the bombs were released they were to make a broad right turn to the south, then head west into France and northwest back to England.

    The southern route route to Schweinfurt for the bombers would take them from the Assembly Points near Harwich, southeast through Belgium, penetrate Germany near Aachen then turn south-southeast to avoid the major anti-aircraft corridors inside the German border. They would stay on that heading for about forty minutes before turning east, near Trier. This would allow them to pass south of Frankfurt and north of Manheim, before turning northeast to the Initial Point and beginning the bomb run on Schweinfurt shortly after the bombers on the north route. Once their payloads were away, they would turn to follow the northern bombers on the same route back to England.

    Each route would be about 950 nautical miles, or about 1100 statute miles, and would take the bombers about five and half hours after their initial assembly. The P-38’s could make 1300 miles after their initial climb on internal fuel alone, but with only a 4 hour endurance and at a pace that would leave the bombers far behind. When considering the mission time, instead of the mission distance, they determined the Lightning escorts would each need to carry an extra 280 gallons of external fuel in order to provide full coverage for the duration of the bombers’ flight.

    The requirement for each Lighting to carry two 150 Gallon Drop Tanks presented its own problem: there was a very limited supply of the larger tanks available in England. Most the 150-165 gallon tanks had come over with P-38’s during the Bolero flights the previous year and then went with their P-38’s to be used—and eventually abandoned—in North Africa and the Mediterranean. Instead, they only had an adequate supply of 75 gallon tanks for use with the P-38’s which meant the escorts would not be able to patrol the bomber stream for the entire route unless they leave no fuel reserves for combat or weather.

    Instead the mission planners would need try a whole new approach to bomber escort, sending the P-38’s out past the bombers to sweep enemy fighter opposition from in front of them on the initial penetration the rejoining the bombers over Germany. Doing this would allow the Lightnings to leave well after the bombers, catch them on the way to the target, sweep in front and then provide nearly three hours of escort patrol during the deepest portion of the bomber penetration—including over the target—before leaving the bombers on the return trip and heading straight back for their own bases. This would allow the fighters to avoid the time and fuel costs of patrolling the bombers during the initial penetration to and the final withdrawal from enemy airspace.

    With the assurance that the few squadrons of P-38’s would be able to accompany the bombers to the target, they were able to set out finalizing the Mission Plan.

    VIII Bomber Command would send sixteen Heavy Bombardment Groups in two Divisions about ten minutes apart. The First Air Division would be led by the 92nd Bombardment Group (Heavy) and consist of the 305th, 306th, 381st, 91st, 303rd, 379th, and 384th BG’s and would follow the more direct, northern route. Following them would be the Third Air Division on the southern route with the 95th, 100th, 390th, 96th, 388th, 94th, and 385th BG’s. In addition to these two B-17 Air Divisions, two groups of B-24’s, the 93rd and 392nd, would fly a more southerly route and join up with the B-17 near the I.P. Some groups of the 2nd Air Division would fly a diversionary route over the North Sea in advance of the 1st AD to draw German Coastal Defense Forces away from the main attack force. Excluding the diversionary force, Anderson was planning on nearly 300 B-17’s and about 60 B-24’s for the mission.

    Supporting them will be about four groups of Spitfires with drop tanks providing escort to just short of Antwerp. These fighters will be bolstered by an additional two groups—the 353rd and 56th—of P-47’s escorting the bombers to the German border, near Aachen. On the return trip the bombers will be picked up in France by another four groups of Spitfires and one of P-47’s for escort back across the channel.

    The 78th Fighter Group will provide two over-strength squadrons of P-38’s, the 83rd and 84th Squadrons with four spares each. The group would then be filled out with the HQ squadron, bolstered by additional spares made up of Lightning rated pilots from the 82nd FS and a few individuals on loan from squadrons of the 20th FG and 55th FG. As much as he disliked the idea of the sending green pilots on such a long, critical, mission, the need for escorts out-weighed the risks and he hoped that the support of the more experienced pilots from the 78th FG would balance the inexperience of the pilots from the 55th and 20th. This P-38 group will include a total of 80 P-38’s, personally led by Lt.Col. Stone, C/O of the 78th.

    The 78th FG(T) will meet the 1st AD east of Antwerp, after the Spitfires leave but before the P-47’s leave, and will cruise past the bombers to perform the initial penetration into Germany. After the first sweep, going nearly to Cologne, the Lightnings will re-join the Bombers and provide a standard escort patrol through the formation all the way to the target. They will loiter at the target and join up with the 3rd Air Division to provide withdrawal coverage into France, hopefully placing them near the most likely location of attacks on each leg of the raid. Near Reims, or whenever their fuel supply demands it, they will then leave the bombers and return directly to Duxford. By that time the Spitfire and P-47 withdrawal escorts should have re-joined the bombers to provide the final coverage back over the English Channel.

    Maj.Gen. Anderson looked at the large clock on the wall of the Mission Planning center: 2147. It was now or never.

    He checked the mission log and signed the order as Mission 115.

    “Send it out.”


    14 October 1943
    Churchtime Red Two
    Approaching the German Border
    1235 hours - 1400 hours


    Once more flying in the High Section—called “B Group” in the 78th—of the Squadron, Captain James Heidinger cruised along on the wing of his once-again Commanding Officer, Lieutenant Colonel Eugene Roberts. This time, though, he was flying the second position of the first element of the first flight. Since the squadron was a composite of the HQ and 82nd Fighter Squadrons of the 78th, they had adopted the radio call sign of the 82nd for the mission, making Heidinger “Churchtime Red Two.”

    Five planes in the composite squadron, two in A Group, “Stedman,” and three in B Group, “Churchtime” were from the HQ Squadron. Leading as Stedman Red 1 was the 78th F.G. C/O, Lt. Col. Stone, who was in overall command of the 80 P-38’s planned for the mission today as “Greywall Lead.” On his wing in Steadman Red 2 was Capt. Hilgert. The rest of the Steadman section was filled out by six pilots of the 82nd Fighter Squadron: Capt. John Hockery (Stedman Red 3), 2/Lt. Richard Kuehner (Stedman Red 4), Maj. Jack Oberhansley, C/O of the 82nd (Stedman Blue 1), with Lt. Eugene Peel, Lt. Roger Hearn, and 2/Lt. Ronald Orr completing Blue Flight (Stedman Blue 2, 3, and 4).

    The other three from the HQ Squadron lead the Churchtime group as the High Section. Apart from Roberts and Heidinger was Maj. Ronald Gaffney flying Churchtime Red 3. On his wing was Capt. Archie Hill of the 82nd in Churchtime Red 4. Churchtime Blue flight was composed entirely of personnel from the 82nd: Maj. William May, Lt. William Neel, Lt. Benjamin Watkins, and Lt. Paul Keller (Chruchtime Blue 1, 2, 3, and 4).

    Filling out the Stedman section to a full three flights, were a single flight of pilots from the 77th Fighter Squadron, 20th Fighter Group using planes borrowed from the 55th Fighter Group and designated Stedman Yellow. Likewise the Churchtime Section was filled out with a flight from the 338th Fighter Squadron of the 55th Fighter Group as Churchtime Yellow. The selected pilots were drawn from those conveniently already at Duxford to build operational experience with the 78th, with the last few having arrived the previous afternoon, including the C/O’s of both attached Squadrons.

    Joining the Stedman and Churchtime sections were the two sections from each the 83rd Fighter Squadron (Lockyear and Cleveland), led by their C/O Maj. Jesse Davis, and the 84th Squadron (Bayland and Clinton), led by the 84th C/O, Maj. Jack Price. Each of these sections was planned to have two spares for a total of 14 planes per section, or 28 per squadron.

    Heidinger mused that this must be the largest concentration of Field Grade Officers ever assembled into a single group for a single mission. There were three Lieutenant Colonels—Stone (HQ/78), Roberts (HQ/78), and Johnson (77/20)—and six Majors—Oberhansley (82/78), Gaffney (HQ/78), May (82/78), Busching (338/55), Davis (83/78), and Price (84/78). How they were able to sneak that past the VIII Fighter Command planners was a mystery he was sure he would never solve.

    The mission requirements called for a full load of internal fuel, plus 150 gallons externally in two 75 gallon droppable tanks. The flight plan called for a cruise up to 20,000 feet as they crossed the Channel and head directly to over-fly the bombers east of Antwerp at 25,000 feet and proceed past to clear the way into Germany between Aachen and Cologne then allow the bombers to catch up and provide escort from the German border on.

    At the briefed load and altitudes, they were supposed to maintain an Indicated Airspeed of between 200 and 220 mph, depending on altitude, which should reduce their fuel consumption to less under 100 gallons per hour for a True Airspeed of around 300 mph at altitude. With about an hour to join the bombers and an hour back at the end of the mission that gives them the fuel to escort the bombers for about three hours of their trip, with an allowance for 60 gallons of initial fuel usage, a 20 minute cruising reserve, and five minutes of Combat at Military Power. This should leave each plane with an extra 40 gallons or so, roughly doubling their planned reserve.

    Heidinger—who has the most escort time in a P-38 from flying with the 82nd Fighter Group—worked out that by reducing their IAS to about 190 mph (TAS of about 265 mph) on each “downsteam” leg of their escort circuit they could save another 15-20 gallons, which could give them an extra ten minutes of Combat without tapping into their planned Reserve. He was bolstered in this by his work the past week with Tony LeVier in working to overcome the fuel condensation issues. They had arrived at the conclusion that by running higher Manifold Pressure during low-RPM cruising they can keep the induction system above the dew point with similar, or even better, fuel consumption. So, instead of running both legs of the escort circuit at 1850-2050 RPM and 32”Hg M.P. Heidinger made the recommendation at the Briefing to run the “downstream” with M.P. still at 32”Hg but to reduce power exclusively by retarding the engine speed unless it would cause RPMs to drop below the minimum required for altitude. Lt.Col. Stone readily accepted and appended their briefing to include the new instructions.

    They were all airborne and en-route by 1235 hours, flying through an English pea-soup of rain until 1300 hours when they approached the Dutch coast. During the climb they had two aborts from Stedman, both 20th FG men; three from the 83rd Squadron and another from the 84th, leaving 74 Lightnings in the formation Heidinger saw around him when the weather cleared. Over the Netherlands, as they continued to climb past 24,000 feet another three had to turn back, two from the 83rd and another from the 84th, leaving just 71 planes.

    Capt. Heidinger looked at all the P-38’s around him, painted in standard AAF Dark Olive Drab over Neutral Gray. The planes of the 78th FG had already received the distinctive black and white “checkerboard” on the outboard engine nacelles. The six planes still flying that were assigned to the 55th FG, two with 20th FG pilots, were devoid of any Group markings but could be spotted by the “CL” on their booms, the radio code for the 338th Squadron.

    Heidinger’s own plane, #033, was adorned with the name “TIMBER! III” on the nose, in honor of the Battle of Fallen Timbers and Gen. “Mad Anthony” Wayne, namesake for Heidinger’s home in Wayne County, Illinois. This was his third “TIMBER!” The first was scrapped after he crashed it in May and the second, the one he flew on the September 2nd mission, stayed with the 82nd Fighter Group in Tunisia.

    By 1315 hours they were quickly gaining on the still climbing bombers and Heidinger was able to hear the first transmissions from the bombers and their P-47 escorts on the Command radio. As he listened to the occasional call of enemy fighters between the groups he took the time to prepare his fuel valves to switch external tanks in a few more minutes. It sounded like the Thunderbolts were giving Jerry the run and keeping the bombers clear but he knew they would soon need to turn back leaving the bombers and the 78th alone as they pushed into Germany itself.

    At 1320, with the bombers now in sight below them, Stone came on the radio, “Greywall Group, Greywall Lead, switch to right tank.”

    Since it was the first long escort for most of the group they had previously agreed that the Group and Section Leaders would call out reminders to switch their fuel sources on the way in to the Target. Heidinger, having already moved his left side manual fuel valve to CROSS SUCTION, flipped off the right side fuel override, confirmed his fuel pressures held steady, then switched on the left side override. With those couple simple switch changes his airplane was now running completely on the right side drop tank. With the right side override off, he now moved the right side manual valve over to RESERVE so he could still draw fuel if the electrical system failed.

    Only a few minutes later, around the time the P-47’s were expected to turn back for England, Heidinger heard the call on the Group frequency, “Bandits! Four-o’Clock Low.”

    The call broke through sooner than even Heidinger had expected. With a glance down over his right shoulder he spotted a speckled gray cloud of 15-20 single engine fighters followed by several lines of twin-engine interceptors climbing in the distance. They were circling up through 15,000 feet and heading to intercept the bombers from the rear.

    “All Groups, Greywall Lead. Blakehouse, take a top cover position. Greywall Groups, turn to engage.”

    The command was to split the six Sections into two groups, the “A” (Low) Sections from each Squadron would now be Greywall and led by Stone while the “B” (High) Sections would be Blakehouse led by Roberts. Stone would take Greywall—consisting of Stedman, Lockyear, and Bayland—down to attack the climbing Bandits while Roberts would keep Blakehouse—Churchtime, Cleveland, and Clinton—on their present course and provide top cover. With only a single Fighter Group to escort the entire 1st Air Division they figured this was the only way to be sure of effective cover.

    The Stedman group turned away, dropping their external tanks and circling down to come from the enemies’ 6-o’Clock High with Lt.Col. Stone in the lead. They were followed by the A Sections of 83rd and 84th Squadrons.

    As much as Heidinger wanted to watch the initial pass, he knew it was more important now for those in the Blakehouse group to be extra diligent in scanning the sky. First though, he looked out his canopy toward Roberts at his 2 o’Clock and tried to get his Lead’s attention. It was only a matter of time before Blakehouse would also be engaged and he did not want to see a repeat of September 2nd. He had previously worked with the others with the Group HQ to add S.O.P’s for readying aircraft for combat before it became absolutely necessary but as Roberts had not yet made the call, Heidinger was trying to remind him. After a few moments Roberts looked his way and after a wave Heidinger tapped his gunsight, trusting Roberts to get the message.

    “Blakehouse, Blakehouse Lead. Ready for Combat.”

    Heidinger armed his tank releases and turned on his guns, gunsight, and combat switch. These are three fewer steps he would need to take if they are jumped. The S.O.P. also called for a move to AUTO RICH but for this mission they were briefed to stay on AUTO LEAN as long as possible to conserve even a few more gallons of fuel.

    With a slight right hand roll he looked back at the developing action below as Greywall cleared the attacking Germans from the bombers’ path. The fight was beginning to spread out already. P-38’s were diving and zooming among the twin-engine Ju.88’s and Me.110’s while the dozen or so Me.109’s dove and spiraled around the larger airplanes. They were ranging in altitude from well over 20,000 feet to possibly as low as 10,000 with a few smoke trails and many more vapor trails marking where the aircraft had been.

    Leveling off, he resumed his visual hunt for the little black specs that would give away more attacking enemies. A large river passed below them which he surmised must be the Rhine. For the first time, he realized, Capt. James Heidinger was taking the fight directly to the Germans in their Fatherland.

    A few minutes later, he caught a flash of reflected sunlight to his left and noticed forty or so aircraft moving to the north at about 18,000 feet and heading roughly due west. Heidinger thought they looked like FW-190’s but was not certain from the distance, so he radioed out, “Blakehouse, Churchtime Red Two, Boggies, Nine-O’Clock Low. Can anyone I-D?”

    “Blakehouse, Cleveland Blue Four, I think those are the P-47’s heading home”

    Heidinger continued watching the distant aircraft and was still unsure of their identity. The sun was glaring off their wings and canopies and directly back to his eyes, washing out details of their shape. He supposed the good thing was that meant he would be in the sun from their perspective, so if they are the enemy there is a good chance his Group had not been spotted yet.

    Just then, one of the distant airplanes gave a quarter roll to adjust its position in the formation and Heidinger noted the distinctive trapezoidal shape and square wing-tips of Focke-Wulf 190’s.

    “Blakehouse, those aren’t P-47’s, they’re Focke-Wulfs! Nine-Low.”

    Roberts did not hesitate for even a moment, “Blakehouse, Blakehouse Lead, Drop Tanks and follow me in.”

    Heidinger turned the fuel tank selector dial to LE, flicked off the left side fuel override, and triggered the tank release switch. The other P-38’s around him all started to rain their own tanks down on the Rhineland. The enemy were still a few miles out which gave the Group plenty of time to make the final adjustments for combat: push the mixtures to AUTO RICH, increase RPMs, increase Throttles, and flick the two Booster Pump Emergency switches. With the extra time he scratched down the time, 1343, he dropped the external tanks so he could compensate for the fuel loss later. Luckily, there was no need for full Military Power just yet, the Germans were still too far out and the group had plenty of speed and a 7,000 foot altitude advantage, so he kept his engines at 2600 RPM and 42 inches for now.

    Heidinger stayed on Lt. Col Roberts’s wing as he led the Blakehouse group in a left break and set an intercept course. He knew Maj. Gaffney, Churchtime Red 3, would have no trouble staying with him and could mind his own wingman but Heidinger still took a glance behind him to make sure the other two Churstime flights were following. Blue flight, all 82nd Squadron men led by Maj. William May, was sticking right to his 8 o’Clock but Yellow flight with its pilots from 338th FS of the 55th FG had fallen a little behind and drifted from 5 o’clock to almost straight 6 o’clock. Still, they were on their way and soon the entire formation would tangle with the enemy anyway.

    The Germans—all FW-190’s—had kept on their heading and speed, intent on setting up an attack on the bombers and apparently not noticing the Lightnings diving at them from out of the sun until the last moment. It was not until the Heidinger’s own Chruchtime Red flight was already firing that the Germans finally scattered, breaking and rolling away as the full danger of their position became apparent. There were 38 Lightings bearing down on them and there was nothing they could do.

    Heidinger stayed with Roberts, letting his Lead take the initiative and decide the course. Roberts led them down, straight through the Germans, and opened a burst of gun-fire just wide of a turning 190 as they sped past. Heidinger did the same, centering a 190 in his sight reticle and squeezing off a one second burst. He saw a few strikes behind the cockpit and back almost all the way to the yellow painted rudder as the lithe German turned away but could not be sure if they had any effect.

    A puff of blue-gray smoke from Roberts’s exhaust told Heidginger his lead had just pushed his throttles forward and he followed suit, moving his engines up to a full 3000 rpm and throttling up to 54 inches. They reversed their dive into a full power zoom-climb and Roberts led the flight around in a right turn.

    Looking back at the 190’s he saw at least two going down in flames and a large black cloud where a third had exploded. Several more were smoking and he saw one German pilot already struggling to get his canopy open. Blakehouse had achieved total surprise on the enemy formation and Jerry was receiving just punishment for the havoc wreaked on the 82nd Group on September 2nd.

    Heidinger followed Roberts around to line up for another pass on the FW’s with Gaffney and Hill trailing another hundred yards farther back. Unlike Churchtime Red flight, the other P-38’s were mostly scattered into their individual two-plane elements with only a few other full four-plane flights still working together. The Germans were splitting off into small groups of two to six planes with a few single FW-190’s making hard defensive maneuvers to avoid the P-38’s now chasing them down.

    On their second pass, Churchtime Red focused in on five Focke-Wulfs already trying to set up a luftbery on the north of combat. Heidinger noted that these planes were armed with small bombs which confused him until he remembered the 78th Pilots talking a few weeks back about how over the summer some of the Germans would drop aerial bombs into the Bomber formation to break them up. Roberts, having experienced fighting in this theatre before, must have recognized this and known that it makes the 190’s more vulnerable to fighters.

    “Churchtime Red, Red Three, reduce speed and drop Combat Flaps.” Maj. Gaffney, with six months experience flying P-38’s against the Germans and Italians in the Mediterranean, made a quick assessment of the situation and sent the reminder out for the P-38 neophytes in the flight, Roberts and Hill. This was exactly why Hilgert, Gaffney, and Heidinger were here.

    Red Flight dove down into the nascent luftbery. While Roberts unleashed a steady stream of machinegun and cannon fire at the perigee of the luftbery and letting the Germans fly into his fire, Heidinger drifted across Roberts’s wake to move to his right side and focus on the F-W turning away in the circuit.

    He fired from dead astern at 250 yards, leading the 190’s turn with a little rudder and left roll. Smoke streamers from his cannon shells guided his fire into the engine cowl and down the left wing root. His two-and-half second sustained burst was rewarded with a large gout of flame as 140 fifty-caliber armor-piercing incendiaries and over 40 20mm cannon shells tore into the German fighter. One of those cannon shells must have gone straight though because just as he released his trigger the entire airplane disintegrated in massive burst of duralumin and iron as the bomb on the plane’s belly went off.

    Heidinger flew right into the concussion of the explosion, Timber! III jerked from the force of the blast and only narrowly missed a smoking landing gear strut as it rocketed past the left wing. Heidinger pulled up and kicked right as hard as he could to clear the center of the blast and the wreckage of the plane that caused it.

    Knowing he was still only under partial power, Heidigner kept pulling the yoke after he cleared the explosion and turned his climb into a tight right-hand chandelle. The airplane started to shudder a little at the top of the loop as it slowed to just above a full stall, then it dropped back down to the right as he transitioned into a low Yo-yo. He gave it a little more throttle, increasing the manifolds to about 50 inches to regain some energy in his shallow dive.

    The luftbery was broken, the three remaining 190’s had jettisoned their bombs and were turning to either escape or engage the P-38’s. One was nose down, diving away from the attackers while the other two were trying to come around, together, on Gaffney and Hill. Heidinger saw Roberts climbing back up from his dive alone but knew he was too far out of position to drive the 190’s away from their flight-mates.

    After a quick check to confirm his own six was clear, he committed to coming back on the 190’s. The enemy aircraft were trying to line up on Hill who was kicking his rudder left and right to shake them while Gaffney led them all into a powered climb. Correctly anticipating Gaffney’s plan, Heidinger lifted his flaps, pulled into a shallow climb, and pushed up to full Military Power to get his plane positioned to intercept the F-W’s as they climbed past.

    They met at about 21,000 feet, Timber! III sending a short burst at the lead Jerry before rolling in to cut between the two. The lead E/A heard the hits on his fuselage and immediate gave up the chase and rolled over out of his climb. The second one just nosed straight over into a shallow dive to avoid Heidinger’s Lightning.

    Heidinger turned his head to keep an eye on the lead plane as is came around to turn behind him. Heidinger rudder-rolled right but kept his nose up into a rolling scissors. Instead of continuing it into a series of scissors, however, once his wings were level he pulled up even more and climbed away from the FW-190. In seconds he had passed the critical altitude for full Military Power and his pressures dropped but nevertheless, the powerful Lightning with its new up-rated Allison 89/91’s pulled away from the radial powered German. In less than a minute he was approaching 25,000 feet and the German surrendered the chase.

    He leveled off to discover he was alone, the final stages of the engagement were playing out thousands of feet below him as the Luftwaffe fighters broke away to escape the American onslaught. To his right, the bombers of the 1st Air Division were coming on, about three miles away. He throttled back to 35 inches and dropped his RPMs to 2300, keeping in AUTO RICH until he was certain the fight was over.

    “Chruchtime Lead, Churchtime Red Two, I’ve lost you. I am at twenty-six thousand feet, heading one-hundred.”

    It took a moment for Roberts to respond through the other chatter on the radio—element leads and wingmen and flights all identifying to re-assemble. “Churchtime Red Two, Churchtime Red One, I see you. I am at your Eight-o’Clock low, two-two thousand about eight-hundred yards back.”

    “Churchtime Red One, Red Two, I have the bombers to my Three-o’Clock, three miles out.”

    “Roger, Red Two. Blakehouse Group, Blakehouse Lead, all elements re-group Nine-o’Clock on the Lead Bomb Group, two-six-thousand feet.”

    Being closest, Heidinger was at the re-assembly point before the rest of the group. He dropped his throttles and RPMs back to cruising condition of 2000 RPM and 32 inches of manifold pressure, then pulled his mixtures back into AUTO LEAN. As the Blakehouse sections came to join Heidinger he took the time to run some quick numbers on his fuel use, realizing he had jettisoned almost 40 gallons with his drop tanks and had burned another 25 gallons or so during his four minutes of combat and in the time since. It was nearly the full allowance planned for combat for the entire mission and they had only just entered Germany.

    He heard the Greywall group over the radio organize their own re-grouping on the opposite side of the bomber stream. Looking past the bombers he saw the other P-38’s start to form up and estimated around 30 of them were still there, meaning they had lost three or so.

    As the Blakehouse P-38’s came up, he counted them. After ten minutes, with no stragglers in sight he counted 36, two short of what they had at the start of the attack. Still, he saw at least five Germans go down, including the one he got, and had seen another with the pilot trying to bail out. Even if those were the only kills during the fight, Blakehouse gave better that it got.

    More importantly, though—they had driven off the first two waves of enemy aircraft before they were able to attack the bombers.

    Little did he know…his day was only beginning.
     
    Last edited:
    Ch.23b - Another Thursday, Part II (14 Oct 1943)
  • 14 October 1943
    Churchtime Red Two
    1400 – 1435 hours


    After the groups were all situated they started a standard patrol pattern along the bomber stream of the 1st Air Division. Stone and Roberts had a brief discussion about re-forming the Group by Squadron to spread out the patrol farther, but finally decided against it due the size of enemy forces they had already encountered. If the Germans continued to attack with such force, there would little a single Squadron could do to stop them. Instead, they decided to keep the Group split by Sections with the A Section Greywall group patrolling right (South) of the bombers and the B Section Blakehouse group staying on the left (North) side.

    As their patrol continued, the high altitude and combat damage took their toll on more of the Group. One suffered from an over-heating engine after the cooling system had been shot out, another experienced a turbo-regulator sticking in low-boost, and two more had fuel supply issues. If they had been on the return trip it would have been safer to stay with the bombers for mutual protection but since they still had more than three hours to go it was decided the four of them should turn back and return directly to Duxford together. Their loss now left the 78th with 62 planes—29 with Greywall and 33 in Blakehouse.

    Cruising along at 26,000 feet, Heidinger was surprised at just how well these new Lightnings handled the altitude. The cockpit temperature was fairly comfortable, even with the outside air showing -34°F, but he was still happy for the D1 jacket his crew chief lent him. He had been waiting for his own B3 or B6 Jacket, but apparently there was a shortage and those that came over went first to bomber crews. He and Hilgert were planning on hitting up some RAF boys or some of the Bomber boys on their next weekend pass and see if they could trade or buy one of their jackets but the day’s mission had come before they had the opportunity. He was going to fly today with just a heavy knit pullover under his A2, but S/Sgt. Thompson had tossed over his D1 with the instruction that both it and “his” airplane better come back in the same condition in which they were leaving.

    The only complaint Heidinger could level at the P-38H was that at these bomber altitudes the airplane was above its critical altitude for maximum Military and War Emergency power. According to Lockheed, the B-13 Turbos could only pull Military Power up to just less-than 25,000 feet in level flight and only about 51”Hg. at 30,000. Still, even at 51 inches the P-38 could produce more power than anything it was likely to be fighting, so it was not a major failure. Tony LeVier had mentioned that the next P-38H, the Dash-Fifteens, had upgraded turbos capable of pulling 60”Hg of War Emergency Power at nearly 26,000 feet and 54”Hg of Military Power up to 29,000 feet. Part of him envied the pilots in the 20th and 55th who would be getting those.

    On a downstream trip past the bombers he finally had the chance to look at the entire stream of B-17’s. They were beautiful in the sky, charging forward in their carefully arranged combat-boxes. The high Groups visible for miles and miles from the white fingers of condensation trails pointing at them. In all of his time providing escort for the B-25s over the Med he had never seen so many airplanes gathered together. He estimated there to be around 150 Forts in this Division, more than twice the number of B-25s he had ever seen on a single mission. Even more amazing was that this was less than half of the force that would be hitting Schweinfurt today.

    The radio interrupted his thoughts.

    “Greywall, Bayland Yellow One. Bandits, Twelve-o’Clock low.”

    The voice was perfectly measured and calm, the sound of a veteran pilot spending another day at the office.

    “I count about thirty one-nineties, twenty one-tens.”

    “Blakehouse, Greywall Lead, we’ll need your help up here.”

    “Blakehouse, Blakehouse Lead, come left one-eighty. Ready to engage.”

    Heidinger noted the time, 1402, then moved his mixtures back up to AUTO RICH. He followed Roberts in a broad left-turn as he adjusted his engine speeds and throttles to keep pace with the Lead. They were heading straight over the tops of the bombers, accelerating up to combat speed with the bombers passing progressively quicker beneath.

    With his engines now at Rated power of 2600 RPM and 44 inches, he was indicating almost 250 mph—about 400 mph True Airspeed—as they cleared the bombers. He saw the Greywall P-38’s nosed over to dive directly through the German formation. The two forces were closing at incredible speeds. Only seconds later the two clouds of aircraft merged, passing through each other spewing fire and smoke.

    The lead wave of the enemy, the Focke-Wulf 190s, turned to follow and engage the speeding Lightnings while the second wave of twin-engine heavy fighters did their best to avoid the American fighters and continue on to the bombers.

    “Greywall, Blakehouse Lead, we’ll take the Heavies.” Roberts knew Stone was busy so did not wait for a response before continuing, “Blakehouse, Lead, focus on the twin-engine fighters. Break!” Only a few of the group bothered with a “Wilco” acknowledgement, the rest being reluctant to take up signal time when their brothers in the Greywall flights were embroiled in a growing melee.

    The Messerschmitt Bf.110’s were climbing to the south of the bombers, aiming to pass out of range of the bombers’ defensive fire. At these speeds it would be almost impossible to make a quick break to intercept the enemy formation before they closed on the bombers, so instead Roberts led Red flight into a lag pursuit of the 110’s with a more controlled right roll.

    As he came closer to the enemy aircraft, Heidinger saw stout tubes suspended under the wings of the twin-engine fighters. He had seen these before, over Italy, and recognized them as aerial mortars. After the September 2nd mission, he heard that a group of German aircraft had launched some of these at the B-25’s while most of the fighters were busy. One of the P-38 pilots who had rejoined the bombers by that time, a squadron-mate of his, told him before he left Tunisia that the Germans had snuck around behind the bombers and tried lobbing the rocket-propelled mortars into the rear of the bomber formation. The handful of P-38’s with the bombers were able to keep the attackers from getting close enough to use them effectively.

    “Blakehouse Lead, Churchtime Red Two. Those one-tens are carrying mortar tubes. They usually attack from behind.”

    “Roger, Red Two. Blakehouse, engage the enemy before they come around.”

    The Messerschmitts were just passing the bombers’ position 1,000 yards to their 3 o’Clock, about 2,000 feet lower, heading the opposite direction. The Churchtime section was in a high pursuit position, quickly gaining on the enemies’ 6 o’Clock and diving down to their altitude. Roberts adjusted their dive so they would fall directly behind them in about 30 seconds and ordered the group to attack.

    About 20 seconds later the P-38’s were spotted by the rear gunners of the 110’s. The German formation broke and turned directly up toward the bombers in the middle of the Division. Heidinger, recognizing the risk to the bombers, did not wait for Roberts’s command but mashed in throttles forward, though the wire, and into War Emergency Power. Even though the turbos were limited at such a high altitude, they were set to over speed when in War Emergency which gave Timber! III an extra four inches of boost at 22,500 feet and a couple hundred more horsepower than it would be able to get at the lower Military Power speed limit.

    Heidinger pulled ahead of Roberts as his Lightning quickly hit 280 IAS and kept accelerating. He found himself at the tip of the American formation while the other pilots reacted to his action and followed suit. He applied a little right rudder and started a right roll to guide his airplane into a firing position on the lead Bf.110. When he was 1,000 yards out, with the enemy almost in firing position at the nearest bomber, he pulled the throttles back and lowered his combat flaps to bleed a little speed. It was a clumsy moment, having to switch hands on the yoke to reach the flap lever to his right but one that he had done many times before and that was accomplished in little more than two seconds.

    By that time, he was only 600 yards from his target. He skidded right a little farther to lead his sight in front the Messerschmitt and let off a one second burst from 550 to 350 yards at an almost full 90 degree deflection while partially inverted at a 100 degree right bank. His aim was poor and his fire passed harmlessly below the German as he continued his roll, fighting the weight of the ailerons at such a speed to complete his inversion and pull beneath the enemy.

    The distance closed at nearly 200 yards per second, and each half second Timber! III rolled only a little more...113 degrees…125 degrees…Images of Korkowski’s P-38 cutting into the 109 six weeks earlier came unbidden to Heidinger’s mind as his arms strained against the control forces. Finally, with less than 75 yards between him and a catastrophic collision he rolled through 135 degrees and pulled back on the yoke to angle the airplane down and was able to just clear the belly of the twin-engine Jerry by mere feet. It took another six seconds to complete the full roll.

    Just before he was level, with the airplane in a 30 degree left bank, he applied back pressure on the yoke and reversed his roll to the left with a little matching rudder so he could come around on the enemy again without risk of passing into the bomber formation. A look over his should and he saw that although his first attack missed its mark, it served its purpose—the lead 110 had launched off its rockets early and they fell short of the bombers to explode below them. The rest of the enemy attackers had seen the P-38 drive past and followed suit. Aerial mortars were bursting to the right of and below the bombers but none of them passed into the formation itself.

    Two of the Jerrys were nosed over, one pouring smoke from an engine and the other engulfed in flames. Heidinger watched as a man jumped from the burning airplane, his back aflame and black smoke billowing from his parachute pack. Even if he survived the fire, Heidinger knew, his parachute was useless and he had five miles of sky to anticipate his death, the poor bastard.

    The rest of the Messerschmitts were breaking left and right, heading up and down the right side of the bomber stream. One pulled up to pass directly through the combat boxes of the B-17’s, firing cannons from its nose and the rear gunner squeezing off a few rounds at the bombers as it passed. Heidinger continued his climbing left turn to cross over the top of the bombers once more, hoping to catch the bloodsucker when he came out the other side if the bombers’ gunners did not get it first.

    “Churchtime Red Two, Red Lead, I’m at your six.”

    Heidinger looked behind him and was impressed to see Roberts had stayed with him through his power slash under the enemy. He copied Roberts’s transmission and added, “I am heading to intercept the one-ten in the bombers.” Then, he pulled up, steepening his climb to get over the bombers as quickly as possible.

    The five-thousand foot climb to clear the top of bombers bled off a lot of speed but it left him at a good fighting pace and in a position to intercept. The Bf.110 had scored a few hits with cannon on the B-17s but Heidinger did not see any in immediate threat of falling out of formation. The bomber gunners were sending crisscrossing lines of tracers past the German airplane. The top turret of one of the Forts scored a good series of hits on the airplane and a few seconds later its right engine started streaming glycol and blue smoke. Then the German was clear of the formation.

    Heidinger nosed Timber! III over, pulling throttles back to 50 inches, and lined up to catch the damaged airplane in a full pursuit. The German started a slow left roll, so ponderously slow as to make Heidinger’s earlier roll seem fast by comparison, and aimed to nose over clear of the American forces. What the Luftwaffe Pilot failed to anticipate, or chose to ignore, was that a Bf.110 had no hope of out running a P-38 even with two good engines—with only a single engine at full power, it was doomed.

    The sight of Roberts behind him, reflected in his mildly vibrating rear-view mirror, gave him an idea to avoid the M-E’s rear gunner. He thumbed his mic button, “Churchtime Lead, Red Two. Attack right, I’ll go left.”

    Heidinger and Roberts split apart, Roberts drifting to Heidinger’s 4 o’Clock. Once they were about 500 yards behind Jerry, Heidinger cut right and dragged a line of fire across the twin tails of the 110. Only a second later, once Timber! III was clear, Roberts did the same, cutting left. Back and forth they weaved, two, three times, each pass scoring a few more hits as the rear gunner jerked back and forth between the two Lightnings without ever having the opportunity to properly train his sights on either attacker.

    On Roberts’s third pass his line of fire cut right through the forward fuselage of the enemy aircraft, just below the canopy. The rear gun fell silent with its barrel pointed almost straight up. Moments later the airplane gave a violent left jerk and its nose fell as the elevators dropped to maximum downward deflection. The rolling dive soon devolved into an uncontrolled spin—the pilot was dead.

    Roberts and Heidinger turned back toward the bomber formation together, Roberts once more in Lead. They were about two miles north of and 6,000 feet lower than the bombers. In the 90 seconds they had chased down the fleeing German the rest of the German attackers had completed their pass and retreated. Some P-38s were chasing down the a few stragglers at the back of the pack, but otherwise the attack was spent after the single pass. Heidinger saw them, about seven miles away, drifting down through the haze to lower altitudes.

    Heidinger reduced his airplane back to cruising speed and continued following Roberts in a gradual climb back to rejoin the formation. It was 1406 on his clock and he figured about two and half minutes of that was at Military Power or better. Without fuel gauges for the Leading Edge tanks he could not be sure of just how much fuel he had burned through, but he estimated he must have lost another 20 or 25 gallons. All of his planned reserves and combat allowance were now gone and with the loss of the fuel from his Right Drop Tank, he was already burning into the unplanned fuel allowance. If the enemy kept hitting at this rate, we was beginning to worry about his ability to make it home.

    A glance down at the ammunition counters was slightly better. With the unification of the machine gun and cannon triggers he had already used up more cannon shells than he was used to, with only 65 rounds of 150 remaining. His machine guns were still good, 392, 394, 393, and 394 rounds remaining as indicated on the counters.

    The bombers were making their eastward turn, north of Frankfurt, and the Fighter Group was still reforming, with a few stragglers from Greywall—less one who had to turn back due to damage—working to climb back up after following their 190’s down, when another call of Bandits rang out ten minutes later. They were coming up from 10 o’Clock low and appeared to be the same ones that had just hit, a mix of 190’s and 110’s.

    “Blakehouse Lead, Greywall Lead, you take the escorts, we’ll head off the heavies.”

    The 25 planes still flying with Greywall peeled off and dove down to intercept the 12 or 15 Me.110’s trailing more than 20 of 190’s. Roberts gave the order for Blakehouse to attack the fighters and soon all 33 Blakhouse Lightnings were diving down to clear the way for Greywall to follow.

    A group of six 190’s veered off the main force and angled down toward the three Greywall Lightnings still climbing to join the main group.

    “Steadman Red Two, Red Lead. Six Fox-Williams coming to your Nine-o’Clock.” It was Hilgert and two others that were out on their own. The group was too far away to provide any immediate help so Heidinger could do nothing but watch and wait. The F-Ws had altitude and speed advantage on the P-38s and Heidinger recognized a desperate situation developing for his old friend.

    “Roger, Lead. Stedman Yellow One and Two, Red Two. We’re going to have to turn into them. Make them turn after you and out-climb them.”

    “Roger, Red Two.”

    “Red Two, Yellow Two. Wilco.”

    Heidinger watched as the three P-38’s, Hilgert and the two remaining pilots from the 20th FG, turned directly into the attackers, going nose to nose while outnumbered two to one. The combatants closed quickly, their noses flickering as they opened fire—prize fighters taking their first swings in a fresh Round. The lead P-38, Heidinger could only assume it was Hilgert, torched one of the 190’s which nosed down with flames covering it from cowl to canopy. After the first pass, the Germans snap rolled this way and that, coming around as quick as they could as the Americans accelerated into a sweeping right hand climb.

    One of the P-38’s started leaving a trail of grey smoke behind its right engine and struggled to keep pace with the others. The Focke-Wulfs steadied out and started their chase, two climbing higher to pursue the undamaged Lightnings and the other three singling out the smoker. Hilgert’s P-38 increased its climb, going straight vertical and around into a full loop. He dove straight onto the three hunters going after the damaged Lightning. They scattered to avoid his fire but the other two turned to follow Hilgert, giving up the chase on remaining P-38. Now Hilgert had only himself and a damaged wingman to contend with five enemy fighters until the Blakehouse cavalry arrived.

    Instead of leaving the damaged P-38 on its own and trying to tail the attacking Jerrys, Hilgert surprised Heidinger by slipping between the enemy and his damaged section-mate. It seemed folly to deliberately put oneself in a position to take fire but Hilgert must have had a plan because he was immediately on the radio, “Yellow One, Red Two. On my mark, break right.”

    Heidinger and Chruchtime were still five thousand yards out from the main force of enemy fighters, a little less than 15 seconds at their combined closing speed; but it would take nearly 30 seconds to catch Hilgert’s flight. Three planes of the Stedman flight were angling off of the main Greywall attack to catch Hilgert’s pursuers but even they had another 20 to 30 seconds until they could intervene.

    “Yellow One…”

    With his heart in his throat Heidinger waited for his friend’s demise.

    “…Break!”

    The damaged P-38, that of Lt. Col. Herbert Johnson, C/O of the 77th Fighter Squadron, 20th Fighter Group, made a fairly quick rudder-assisted right break. The plane started its roll and right turn, Hilgert’s seeming at first to follow. Little more than a second later, as the pursuing enemies were joining in the turn to line up their shots, Hilgert’s plane snap rolled right faster than anything Heidinger had ever seen a P-38 complete, falling a few hundred feet, it appeared to flat-spin and quickly dropped below the enemy to almost immediately reverse direction. Hilgert pulled up, a cloud of grey smoke erupting from the right engine exhaust as it was firewalled to match the left, and executed a perfect Immelmann to come up directly under the turning Focke-Wulfs.

    Hilgert was still vertical, having not reached the top of the Immelmann and his guns were blazing. Half a wing came off of one Focke-Wulf before Heidinger even fully registered what he had just witnessed and as he came over the top of the half-loop and started his roll to level off behind the enemy, Hilgert blasted another 190 in the middle of a hard right bank, its pilot immediately launching himself from the cockpit to cannon-ball away from his stricken airplane in a tight fetal position.

    The other three F-Ws broke away from their pursuit of Johnson, none of them sure if he was the next target of the impossible maneuvering of the American fighter.

    Then it was too late, Heidinger was only seconds away from his own fight and could give no more attention to Hilgert and Johnson.

    Instead of lining up to pass head-on through the enemy formation, Roberts led Blakehouse over the enemy and around to intercept them from above their rear quarter. It took another 10 seconds to make the turn, during which the enemy must have calculated the angles and determined advancing on the bombers was not worth the risk of leaving the larger American force of Lightnings on their tail and the gaggle of FW-190’s broke away.

    Roberts ordered Blakehouse to engage and led Churchtime to the left, trying to cut inside the circle of four 190’s coming around. Even though the Germans could still flick back and forth between banks considerably faster than the P-38, at 24,000 feet the American Lightnings had the advantage over the little Focke-Wulfs in a committed turn. Heidinger and Roberts dropped their Combat Flaps and, with Gaffney and Hill still trailing them, had little trouble turning inside the 190’s to line up narrow angle deflection shots on the flight of four.

    Roberts fired first, sending steel out at the lead F-W. He recording a few hits, but Heidinger did not see any critical damage. His bust was followed by a matching one from Gaffney at the second F-W in the flight but these went to the inside, passing in front of the little fighter.

    Heidinger was working on sliding Timber! III a little more to the inside to set up a good lead but the the moment was lost as the 190 reversed his turn, snap rolling right and pulling a high-G descending right turn. Instead he worked to line up on the next 190, but it too was rolling out of the turn. All four the Jerrys turned away, one going right, two carried through to a Split-S and the other pulling up to loop over the Americans.

    He had lost his advantage. Now the enemy were able to freely maneuver on Heidinger and the rest Churchtime Red flight. Roberts led them into a speeding climb, using their planes’ superior high-altitude acceleration to pull away from the Germans. Gaffney led Hill away from Roberts and Heidinger, sliding left to open up a few hundred yards between the two elements.

    After a quick 3,000 foot climb Roberts and Gaffney coordinated opposite turns to come back down on the enemy, ordering Heidinger and Hill to peel after them. This would spread the flight out more and permit Heidinger and Hill to weave behind their opposite leads to clear their sixes while at the same time the lead planes will be able to continue their turns and clear Heidinger and Hill’s tails in an impromptu double weave.

    Their tails were clear and the four Focke-Wulfs were instead passing quickly under the Lightnings going for the bombers. They had spread out so that the lead two planes were about 800 yards line abreast from each other and the other two trailing a few hundred yards astern. Heidinger completed his circle and followed 600 yards to Roberts’s 5 o’Clock as they increased throttle to catch the Jerrys before they could make a pass on the bombers.

    The move toward the bombers was only a feint to draw Lightnings in. Heidinger figured it out almost too late when the two lead 190s turned toward each other and Roberts went to follow. Roberts nosed down to pull lead pursuit on the running Jerry while Gaffney did the same on its opposite number, the Germans leading the Americans directly toward each other even as the trailing Germans circled around to gain the tail of the attacking P-38s.

    Heidinger recognized the maneuver for what it was and turned to focus on the trailing 190 now coming around on Roberts. He was almost on him when the two flights passed each other, Roberts’s target taking shots at Gaffney and vice versa. The 190’s snap rolled as they passed, forcing the Americans to skid hard to avoid colliding.

    Heidinger let out a half-second burst at his target as it banked left but his shots passed harmlessly beyond its belly. The Focke-Wulf pulled up into an over-the-top high-G roll forcing Heidinger to crank up on his yoke to maintain his altitude advantage. The enemy aircraft completed his roll and came back down while maintaining his left turn, now 200 yards to Heidinger’s 10 o’Clock and a few hundred feet lower. Heidinger was left completely out of position—unable to nose down to attack for risk of over-shooting and too close to roll away without giving the 190 the chance to gain his tail.

    The white puffs of exploding cannon shells and the ping of shrapnel on his tail forced his decision as the fourth 190 came up at him, chased by Hill. Heidinger leveled Timber! III from her bank and pulled vertical with full power, going where the enemy could not follow at such high altitude. He tracked the counter-attacking 190 over his shoulder and saw Hill take a piece off it.

    The F-W he had been following was rolling into a High Yo-yo to get in firing position on Hill using the loss of speed from the vertical maneuver to tighten his turn inside that of Hill’s speeding Lightning. His attention was momentarily drawn back inside his cockpit by the flickering glow of his right-side fuel level warning lamp.

    Without time to mess with switching tanks, Heidinger pulled his throttles back and kicked his left rudder to wing-over, hoping to dive back down on the 190 before it could get Hill. Timber! III shook and shuddered as it stalled at the top of the climb but Heidinger held on and as its nose came over he was able to steady the decent.

    The low airspeed worked to his advantage now as he was able to roll the plane around to get a high-side pass at the 190 behind Hill, unleashing a two-second torrent of fire in its path. Heidinger’s fire was good and the FW-190’s propeller shredded from the hits and pieces and panels came of the cowling as the bullets walked diagonally across its nose. More hits found the left wing and he saw scraps of the landing gear door eject from under it. He rolled left so he could watch the Jerry and was happy to see it shake and nose over leaving nothing but a trail of smoke as it fell below the fight.

    Heidinger’s left side fuel level warning lamp came on. With a muffled curse he turned his fuel selector from LE to MAIN and both lamps turned off.

    “Group, Clinton Blue Two. Stukas coming up on the lower bomb group!”

    Heidinger, Hill, Roberts, and Gaffney were still busy with their Focke-Wulfs when the call came. It was shortly followed by more.

    “…Heinkels, Eight-o’Clock on the bombers, twenty-three-thousand feet, two miles out.”

    “…How-Easy one-seven-sevens, Seven-o’Clock, two-four thousand.”

    “…More one-tens and Jig Eight-Eights, three-low on the bombers, coming up.”

    What the hell is going on!?

    Roberts and Gaffney were still trying to catch the lead Focke-Wulfs but Hill had already driven the other 190 away, leaving Heidinger and Hill free to intervene on their leads’ behalf. Before they could coordinate an action between them, the two F-W rolled nose down and dove straight for the deck to escape the fight. Roberts started to roll to follow but Gaffney injected.

    “Churchtime Red One, Red Three. Taking Red Four to intercept the Heinkels. Red Four, follow me in.”

    The reminder of the bigger threat to the bombers was enough to halt Roberts’s pursuit and he leveled off with a call to Heidinger to join up with him so they can provide support to Reds Three and Four. Roberts continued with additional orders for the group.

    “Blakehouse, Blakehouse Lead, engage the enemy bombers.”

    “Greywall Group, Greywall Lead, head south of the bomber stream, target the heavy fighters.”

    Stone played off of Roberts’s order and without the need to fully coordinate between them was able to get the badly outnumbered American escort force directed to interdict the attacking Germans as best they could.

    “Greywall Lead, Lockyear Red One. Looks like a Fox-William two-hundred following four miles south. I think he’s sending the bombers’ position to ground control.”

    “Roger, Lockyear Red One. Take your flight and chase him off.”

    “Lockyear Red Flight, Red Lead. Climb two-seven-thousand, turn to one-eight-zero, make two-three-zero indicated.”

    While Greywall was busy coordinating their own force, the scattered P-38s of the Blakehouse group started converging north of the bomber steam, heading back to the German bombers trailing the formation. A few independent P-38’s, either still engaged in their previous fights or already on their way, went down to unleash hell on the Junkers 87 Stuka dive bombers.

    The two formations of Heinkels, one of about twenty He.111s and the other of a dozen or so He.177s continued their climb to get enough altitude over the American bombers but did not advance. Instead, they hung back, shadowing the 1st Air Division heavy bombers while keeping a cautious eye on their twin-boom escorts. With some of the group still involved with the 190s and others going after the Stukas, only 23 P-38s were heading to engage the bombers but even these were enough to give the bomber pilots pause.

    “Blakehouse, Blakehouse Lead. All Red flights engage the one-elevens, Yellow flights engage the one-seven-sevens. Blue flights, provide top cover and support make sure none of them get through to the Fortresses.”

    So it was that ten P-38s moved to catch the group of larger He.111s and eight went to intercept the He.177s while five—the entirety of Clinton Blue Flight with Churchtime Blue 4—pulled back and see where they would be needed most.

    Heidinger’s arms were still aching from last few engagements but the hard drumming of his heart kept the adrenaline of combat flowing through his body. He fell back into his support position off Roberts’s left wing and paced Timber! III to his lead. Gaffney and Hill had similarly rejoined the flight, taking position off Heidinger’s left in echelon but the other Red Flights, Cleveland Red and Clinton Red, were spread out and still converging on an intercept course.

    The German bombers accelerated to make their attack. Heidinger figured they must have decided that the risk of being shot down by the P-38’s was minor compared to what would happen to them if they returned to their airbases with bellies full bombs.

    Roberts kept Churchtime Red Flight below the level of the He.111s, directing his flight to the right of German bombers instead of heading directly at them and face their nose gunners. When they German were at about 10 o’Clock to Churchtime Red, Roberts ordered the attack. The flight peeled off, Roberts first, then Heidinger, Gaffney, then Hill, each waiting an extra second so they could space their attacks.

    Roberts timed his attack to hit the lead bombers from their 10 o’Clock low, then climb to pass behind them and zoom up through the German formation relying on his speed to keep him safe. Heidinger was coming a few seconds later than Roberts and was instead lined up to hit the enemies’ 9 o’Clock. Farther back were Gaffney and Hill would mirror Roberts’s and Heidinger’s attacks but on the second line of E/A rather than the first.

    Meanwhile three planes of Cleveland Red and the remaining two of Clinton Red were coming from different angles, several high, a few more low; some right, others head-on. They goal was not only to knock the bombers from the sky but even more importantly to break up their attack and scatter them so they would not be able to make accurate drops into the American bomber formation.

    Clinton Reds One and Two were the first to engage the 111’s from their 12 o’Clock high. The two planes dove over the top of the enemy, riddling them with machine gun and cannon fire. Their attack kept the guns off of Roberts and Heidinger as they came from their side. Roberts shattered the glass nose of the far left plane and Heidinger holed its waist and tail as they passed. The dorsal gunner was busy tracking Clinton Red Two so Roberts climbed past the tail un-harassed, but the ventral gunner took a pot shot at Heidinger as he sped underneath which thankfully missed.

    Once they were above the formation, Roberts took them around in a left chandelle to come back on them. During the turn Heidinger looked to see one Heinkel smoking from its left engine, another drifting low and out of formation with its cockpit glass completely mangled, and a third that was already starting to turn over with a wing in flames. The first pass was significant but it still was not enough to break the formation.

    Roberts was too far ahead to hit the first few 111’s in the line so instead of walking his fire along the entire line he focused on just the last one, the same bomber he had hit on his pass up. Heidinger did not have time to watch Roberts’s attack in detail as he was setting up his own to do what Roberts had originally anticipated.

    Heidinger fired a series of bursts at each plane as he lined over it. The first burst missed entirely but on the second plane he watched his bullets go into the right wing and engine nacelle. He could not stay to see if he was able to knock the engine out because the third plane was already coming into his sights. Another one second burst into this one shot the left aileron off but at the end of the burst his cannon stopped firing.

    He pulled up to stay above the enemy and saw the last plane in line tumbling out of the formation from Roberts’s fire. A look over his shoulder showed him the second plane losing speed and altitude with a growing fire shooting from its right engine where he had hit it.

    The other Lightings had similar success. Half of the enemy formation was showing visible damage, many with smoking engines or fires. Heidinger could see at least four definitely going down, including Roberts’s kill. As he and Roberts came around for another pass, he saw men jumping from the one he had damaged…one…two…three…no more came out but the airplane appeared to still have its pilot from the way it was flying. The rest of the enemy formation was taking evasive action as best they could with their bomb loads, their formation spreading out.

    One Lightning, with the “WZ” tail code of the 84th Squadron drifted away from the fight with its right engine nacelle wrapped in flame. Seconds later, the canopy flew away from the airplane and the pilot climbed out to slide off the left wing. Heidinger held off his attack to bank over and watch the falling airman. He unconsciously counted the seconds and at eleven was relieved to see the white canopy of a parachute obscure the falling figure. He noted the time, 1422.

    Remembering now that his cannon stopped on his last burst he reached for the priming handle only to find it was not there. The P-38H has the marginally more reliable A/N-M2C cannon and they removed the priming handle from the cockpit, which he had forgotten about after his six months of combat in older model airplanes. Instead, he looked down at his ammunition counter and saw the Cannon was, indeed, empty, showing 0 rounds remaining.

    His machine guns were showing 307, 311, 308, 310 from left to right. They were not yet half way through the mission and his cannon was empty and his guns were down to about 60%. He would have to be careful to make sure they lasted.

    The 111s were now almost on top of the B-17s.

    Heidinger, already in a long right turn at a 90 degree bank from following the 84th pilot down had only to slide Timber! III over to line up once more on the lead line of Heinkels. As his pip came over the enemy, though, he noticed that immediately beyond, only a few hundred yard farther away and lower, were the Flying Fortresses. He pulled up, dropping his throttle and skidding right to stay away and avoid over shooting the enemy formation. Then he slowly rolled the airplane through the other direction to keep the enemy in view and start planning for another attack once they were clear of the Forts.

    He was in perfect position to watch the Germans drop their aerial bombs into the American bomber formations. They burst randomly and sporadically, some high, others low, and all spread out from the absence of cohesion in the German formation. Two burst amidst the B-17s.

    The first narrowly missed a direct hit on a low element ship buts it shock and shrapnel did the trick. The giant four engine bomber jerked its tail upward from the force of the blast, its left horizontal stabilizer mangled and its cloth rudder left in tatters. The nose-over caused the Fort to quickly loose a few hundred feet and fall behind its element. Before it could begin to recover it veered left, its dive soon devolving into a spin.

    Heidinger could not watch for ‘chutes from the airplane as a second near miss burst right in the middle of another three-ship element. All three shifted and jostled. The left most, high, B-17 in the flight dropped off and slid left…directly into the path of the trailing fourth element of the squadron. Heidinger’s breath caught in his chest as the lead and right planed of the fourth element both took an evasive dive to avoid colliding with the skidding airplane. After a moment the planes steadied, slowly climbing back into their places and Heidinger released a sigh of relief.

    He made one final pass at the Heinkel 111s as they left the bombers but by that time he was attacking alone and there was nowhere else for the German gunners to shoot so he held back and could not get into a safe firing position. It was irrelevant anyway, the bombers were no longer a threat to the American formation.

    Indeed, as the 1st Air Division started its hard right turn to the south toward the I.P. none of the German counter-attackers were a threat. They had all been run off, withdrew of their own, or had been shot down by the B-17s’ gunners and their escorts.

    It was 1426 when Heidinger returned to a full cruising condition. The Main tank fuel gauges read about 77 gallons each. So long as he could avoid any more fighting, that should be enough to get him into France and if he was careful it could even get him to Reims from where he could head straight to Duxford.

    At 1430 the lead bombers made their left turn to begin their bomb run. It was a few minutes later that the flak started.
     
    Last edited:
    Ch.23c - Another Thursday, Part III (14 Oct 1943)
  • 14 October 1943
    Churchtime Red Two
    1435 hours – End of Mission


    It started not with one but with a dozen black puffs in front of the lead Bomb group. In moments it became two dozen, two score, and then hundreds of expanding black clouds bursting around and among the American B-17s.

    “All flights, Greywall Lead. Climb to two-eight-thousand, keep to the east of the city.”

    Captain James Heidinger had seen flak before, plenty of it in fact, but he had never seen so much at once. The sky itself looked angry, covered in the diseased pock marks of German anti-aircraft. The black clouds of bursting flak continued to multiply until the entire area over Schweinfurt was covered with hardly a gap between the bursts. As the P-38s of the 78th Fighter Group flew over the bomber stream and to the east where the bombers would turn after coming off the target, the B-17s of the 1st Air Division flew directly into the storm of shrapnel.

    With all of the Lightnings beginning to converge and re-assemble into proper flights and sections without the harassment of enemy aircraft, the 78th took stock of their current condition. For risk of being overheard by the enemy none of the pilots commented on aircraft they saw go down as opposed to those which had aborted due to damage but the assembly allowed them to at least count those aircraft remaining.

    Greywall organized itself first with Stone sending out the occasional command for pilots to move up in the formation where there were gaps or when a plane was left without support.

    Stedman Red still had its full four aircraft, Stedman Blue had maintained its three fighters after Lt. Hearn’s abort early in the mission, but Stedman Yellow—the 20th FG boys—had taken hard hits. Of that flight, only one remained with the group, two having aborted after the first encounter and the flight lead, Lt.Col. Johnson, turning back after his engine was shot out during the last engagement. The remaining plane, Yellow Two, moved back to join the Blakehouse group in place of Cleveland Red 3 while the Blue flight, constituted of men from the 82nd Fighter Squadron, was filled out by their squadron mate from Churchtime Blue 4.

    Lockyear section, the A Group from the 83rd Squadron, had been even harder hit with only eight of their original 14 planes remaining. Again, these were re-organized to fill out Red and Blue flights for the section. How many were actually lost, Heidinger did not know, but he knew they had contended with the first sweep of 190’s and probably suffered for it.

    Bayland, the 84th Squadron A Group, looked better than the other sections of Greywall. Three planes in Red Flight, two in Blue, three in Yellow, and still with both spares. Ten planes of fourteen. The two spares were moved one each to Red and Yellow flights while the two remaining of Blue Flight, Blue 2 and 3, became the lone element of the flight.

    For Blakehouse all of the flights looked better than they did for Greywall.

    Churchtime was down by three aircraft, all from Blue Flight—Blue 1, 2, and 3—with Red and Yellow flights still at full strength. Since Churchtime Blue 4 joined up with the other 82nd Squadron flight in Stedman, Churchtime had two full flights or eight planes of the original 12.

    Cleveland, 83rd B, was the hardest hit of the Blakehouse sections. Red 3 had turned back between the second and third waves of the German attack and Cleveland was also missing Yellow 1 and 2 as well as both spares. The addition of Stedman Yellow 3 filled out Cleveland Red flight back to its full four planes and Blue Flight had not lost any, leaving the two planes of Yellow Flight, Yellow 3 and 4, as a lone element.

    Clinton, B Group of the 84th, had only lost three planes of their original 14. This left them with Reds 1 and 2, all of Blue flight, and Yellows 1, 3, and 4, plus the two spares. The spares joined Red Flight for the sake of cohesion but Yellow 1 was left to fly alone turning Yellow flight into a three plane element.

    In all, of the 80 P-38s which left Duxford little more than two hours earlier 55 were still flying escort over the target. Greywall had a total of 26 and Blakehouse, 29.

    While they worked to coordinate the group, Heidinger had was able to watch the bombers fly the gauntlet of Anti-Aircraft fire over the target. The first groups made it through relatively unscathed as far as he could tell as the German gunners on the ground worked to adjust their range and fuse timing. At 1439 he saw the first bomb fall away from the lead plane, a smoke marker to signal the group to drop. Within seconds hundreds of tons of General Purpose bombs started raining down on the factories of Schweinfurt.

    Their accuracy astounded Jim. When the 321st BG B-25’s hit the Cancello marshaling yards in September they had demolished the target and impressed Heidinger; but, they had dropped from less than 10,000 feet on a lightly defended target. These 8th Air Force Heavy Bombers were dropping through a constant stream of exploding artillery, in tight formation, at altitudes ranging from about 21,000 feet to nearly 25,000 feet and their bombs were every bit as accurate as the 321st had been. Within minutes the entire target area became embroiled in thick black smoke under lit by the fires burning below.

    In the last wing of bombers, the 41st Bomb Wing, he saw one B-17 take a direct hit from the flak. Its right wing folded over at the root and immediately then entire fuselage was engulfed in flame. The Fortress, Flying no more but Falling, dropped from the formation and only a few thousand feet lower started to come apart as the fires spread through it. Pieces of burning debris came off of the bomber as it fell looking like a trail of flares in its wake. He watched it disappear into the gray smoke of the growing smoke screen generated to obscure the city of Schweinfurt. He saw only one parachute.

    Once they were off the target with their deliveries to “Ze Fuhrer” complete the bombers made a hard right turn. They circled east of the city, directly below the waiting escorts, and made their way south to escape the ever increasing flak.

    Now, the 78th Fighter Group had only to await the second wave from the 3rd Air Division. A look to the southwest and Heidinger could already see them approaching, a misty cloud above the horizon.

    “Stedman Lead, Blue three. I am showing less than fifty gallons each in my main tanks. Request permission to return with the lead bomber force.”

    “Stedman Blue Three, Lead, go ahead.” There was a minute’s pause before Stone continued, “Greywall Lead to Group, check your fuel. All aircraft with less than two-hundred gallons total, stay with Phone Box. All others wait on station and return with Buckshot.”

    Heidinger looked at his MAIN and RES tank fuel gauges: each main was showing about 63 gallons, and the reserves had about 45 gallons each. 216 gallons remaining, plus four gallons in the sumps and three gallons in the lines for a total of 223 gallons. He was staying behind for the 3rd AD, “Buckshot,” instead of going with the 1st AD, “Phone Box.”

    Heidinger switched to VHS Channel D, the command channel in time to hear Stone coordinate with the Air Commander riding with the bombers using the escort call sign assigned for the mission.

    “Rosebud, Haybank Lead. We are sending some escorts with Phone Box, call sign ‘Haybank one.’ Remainder will stay with Buckshot, call sign ‘Haybank two.’”

    “Roger, Haybank. Haybank one will return with Phone Box; Haybank two with Buckshot.”

    The P-38’s shuffled around again as most of Greywall and a few from Blakehouse turned to follow Stedman Blue 3 and the lead bombers. Over the five minutes of jostling to re-arrange the 55 Lightnings that were going to provide escort out for the 3rd Air Division were reduced to 31. The other 24 airplanes, including Stone and Hilgert, turned to stay with the 1st Air Division.

    Back on the Group channel for the 78th, Heidinger helped Roberts organize the remaining escorts into Blakehouse. They decided not to re-designate any, instead issuing a command to simply join up together as best they can into two-plane elements and four-plane flights. None of the Stedman section stayed behind, leaving Churchtime as the sole lead section once again joined by Churchtime Blue 4. Joining the 83rd, Cleveland, was Lockyear Red 3 and the second Lockyear Spare but Cleveland Blue 3 went to join the Lockyear section with Greywall. The B group of the 84th, Clinton, also gained two A group planes—Bayland Red 1, the squadron C/O Maj. Price, and Bayland Blue 2—in exchange for Clinton Yellow 1 returning with Greywall.

    Loitering around the target as the 3rd AD came on and made their run gave the Blakehouse P-38s plenty of time to get sorted out and gave each pilot additional time to check over his plane. Heidinger ran some numbers on his fuel and calculated he could squeeze another five minutes of combat out of his fuel and still make it to Duxford. If they had more than that…he shook his head; no use worrying until there was something to worry about.

    The second wave of B-17s had a tougher time of the bomb run than the first. The flak had grown thicker and had become more accurate. Heidinger watched three B-17s go down from the formation, one spinning wildly, one went straight over on its nose, and the last drifted out of formation with its inboard left engine on fire. This last one seemed like it might recover—it was still under control and the pilot appeared to have a handle on the situation, the fire turning to a smoldering trail of smoke—until the whole airplane exploded leaving nothing but pieces falling from the sky like in what looked like an oversized flak burst.

    Complicating their bomb run was the black smoke from the first wave’s damage and the increasing cover over the target from the spreading smoke screen. All of the smoke made it impossible for Heidinger to judge the effectiveness of their attack but he saw many flashes in the general vicinity of the targets.

    By 1457 all the bombs had fallen.

    The 3rd AD made the same hard right turn as the 1st and dropped to 20,000 feet, beneath the Lightnings. There was no sign the B-24s that were supposed to be following so Roberts made the call to head out.

    “Blakehouse, Lead, come down to two-two-thousand, begin standard patrol over the bombers. Let’s bring ‘em home.”

    After their hurried escape from the target area, the bombers turned west toward France. The bombers tightened their formations up with more than few starting to fall behind with dead engines from flak damage. These slower aircraft, four of them that Heidinger saw, came together in a makeshift four-plane element as they dropped away from the main formation. He was tempted to head down to fly with them but he knew there were too few escorts to spare; instead, he could only pray they made it home safely.

    “One-oh-nines, ten-o’clock high. There’s a lot of them!”

    He peeked over his left engine and saw them, a gaggle of enemy fighters coming to intercept the retreating bombers. Heidinger could not be sure at this distance but he estimated about sixty aircraft in all. The already exhausted Lightning pilots would be outnumbered two-to-one.

    It was 1505 when he moved to AUTO RICH and increased speed for the fight.

    Here we go, again.

    By this time all of the P-38 pilots knew the drill and no orders needed to be given to initiate the attack. Heidinger once more followed Roberts up into the fray. They picked out the lead wave of E/A as they had done in all their previous engagements, hoping to steer the entire group of Jerrys away from the bombers.

    As this distance closed Heidinger noticed that the enemy formation was actually a mix of about forty FW-190s and twenty Bf.109s. All of them had similar markings with a yellow band around the tail before the empennage. Most of the 109s had cannons mounted under the wings while many of the 190s carried the large rocket tubes that were becoming a familiar sight.

    The Lightnings climbed to meet the enemy and the Messerschmitts tore away from the fighter formation directly into the Blakehouse force while the Focke-Wulfs continued their attack run on the bombers. Heidinger looked back at the rest of the P-38s spreading out behind him and noticed that none of them were turning to cut off the 190s, all intent on the 109s directly in front of them.

    “Lead, Red two, the bombers.”

    They were less than two miles from the diving Messerschmitts and closing at a combined 700 miles per hour or more. Soon, it would be too late to turn away and help the bombers. There was nothing more Roberts could do without putting the entire escort force at greater risk. Turning away now to chase the F-Ws would allow the M-E’s to come behind them. Splitting the force any more would leave all of them too greatly outnumbered—as it was they were going after the 109’s with a 3:2 advantage while splitting would flip that advantage and send the others to face the 190’s also outnumbered by the same.

    “No time.” It was all Roberts could say before the range closed a 1000 yards. Less than two seconds later the two forces opened fire on each other and only two seconds after that the fighters had passed.

    Roberts and Heidinger pulled up, trading speed for altitude in an Immelmann. The other P-38’s all made their own breaks, rolls, and loops to come around on the enemy who were doing the same. Training his neck straight up to look out of the top of his canopy as he came over, Heidinger saw one Me.109 continue on behind them, smoking. The other E/A were all making their own maneuvers to come around on the American Lightnings so to keep them occupied while the 190s hunted the Fortresses.

    Heidinger had nearly completed his half-loop when a 109 caught his attention. It was nosed up directly at him, climbing for a high angle deflection shot as Heidinger brought his plane over. He pulled his throttles back hoping to stall the plane and tighten the loop before the German could shoot. Timber! III started to shudder as it quickly slowed, just as the nose and under-wing cannons of the M-E lit up with muzzle flash.

    He heard a few tings behind him as a few rounds passed through the P-38 but the rest of the fire missed as Timber! III brought her nose completely around in a near stall well short of where the Jerry had thought it would be.

    Rolling out at low speed was easy and Heidinger gunned the throttles back up to 54 inches and dove to re-gain much of his lost energy.

    The fight continued much as the others had—dives and zooms, turns and loops. Each plane either locked in a personal duel against one of the enemy or at times able to work together to gain position and advantage. Heidinger had only a few shooting opportunities throughout and those failed to score any good hits. Just the same, though, he also managed to avoid taking any more hits on Timber! III.

    As the dogfight continued and spread out over the German countryside, Heidinger noted with sorrow some of the B-17s going down under the weight of the 190s’ attacks. He never had time to watch them go or to look for ‘chutes but he saw at least four smoke trails leading to new pyres below over the next several minutes.

    The intensity of the German attack started to decrease as the Blakehouse group whittled away at the force of Messerschmitts. Messerschmitt is a fitting name for them, “knife smith.”

    He knew a “Smith” back home…a few “Schmitt” families too.

    His maternal grandfather had been a smith, actually a farrier but he made his own horseshoes, but was not named Smith.

    There was a day when he

    “…two…”

    When he two? That does not make sense. Two what? He has two sisters back home. At least he thought he did. Or was it three? No, two sisters. One cousin that lived on the next homestead. He had a brother, too. Younger.

    “…pete…”

    No, his brother was Harry, Henry in truth but everyone called him Harry. He did not know any one named ‘Pete,’ did he?

    “Red Two, do you copy?”

    Heidinger was gasping for air, his heart a speeding flutter in his chest like a sparrow trying to escape.

    “Repeat, Churchtime Red Two, are you receiving me?”

    He shook his head and tried to focus his clouded vision. The first thing he registered was the instrument panel in front of him. That was good. That was something he knew, something familiar. There was too much to see so he focused on the Gyro Horizon. There was something wrong with it though. It was blank. No, not blank, he realized through his fog, it was indicating he was vertical.

    Vertical?

    Then he remembered. He was in an airplane. His hands were on the yoke, his biceps locked back to angle the control wheel the same, lifting him higher and higher. His chest was on fire, every shallow breath another desperate gasp.

    Jim Heidinger shook his head again trying to clear the fog.

    His eyes were getting heavy.

    He fought his own muscles to relax his arm and extend them forward, unloading the airplane in a negative G nose over. The horizon came into sight on the gyro instrument as the ball rotated in the panel.

    Heidinger forced himself to focus as full awareness of his situation and memory of where he was returned. Below the Gyro Horizon was his Climb Indicator with its needs slowly coming down to ‘0.’ To the left of that was the Bank and Turn Indicator showing a slight left roll. Farther left was the Airspeed Indicator which had dropped to 150 IAS but was now starting to increase again as Timber! III leveled off. Finally, he looked to his Altimeter—he was up at 31,150 feet.

    How did he get here?

    Fighting his continued confusion he heard a strange sound, like a rapid mechanical pump slowly failing. In-and-out. In-and-out. Repeating several times every long, long, second.

    “Red Two, respond.”

    It was his own breath he heard.

    He squeezed his eyes to clear his vision and looked down to his left at the amber light glowing next to his oxygen pressure gauge below the engine controls. The needle was pointing just below 20 psi. Hedinger was fighting for oxygen.

    “Lead, Two.” He responded between gasps. “Ohs.”

    It was all he said and all he needed to say. Heidinger pushed Timber! III over, knowing he had only minutes before he became fully anoxic. With throttles still at Military Power he dove down from 30,000 feet at 45 degrees, having just enough presence of mind to avoid nosing straight down. He lifted in his seat as the negative G’s of the dive squeezed him against his harness. Every thousand feet brought more air pressure, more power, and more speed. The Altimeter and Airspeed Indicator next to it both spiraled, one forward, one backward. They were like fast clocks, time compressing, and Jim felt he was in an H.G. Wells novel, soon to meet the Morlocks.

    No.

    Focus.

    He was in a P-38H-10-LO, AAF Serial Number 42-67033. It was not a time machine. He was not looking at clocks.

    Timber! III was falling.

    Heidinger reminded himself he was diving to thicker air. He was diving to save his life.

    He was diving too fast.

    The Altimeter unwound past 20,000 feet.

    He was indicating almost 400 miles per hour.

    Think! Reduce Throttles. He pulled the throttles back focusing on training, drill, and experience. Look at the Manifold Pressures. The pressures dropped from 54 inches, sliding back to 47 inches…45 inches…40 inches…35 inches. Good.

    Reduce Engine Speed. RPM’s to 2300.

    Slow down.

    Timber! III started to shudder and shake as it passed IAS of 470.

    12,000 feet.

    Heidinger pulled back on the yoke. IAS 480, 11,000 feet.

    He clenched his stomach as the G’s increased, the plane shaking and rattling as it whistled through the thick air. His breathing was no longer rapid gasps but now strained as he wrestled the airplane.

    9,000 feet. 500 mph indicated.

    The airplane started to level off, the shudder decreasing.

    At 7,600 feet Timber! III came level.

    Heidinger pulled the mask from his face and took a few deep breaths, each one clearing more his persistent mental haze.

    The dive had lasted about one minute.

    Once he felt aware enough to continue he was able to take stock of his situation and try to recall how he ended up alone at 7,500 feet.

    He remembered evading the first Messerschmitt but after that everything was hazy and dreamlike in his memory. Heidinger was not even sure how long he had fought the enemy or if he had been hit again or hit any others. He faintly remembered seeing airplanes going down but he could not remember what kind of airplanes—B-17’s? P-38’s? Bf.109’s? Something else entirely?

    Heidinger could still hear faint transmissions from the group, broken with static and unintelligible but present. He looked out of his canopy trying to find signs of the friendly formation and to make sure there were no enemy aircraft near him.

    Looking over his instruments, he saw he was still running fairly fast but was slowing down, dropping back down to 400 mph indicated. His compass showed his heading as about 350 degrees, almost due North. Heidinger lifted the plane into a climbing left turn, bleeding off more speed as he climbed up to 9,000 feet and changed his heading to 270 degrees. He did not know where he was but figured if he could head West he would eventually get into France or—if he had come too far north—Belgium. At least until he could find a land mark and adjust accordingly.

    After his turn he was able to finally spot the bombers to his 10 o’Clock high. They were still up around 20,000 feet and seven or eight miles away. He angled Timber! III to chase them, staying at 9,000 feet where he could breathe. He was making plenty of speed still, so he pulled back into AUTO LEAN and kept his engines at Max. Cruise of 2300 RPM and 35 inches Hg. manifold pressure.

    When he was only a mile or two behind them, with the radio transmissions coming in more clearly, he retarded his speeds and throttles back to 1600 rpm and 30 inches to maintain a speed of 220 indicated, or about 250 true air speed.

    “Churchtime Red One, Red Two.”

    Roberts did not respond.

    “Churchtime Red One, Red Two. Are you receiving me?”

    Another half-minute and no response.

    “Blakehouse Lead, Churchtime Red Two. Do you copy?”

    Nothing.

    “Blakehouse Group, Churchtime Red Two.”

    A few seconds later a broken transmission came through, “…house…ed…sa..gain.”

    “Blakehouse Lead, Churchtime Red Two. Do you copy?”

    Finally, a semi-clear response came through the static, “…ed Two, Lead. What’s yo…cation?”

    “Lead, Red Two, I am six-o’clock low on the Bombers, nine-thousand feet.”

    “Roger Red Two. Glad you’re still with us. Are you able to re-join?”

    “Negative, Lead. I will stay and look for stragglers. Two out.”

    Heidinger cruised along without incident for some time. His fuel situation was adequate at these speeds so he would occasionally zip north or south of the bombers to extend his search area and keep an eye for stragglers or enemies moving to attack.

    At 1542 he found a P-38 flying at 3,000 feet altitude to his 1 o’Clock low. He dropped down to check on the airplane and join up. When he got close enough he saw it was putzing along on one engine, the right propeller fully feathered and locked. The right nacelle and boom were all shot up and there were a scattering of holes in the right wing as well. The boom carried the “HL” radio code of the 83rd Fighter Squadron but Heidinger did not know who it was.

    He pulled up alongside and waved at the pilot, flashing a “OK” sign to inquire as to his status. The 83rd pilot waved Heidinger off and pointed down: he was not expecting to make back to England. Heidinger made note of the plane’s ID “HL K” and tail number “267038” so the pilot could be identified back at Duxford. He flew with the stricken P-38 for another ten minutes, maintaining radio silence for fear of letting Jerry know they were hurt and alone.

    At 1554 more low flying came into view at his 11 o’Clock. This time it was a B-17 at 14,000 feet trailing smoke and being hunted by a half dozen German fighters five miles away.

    Heidinger looked at his fuel: about 18 gallons in each of his Main tanks and his Reserves still sitting good at 45 gallons each. He estimated he still had about an hour and half of flying time to Duxford and would need at least 100 gallons to make it. He had about 130 gallons.

    Taking a deep breath, he moved his engine controls back into fighting place for what he hoped would be the last time of the day. Timber! III advanced passed the 83rd airplane and Heidinger gave his a wave of the wings before he peeled away to catch the fight and hopefully rescue the bomber.

    He made a shallow climb so he could accelerate and catch the attackers from underneath. His engines were still in Rated Power so he could save his limited Military Power time for the actual fight but it was enough to get up to 290 IAS, or about 350 TAS. Since they were so much higher than him, he needed to take his time to slowly climb up while maintaining his airspeed. This was made easier by the very slow speed of the bomber and her attackers which allowed Heidinger to turn partially away from the fight and circle back in without falling too far behind.

    The German fighters, Me.109s, were coming up on the rear of the bomber with their gear down. Heidinger watched their attack pattern—come in slow, raise gear, shoot, accelerate out of range, come around again, and repeat in rapid succession. The bomber was already shot-to-hell. One engine was smoking and wind milling, another dead and feathered, both on the right side. Yet, even as he watched, he saw the ball-turret on the ‘Fort nail a 109 and send it spiraling to ground in smoke.

    As Heidinger snuck Timber! III on the 6 o’Clock low to the rear most 109, he took his time to fully aim his shot and plan his attack. Instead of dropping flaps to slow down and stay behind the E/A he decided to take the risk and climb through them to get their attention and draw them away from the bomber using his superior climb to get safely past them and hopefully draw them back down to lower altitudes where his poor oxygen supply would not pose a problem.

    When he was only 500 yards away, he gunned the engines and throttles up to Military Power. Second later he unleashed a torrent of .50 caliber API into the belly of the 109. The tight concentration of Heidinger’s fire turned the center or the little flying coffin into shreds of scrap duralumin, the angle of his denying the pilot any chance of survival. The German plane did not even roll but simply nosed over in a thick cloud of black and brown smoke.

    Accelerating up under full power now, he had only moments to slide over and line up on the next aircraft. He sent a short half-second burst through its right wing and had the satisfaction of seeing the wing tip come clean off as he buzzed past it. He was not able to watch it to see the effect of this damage because he needed to pull up, hard, so as to pass behind the American bomber.

    Heidinger rolled Timber! III into a left hand chandelle from his climb, so as to circle over the bomber and find the remaining E/A. Two of the enemy who had been coming around for another pass on the bomber aborted their attacks, raised their gear, and rolled away. The others were all scattering, looking around for the other American fighters that had to be with this P-38. He saw one, without its right wingtip, dropping away from the fight and wobbling badly as it fought against a spin. None of the Jerrys were preparing passes on the B-17 any longer.

    Another Messerschmitt was already coming around to line up on Heidinger.

    Lightheaded from the thin air, Heidinger rolled away from the German fighter and pulled his throttles back to get into a low-speed dive. He needed to be careful with his speed—he wanted to go fast enough to keep the German from getting a close shot but he also needed to go slow enough that the German was baited to follow him down instead of going after the bomber again.

    He turned as he dove to regulate his speed and to keep in the same vicinity as the bomber and all the other German fighters. This also had the benefit of drawing his tailing 109 in as it rolled inside him and started to line up a deflection. Confident the German fighter was now committed to pursuing him, Heidinger leveled his wings pushed full forward in an unloaded extension. The sudden acceleration was more than the 109 expected and his shots dropped behind Timber! III.

    Heidinger held the dive to 10,000 feet. He wanted to get back up to the bomber but knew it was impossible with the Jerry on his tail. If he pulled up now he would be giving the German the perfect shot. Instead, he dropped his maneuver flaps and gave a hard right roll with full rudder—wishing he knew the trick he had watched Hilgert pull a few hours earlier—then pulled back on the wheel to put his plane into a tight right circle.

    At these low altitudes the Messerschmitt was far more agile than the Lightning but Heidinger was counting on just that, hoping to draw the E/A closer and force it to overshoot. To encourage this, adjusted his turn it into a Yo-yo. As he neared the top of the first loop, he pulled his throttles back to tighten it and drop his speed as quickly as possible.

    The German let off a burst of fire which passed inside of Heidinger as Timber! III fell away.

    Once over the top, Heidinger gunned the throttles again and was greeted by the glow of his low fuel warning lamps. He pulled away from his attacker at a 45 degree angle and started opening the distance. Once he felt secure, he switched over to his reserve tanks then dropped down to 8,000 feet and kept up his speed until he was sure the 109 was too far back to gain a good angle on him, then he pulled back up to come around on the bomber once more.

    Two of the Germans were circling around, out of the bomber gunners’ range but close enough that Heidinger knew they were just waiting for another opportunity to attack. The 109 he had maneuvered against was also coming back up but Heidinger could not see any of the others.

    This time, Jerry was ready when Heidinger came up to them. Instead of going after the bomber, the fighters instead turned directly toward his P-38—intent of getting rid of the pesky lone American escort before picking away at the sitting duck of a bomber.

    Heidinger was not alone, though.

    Instead of risking a head on against two 109’s with a third on his tail, Heidinger turned west, forcing them to do the same. The chase up to 14,000 feet took a few minutes as he fought to keep ahead of them and looked to confirm all three were on his tail, jockeying for position. He then banked and slid north-west, to parallel the bomber a few hundred yards to its left as he slowed and drifted back down to its altitude at 13,500 feet.

    With the Germans coming hot on his tail he brought them directly past the bomber’s left side, as soon as he was clear of the bomber’s nose he pulled up hard and pulled his throttles again. He looked up, seeing the three Messerschmitts behind him suddenly realize their plight. The lead aircraft lifted to follow his climb, catching a burst of fire in its tail from the bomber’s top turret and dorsal gun. The second 109 rolled left, away from the Fortress, and was peppered by the left waist while the third nosed down to dive clear of all the defensive fire.

    Timber! III once more started to shake as Heidinger stalled it out at the top of his climb before kicking the rudder and rolling left to wing-over. With his nose pointed down, he hit the throttles again, bringing them up slowly to 50 inches has he dove on the German aircraft. The one damaged by the top gunners, streaming glycol from its radiator, was now also rolling out of its climb and Heidinger adjusted his fall to bring drag his gunsight past it. A burst of fire scattered short of the M-E and it flicked over to shake Heidinger.

    The P-38 could not quite roll fast enough to match and his second burst missed by an even greater margin. Instead of tangling with the enemy in a close quarters gun fight, Heidinger pushed his throttles all the way to the stop and accelerated almost straight down to clear the enemy fighter and ward off any chance of pursuit.

    Back down to 7,000 feet he leveled off and circled around to check for the enemy. He saw one parachute and two airplanes, one leaking coolant and the other apparently un-damaged but leaving the battle area. The bomber was still limping along, now down to about 13,000 feet, but Heidinger did not see any immediate threats to it.

    He was drenched in sweat and still struggling to catch his breath from the time fighting in the thin air above 12,000 feet without the benefit of supplementary oxygen as he continued to scan the sky and kept his engines on ready for action. He recounted the recent action and numbered off the enemy aircraft: six or seven were making the initial attacks on the bomber; one was knocked down by the ball turret; he got one and knocked the wingtip from another on his first pass; then there were the last three that he led past the bomber. That would be all six; but, was there a seventh or were there only six?

    With a sinking feeling in his stomach he put his gloved left thumb against the cold canopy so it would just barely cover the sun and he looked through the glare.

    The thin line of a wing appeared from behind his thumb.

    Seven.

    Heidinger rolled hard left and stomped his rudder, hoping to skid and force the diving 109 to overshoot. Tracers flashed toward him and slammed directly into Timber! III’s nose before passing into the right propeller cone.

    He pushed the throttles forward as the German passed directly over top him and instantly heard a loud POP from the left front of the cockpit. The airplane started to yaw right and he saw the right propeller was starting to runaway in low-pitch. Giving left rudder to counter act the yaw, he moved to manually adjust the propeller control but noticed the right propeller circuit breaker to the front of the mixture levers was popped out so he instead went to re-set it. It was too far forward, though, he could not reach it while his harness was tight so he had to first reach down to unlock the harness then lean forward to set the breaker. As soon has he pushed it back in the right prop started to slow as it adjusted pitch to match the engine speed but again, when he released, it immediately popped, and the propeller stopped adjusting.

    He looked behind him again and saw the Bf.109 had completed its turn and was now tailing him.

    Heidinger held down the circuit breaker long enough for the propeller find its correct pitch then let it be. His initial plan was to outrun the German but it was already too close and coming down with an altitude advantage. With his propeller stuck where it was he could not risk messing his throttles or engine speeds too much so he was stuck at 49 inches and 2800 rpm. He would have to fight with the engine at its current power unless he wanted to go through the propeller reset process again and risk burning out the electrics or worse.

    With outrunning the enemy no longer an option he would have to out maneuver him, something likely impossible at high speed and low altitude. He could gain altitude and reduce speed by pulling up, but with the 109 on his six high and closing doing so would leave him a perfect target for the German’s guns.

    Instead, he dropped his flaps to MANEU and starting taking a guns defense in a series evasive maneuvers. Rolling and skidding right and left and un-even intervals accompanied by random changes in pitch, all in an effort to throw Jerry’s aim off.

    It worked well enough as the German drew closer but Heidinger knew it would not work forever.

    On a right slide the German’s shots came too close to Timber! III for comfort and a look behind told him the Messerschmitt was only 150 yards or less behind him. Heidinger would have only one more chance to escape this hunter.

    The sliding had continued to slow him down and now he felt comfortable enough to reverse the roll to the left and pull his flaps all the way back to fully extend them. The increase in drag was like getting stuck in the mud but it also provided a sudden burst of lift under the entire center of the P-38, with a hard mash of the rudder causing it to dramatically tighten the left turn and convert it from a slight left skid into an under-side high-G barrel roll.

    Timber! III was slow enough that he was able to roll in only a few seconds, by which time the Bf.109 was 100 yards in front of him and going in to an emergency over-the-top left roll. This time, Heidinger had position on the Jerry and he pressed the left trigger on his yoke.

    Only three shots went out before the firing solenoid breaker popped.

    Damn!

    The German was now passing directly in front Heidinger at a near 90 degree deflection. Heidinger rolled right to scissor after the tightly maneuvering Messerschmitt. He would only have until the Nazi counter-scissored to get another shot off, after that he would be out of room and loose the slight advantage his roll had gained him.

    Leaving his flaps out, with his airspeed continuing to drop and getting frighteningly close to stall, he dragged his right hand over the round circuit breaker buttons in front of the flap lever. Feeling for the one farthest rear, he pressed it in and held it down, just as the M-E started his roll. The German airplane turned straight across Heidinger’s nose and he pressed the left trigger on his yoke.

    Only one of his guns fired, the inboard gun on the left side, but for two seconds he sent a steady stream of fire out at German aircraft as he forced Timber! III into a stall and rolled down with it. The German was soon out of line and too far away, but the damage had been done—its canopy had shattered and later strikes had shredded its rudder and right stabilizer.

    The 109’s rolling dive became a tumble.

    Heidinger raised his flaps and straightened the airplane to recover speed but he kept it in a broad left hand descending circle as he watched the Messerschmitt’s tumble become worse until the entire empennage came off and the wreckage soon impacted into a heap on the French countryside below.

    Leveling off, his immediate need was to get a handle on his shot up propeller and reduce his fuel consumption. He pulled his throttles back to 27 inches. Un-locking his harness again so he could lean forward he reached over the yoke with his right arm, holding the airplane as steady as he could with the wheel almost in his armpit, and held in the right prop circuit breaker with his right hand as he pulled slowed the engines to 1600 RPM.

    Timber! III waggled a little bit as the right propeller caught up with the left but after a few dozen seconds the instruments looked good and the plane felt steady. Heidinger sat back again and was finally able to move his mixtures back into AUTO LEAN.

    The fight took longer than he had hoped and he used about twice as much fuel as he had initially allowed—his Main tanks only had a few gallons each and he was now operating on his Reserve tanks. The Reserves were showing just over 30 gallons each.

    He climbed slowly to catch up with the lone bomber once more to check on it. It was at about 12,000 when he passed alongside of it getting a wave from the waist gunner and a “Victory” sign from the pilot. The bomber was unnamed but Heidinger noted the fuselage code, “OR F,” and the tail markings—a triangle “A” with tail number 25714*—and marked the time, 1606.

    He would have preferred to stay with the bomber, more so the bomber could protect him than the other way around since he only had one fully functioning propeller and apparently the hits in nose fried his guns, but he knew his fuel situation was critical so he gave the bomber a wave and drifted away to lower altitude, hoping the crippled heavy could make it home to England on its own.

    There was a small city a few miles to the north—a crossing of roads and rails on the banks of a roughly north-south running river. He checked his map and scanned northeast France for any cities that seemed to match what we saw and the best he could figure was that it was the town of Metz on the Moselle River. Some rough-in Navigation plotting told him he was about 350 miles from Duxford at 310 degrees. A direct route would take him just twenty miles north of Dover and only a few miles from the emergency strip at Manston. His briefing notes indicated it was about 75 miles from Manston to Duxford, so it should only be about 275 miles from his current location.

    He was indicating about 220 mph, which he corrected for altitude and speed to about 240 mph true airspeed. At that speed he should make Duxford in about an hour and half but at his current engine settings and altitude—27”Hg M.P. at 1600 RPM and 6,000 feet—Timber! III should be sipping down about 66 gallons per hour, total; meaning he only had about 50 minutes of fuel. He quickly plotted 200 miles on the map and saw it ended just past Lille, about 35 miles inland from French coast.

    Then he remembered he still had about 3 or 4 gallons of fuel in each of his Leading Edge and Main tanks based on when the low level warning lamps turned on, plus the unmeasured four gallons in the sump and the three gallons in the lines. In total, with the 55 gallons he was still showing in his Reserve tanks he actually had about 75 gallons. That could get him another 20 minutes, or 75 miles, just enough to reach Manston. He would likely be making a dead stick landing and any wind, weather, or maneuvers would end up dropping him mid-Channel.

    Heidinger looked over his notes and flight charts again. If he could drop M.P. to 22 inches and maintain 188 IAS, for about 204 TAS, he could reduce total consumption to 47 gallons per hour. Running the numbers quick he calculated that would get him about 300 miles in an hour and half. That was better, but still not quite enough for comfort.

    He considered killing the right engine and limping back on the left, cross-suctioning fuel from the right tanks. His flight charts showed single-engine operation for best range at 6,000 feet to be 2100 RPM at 34”Hg. M.P. That would increase his total consumption and reduce his speed, so that was not an option.

    The final option was to drop to the deck, keeping only a hundred feet or so above the ground, where he could reduce his throttles almost back to Idle but keep his RPMs at 1600. That would slow him down to 185 mph but his consumption should also fall to about 42 gallons per hour, total. With that he could make 310 miles, giving him enough to reach Manston without having to pray he could drain the lines and sumps. At that speed he should pass south of Lille in less than hour, hit the Channel about 17 minutes later, and reach Manston just 12 minutes after that: one hour, twenty minutes to get on the ground.

    Once more going through the rigmarole of holding the yoke with his arm and the prop circuit with his right hand, he pulled the throttle levers back to 21 inches. Once the right prop stabilized he gently angled downward to bring the plane to about 150 feet.

    He checked the time, 1616.

    * * *

    Heidinger was nearly to Lille when he hit the rain and wind. The same western European crud they left earlier in the day was still hanging over the Channel and had meandered its way forty or fifty miles inland. The weather front slowed Timber! III by about 15 miles per hour and the jostling turbulence forced Heidinger to climb up to 1,000 feet to avoid getting thrown down into trees or power lines.

    The good thing about the rain is that it kept the German soldiers’ heads down. On the first leg of his flight back he had a few sentries and random ground units take shots at him as he passed. Now, the rain helped keep them under cover and covered the sound of his already quiet approach.

    Lille was a worry but as it came is sight he made a slight southward course adjustment to stay clear of its gun towers and anti-aircraft. He passed south of it at 1718, right on track but about two and half minutes behind schedule.

    He was indicating about 165, for about 160 TAS and his fuel consumption was holding steady at about 42 gallons per hour. His fuel gauges showed he still had about 10 gallons between both of in his Reserve tanks—the low level warnings should be coming on any minute now. The headwind and turbulence from the weather system was costing him dearly. He expected his Reserves to run dry just before the coast, now, leaving him with only whatever was still left in his Mains and Leading Edge tanks to get to Manston.

    * * *

    His right engine fuel pressure dropped, threatening to kill the engine. His Reserve tanks were dry.

    Capt. Heidinger turned the electric fuel selection dial from RES back one click to MAIN. His right engine smoothed out and continued running well. It was 1729 and he could not yet see the French coast through the rain ahead.

    10 minutes later, Timber! III threaded between Calais and Dunkirk, nearly equidistant from each, and crossed out of Occupied Europe. Less than a minute after that, his right engine once again threatened to quit, indicating his Main Tanks were now also dry. He switched to his Leading Edge tanks, hoping he left the fuel in them he would need to cross the Channel.

    The White Cliffs slowly materialized from the rainy haze to his left some 8 minutes later. Only a few minutes after that the low beach of Ramsgate rose from the Channel directly before him. Heidinger started preparing the plane for landing, ready to make the final turn to 280 degrees once he crossed the beach.

    The P-38’s right engine sputtered a few times…then stopped. The airplane almost immediately started to drop and Heidinger was forced to throttle up the left engine to compensate. He was over Ramsgate and had to make his turn to Manston Field, now only a few miles out from the airstrip he had no time to mess around with feathering the dead engine. His focus was better spent on getting his gear down.

    He started to let-down from 1000 feet and he lifted the landing gear handle. He did not hear the gear unlock and nothing seemed to happen. The gear position indicator did not light up and he could see in the oval reflectors on his nacelles that the nose wheel did not come down.

    Heidinger tried the emergency hand pump to get enough hydraulic pressure in the landing gear system to drop them, but it was no good. The hits he took through the nose must have completely drained the nose gear and bled the gear lines of pressure. Luckily, the landing gear was on its own hydraulic system so he still had flaps and was able to pull the flaps back to Maneuver position.

    Memories of the close-call that ended the fighting career of the first Timber!, Heidinger had no desire to force another gear-up landing. Instead, he would try to use gravity to extend and lock the gear.

    He looked at the emergency hydraulic pump source selector valve and broke the emergency wire, allowing him to force the valve all the way down. He heard the re-assuring Clunk of the gear unlocking. Then, using the drag of the dead engine to his benefit his slid and yawed the airplane left-and-right, trying to make the maneuver as violent and abrupt as possible.

    Timber! III was at 100 feet and almost to the fence when she jerked forward as her center of gravity shifted and Heidinger felt the plane dip and slow. Looking out, he was happy to discover his gear was down. The gear position light was on, indicating they were locked in place.

    Passing the fence at 50 feet, he pulled the flaps all the way down just as his left engine cut out.

    He drifted on a silent cushion of air about 1/3 of the way down the runway before Timber! III finally set down on the wet pavement. Without hydraulics in the gear, there was also no pressure in the brakes, so Heidinger and his P-38 sped down the runway, past four other P-38s, bleeding speed at an excruciatingly slow pace. Nearing the end of runway, at still going a good 30 or 35 miles per hour over the ground, Heidinger was left with no option but turn hard left and ground loop onto the grass apron.

    Timber! III slid at first, continuing straight even as the nose turned to the left before the tires caught enough traction to lead off the bitumen and hit the water-soaked sod. Its wheels dug three shallow trenches through the grass as Heidinger turned it around a full 200 degrees before it stopped.

    A Jeep and an Ambulance were both speeding down the airfield toward him. By the time they arrived, he had slid his canopy back and was sitting with his head back, face turned up to the rainy sky letting the English weather wash his sweat away.

    “Jim!”

    Heidinger looked out to see Hilgert launching off of the Jeep and jogging to him. He gave a wave and un-enthusiastic, “I’m fine, Hil.”

    He unbuckled his harness and tried to stand but his legs would not cooperate—the five-and-half hours of flying had taken their toll and the four hours of adrenaline was wearing off. Instead, he pulled himself up by the forward frame of the canopy and dragged his legs up to the wing. Not bothering with the ladder, he instead just slid down, past the ticking engines and turbos, and dropped the few feet to the ground.

    His legs buckled under him and he just sat in a heap on the wet earth.

    Hilgert and the medics ran up to check him, asking if he was hit. He shook his and asked, “Do you have the time?”

    Helping him up with a chuckle, Hilgert told him it was 1754.
    ================================

    *The true story of #714
     
    Last edited:
    Ch.23d - After Thursday, Epilogue (Oct 43)
  • 19 October 1943
    HQ, 8th AF
    High Wycombe, England


    Most post operation analyses were completed by report. For Mission 115, being the first deep penetration raid with round-trip escort, Gen. Eaker called the commanders of VIII Bomber Command and all three Fighter Wings (65th, 66th, and 67th) together with his staff and theirs for an in-depth look at the operation.

    The mission plan had unraveled by the time the bombers were leaving their hardstands. Weather delays and mechanical failures reduced the number of bombers able to leave and one bomber from the 3rd Air Division crashed on takeoff (CTO), killing all ten crew. The weather further impacted assembly, delaying the bombers and loosening their formation during the initial penetration. Only two groups of the B-24’s of the 2nd Air Division were able to assemble at all and instead of going on their briefed route to the target they took the route of the planned diversionary force (which failed to materialize) over the North Sea and made an ineffectual attack on the Frisian Islands.

    One Group of P-47s met each bomb division for their routes into the Netherlands and Belgium. They met light opposition from fighters identified as elements of the Luftwaffe’s 26th Fighter Wing out of Abbeville. They claimed six destroyed for one loss but a second Thunderbolt crash landed on its return and was written off.

    The 1st Air Division had what was, by all considerations, a banner day. In all the 1st, 40th, and 41st Combat Bombardment Wings sent up a combined total of 149 B-17’s. While several aborted, the vast majority of them, 136, were Effective on Target. At the end of day, only nine failed to return (FTR)—two lost to enemy fighters on the way to the target, one lost to Anti-Aircraft over the target, and six lost to fighters on the return. Two of the returning Fortresses of the Division were Damaged Beyond Repair (DBR) and another 29 made it back with moderate to severe damage (RTD). They suffered 90 MIA from the missing aircraft, while on the others 15 were wounded and two KIA.

    The 4th, 13th, and 45th Combat Bombardment Wings of the 3rd Air Division had a rougher time. While their way into the Target was only lightly contested with 131 of 142 sent Effective on Target and only a single loss on the way in, they suffered three down to Anti-Aircraft fire over the target. On the return trip they were hit hard by large groups of enemy fighters and with the escort forces badly depleted by that time, many of the enemy were able to get through to the bombers. In all, 13 bombers failed to return and three returned damaged beyond repair—one of which crashed and killed two of its crew. Another 52 of the returning B-17s from the Division suffered moderate to severe damage and these ships carried home nine more wounded and one returned with only three crew aboard, including one KIA. Not including the 10 killed during takeoff, 3rd AD casualties amounted to 137 MIA, 13 WIA, and seven KIA

    Combined the 1st and 3rd AD suffered a loss of 21 A/C missing, 1 CTO, 5 DBR, 81 RTD, of the 292 set to fly on the mission, meaning better than 90% would be able to return to the sky. Total casualties were 217 MIA, 28 WIA, and 9 KIA. In exchange, the bomber gunners had submitted claims for 127 E/A Destroyed, 23 Probably Destroyed, and 51 Damaged—likely inflated numbers but they were under review for credit assignment.*

    Post raid photography of the target showed that two of the ball bearings factories were completely destroyed and damage was sustained to almost all industrial infrastructure in and near the primary Aim Points. The bomb spreads were incredibly accurate for the 1st AD as they had a clearer target and reported the flak as merely “Moderate” in both intensity and accuracy. The 3rd AD were not quite as effective, but they were faced with bombing through a heavy smoke screen and the smoke from the 1st AD damage while facing what was almost unanimously reported as “Intense-Accurate” flak.

    Both Bomb Divisions, but especially the 1st AD, credited their success and relatively low loss-rate to the presence of the P-38’s from the 78th Fighter Group.

    Anderson’s work with the 65th Fighter Wing and the command staff of the 78th Fighter Group ensured that all 80 P-38’s were available and operational to sortie. This included the formation of a composite squadron of 78th FG HQ pilots, 82nd Fighter Squadron pilots, as well as four men each from the 338th FS / 55th FG and the 77th FS / 20th FG all flying 55th FG P-38’s. Six of the planes had to abort early and another three aborted before rendezvousing with the bombers but since they had passed into enemy airspace these three pilots were credited with a combat sortie.

    As soon as they met the bombers near the German border they were intercepted by Enemy Aircraft, identified by Intelligence as components of the 1st and 26th Fighter Wings. From there almost all the way to the target they were under an heavy weight of enemy aircraft coming in waves never more than 15 minutes apart. These attacks included extensive use of aerial rocket-propelled mortars and even included attempts by the enemy to drop aerial bombs from a variety of aircraft including night fighters and dive bombers.

    Their only reprieve was after the 1st AD made their turn south to set up for the I.P. until after the 3rd AD came off the target, about 40 minutes. During this fight into the target several P-38s were lost and more had to abort due to battle damage, mechanical issues, or were simply separated from the Group and returned alone. The 78th reported that 55 A/C were still with the bombers at the Target.

    At this time, due to higher than planned fuel consumption, about half of the group returned with the 1st AD while the other half waited to escort the 3rd AD, as originally planned. After leaving the target both groups were hit, in succession, by large masses of enemy fighters—identified as components of the 11th Fighter Wing. Most of the Groups’—both bombers and fighters—losses occurred during these attacks.

    Weather interfered again in the closing stages of the mission when it prevented the planned P-47 and Spitfire escorts from meeting the bombers and leading them out of enemy airspace. This left the much depleted force of P-38’s, many now critically low on fuel, as the only escorts available for this part of the journey.

    However, after the approximately 20 minutes of repeated enemy fighter attacks off the target, no more enemy air opposition was met. Intelligence analysts estimated that most likely the German fighter defense forces were by that time used up and had been rendered combat ineffective by the P-38’s escorts.

    In total, the 78th Fighter Group lost 11 aircraft, had two ditch in the Channel—Royal Navy SAR was able to recover one of the pilots—and another crash-landed on the return, Damaged Beyond Repair. In addition, 17 of the other returning Lightnings were Moderately to Severely damaged. Eight A/C had to land at alternate or emergency Airfields, with five of these making it only as far as Manston. Personnel losses amounted to 11 MIA (including one each from the 77/20 and the 338/55), 2 KIA, and 5 WIA. Among the wounded was Lt.Col. Herbert Johnson, C/O of the 77th FS /20th FG and among the missing was Maj. William May from the 82nd FS / 78th FG.

    In exchange for their losses, they racked up an impressive tally of victories in what one pilot described as a “Target Rich Environment”—the Airman’s polite way of saying they were outnumbered.

    The pilots of the 78th (including the several from 20th and 55th) submitted the following claims (Type: Destroyed/Probable/Damaged):

    FW.190: 17/5/6
    Me.109: 14/3/7
    Me.110: 11/2/5 (incl. Me.210)
    Ju.87: 6/0/1
    He.111: 5/2/3
    He.177: 5/0/2
    Ju.88: 4/1/2
    FW.200: 1/0/0
    FW.189: 1/1/0

    In total, this amounted to claims of 64 E/A Destroyed, another 13 Probably Destroyed, and 26 Damaged. Including the Probables, this put the 78th’s Victory:Loss ratio at 5.5:1. Many of these claims were still under review and being investigated, considering the tendency to over claim, but Intelligence was already estimating at least 40 of the claimed destroyed are accurate. When combined with the total claims from the bombers the 8th AF aircrews were claiming 191 E/A destroyed.

    Many pilots submitted claims for multiple kills as well, including a replacement pilot and combat rookie from the 84th FS who claimed 3 destroyed and one damaged. Certainly one of, if not the, best starts for any combat pilot in the 8AF to date.

    The honor of highest tally, however, belonged to an HQ/78 Pilot from the Transition Squadron, Capt. Donald Hilgert, who had seen extensive action over North Africa and the Med with the 27th Fighter Squadron, 1st Fighter Group. Capt. Hilgert’s final tally of claims was 6 Destroyed, 1 Probable, and 2 damaged—a tally which earned him a recommendation for a fourth Distinguished Flying Cross.

    Two of the claimed kills, and one probable, from the 78th came from a P-38 fighting alone to defend a damaged 91st BG B-17 against as many as seven Messerschmitt Bf.109s and were confirmed by the bomber crew. The After Action Reports of the both the fighter pilot and the Bomber crew agreed on the details, time, location, and order of the action and this prompted VIII Bomber Command to also give two confirmed kills to the bomber crew based on the 78th Pilot’s account.

    The pilot, a Captain James A. Heidinger—another one of the 78th FG’s “Transition Pilots” assigned to HQ/78 to share his MTO experience with the group—had an additional 2 1/3 confirmed kills (the 1/3 shared with his flight leader and the top turret of an un-identified B-17), and second probable, and 3 other E/A damaged through the duration of the mission. This tally, combined with his 2.5 victories from his six months with the 82nd FG in North Africa, earned him a second Distinguished Flying Cross.

    The consensus of the After Action reports and debriefings was that an early cannon hit on Capt. Heidinger’s A/C had, unknown by the pilot, damaged his Oxygen supply which ran out shortly after leaving the target. This forced him to separate from the group and fly alone at low altitude where he eventually met the damaged B-17, a 323rd Squadron plane with a 401st Squadron crew, being attacked by the E/A. Even though he knew he was running low on fuel and his aircraft was already damaged, he took the initiative and attacked the German fighters, outnumbered 7:1, and saved the bomber. The bomber eventually made it back, all the way to Bassingbourn, on two engines with 2 WIA but incredibly no KIA. Capt. Heidinger’s C/O, Lt.Col. Stone, had submitted a recommendation to award Capt. Heidinger a Silver Star for this selfless action.

    The 78th reports indicated several reliability and mechanical issues but the actual failure rates were similar to what was being experienced by other types of the A/C in the theatre, notably the P-47’s. Even with that, the bigger problem for the P-38’s was a lack of fuel. The command staffs of the three Fighter Wings would, in the future, work to better coordinate and disperse the escort duties on each leg of a mission so that the long-range escorts would be able to avoid enemy action until after their droppable tanks had been used. This will require that the penetration escorts accompany the Bombers deeper into enemy airspace before the target escorts take over—easily accomplished by ensuring the penetration escorts are also always fitted with external fuel tanks.

    The final assessment of the mission was that it had been a resounding success for the bombers and had proved that P-38’s were viable long-range escorts. The primary recommendation by the Bomb Divisions and by the 78th Fighter Group was simply to provide more P-38’s on all future deep-penetration missions.


    23 October 1943
    The Eagle Public House
    Cambridge, Cambridgeshire, England, UK


    “To the seventy-eighth!”

    Hilgert, Gaffney, Heidinger, and few others were toasting their Fighter Group one last time before going their separate ways. With the 78th now fully transitioned to P-38’s and flying full-strength operational sorties there was no longer a need to have such a concentration of experience in an over-staffed HQ for the Group. The USAAF, in all it wisdom, were re-distributing them to other units.

    Gaffney was staying with the 78th to take Maj. May’s place in the 82nd Squadron. Hilgert was being re-assigned to the 20th Fighter Group HQ to bring them more institutional experience as they continued to wait for their full allotment of airplanes and gear up for independent operations.

    As for Heidinger, all of his long flights providing bomber escort in the Med and now with the 8th had racked up his Combat Time enough that the 65th Fighter Wing HQ had deemed his Combat Tour over. He was being sent back to the States to join one of the P-38 Replacement Training Units. He had not received his final assignment as yet, but he was to board the Queen Elizabeth in one week and would be home in time to have Thanksgiving dinner with his family in Illinois for a 30 day furlough. He was excited to be going home but also sad that his time in combat was over.

    At least the Schweinfurt raid would not be his last combat sortie. On the 20th of October he had joined the 78th in providing escort on a raid to Duren, German, just east of Aachen. They ran into more E/A in the Aachen area again, the same group that Greywall had fought on the 14th. This time the Germans were better prepared to face fighters and none of their aircraft carried bombs or rockets. The fight was tough but the 78th gave as good as they got and Hilgert added more to his increasing tally even though Heidinger’s usual bad shooting failed to bag him any more Jerrys.

    “The Seventy-Eighth!” The group of American fighter pilots clicked their mugs together and each shared a deep draught of the bitter English dark.

    Moments later a group of four other American airmen came over, all wearing the single bars of 1st Lieutenants on their collars. One of the men, a tall man with dark complexion, spoke for the group.

    “We’re sorry to interrupt, but did you say the ‘Seventy-eighth?’”

    “That’s right.” Gaffney responded.

    “You guys are the Lightning pilots, right? Checkerboards?”

    “That’s us.”

    “I want to…” he looked at his companions, “we all want to buy you guys a round. You saved our asses the other week.”

    “Schweinfurt?”

    “Yeah,” the four men grabbed chairs and squeezed in around the four fighter pilots, “you guys were everywhere.” He reached his had to Gaffney, “Lieutenant Bob Slane, Pilot. This here is Lieutenant Johnson, my co-pilot, Lieutenant Foster, Navigator, and Lieutenant Runner, my Bombardier. We’re with the 401st Bomb Squadron, 91st Bomb Group.”

    After their introductions were complete, the B-17 Pilot continued, “We lost our number-four engine to flak over the target, then we got hit by Focke-Wulfs and lost number three. We ended up alone at eighteen thousand feet and losing altitude when our Tail Gunner comes on and says there are seven one-oh-nines coming at us gear down, then gear up, attack, and come around.”

    The description of the attack had Heidinger’s un-divided attention. Gaffney and Hilgert, both of whom had already heard Heidinger’s story, also noticed and each gave Jim a sideways glance as the Fortress driver continued.

    “We were running our two good engines to the red line trying to stay up and evade these Jerrys but I figured we were done for. Then our ball gunner is shouting and laughing in the intercom that a P-38 came up alone and clobbered a couple of the Germans from our tail. Our crew saw him knock down two, maybe three, of them and he led them by us and our engineer nailed another. He chased all of them off on his own. It was one helluva bit of flying.”

    Gaffney slapped Heidinger on the back, “Well, I think you’ll want to save your drinks for the Captain here.”

    Lt. Slane looked at Heidinger, “You mean…?”

    The many fights that day were all pretty confused and Heidinger did not want to take credit where none was due so he inquired, “Number seven-fourteen?”

    The bomber pilot grinned, “That was us.”

    The next few moments were filled with hand-shakes, laughs, and mutual admiration. When the commotion settled down a little, Heidinger felt a strange wave of relief roll through his body. He had not even realized how concerned he had been for the bomber in the time since the mission until that moment, when he knew they were home safe. “You made it back, O.K.?”

    “Yes. All the way to Bassingbourn. How about you?”

    “No. I took a pretty bad hit from that last one-oh-nine and ended up running out fuel so I put down at Manston.”

    “Well, thank you anyway. I’m pretty sure if it weren’t for you we’d all be Goering’s guests right now, or worse. You are one helluva pilot, Captain.”

    “Thanks, but it was more luck than anything. Right time, right place.” Wanting to change the subject he went on, “Hell, if you want to see good flying, you ought to watch Captain Hilgert, here. He bagged six of ‘em that day! Speaking of which, Hil, I’ve been meaning to ask you: on the way in, when you went to save the guys from the 20th, how the hell did you reverse so damn fast?”

    “Oh, that,” Hilgert shook his head, “I can’t take credit for that one. An old squad-mate from the 27th talked me through it when I was in trouble last spring. I call it a ‘MacKay Turn.’ You just can one throttle, gun the other, and rudder-roll into the slow side. The first time I did it, I had a dead engine and nearly spun out right into the Med. Scary as hell but effective if you can hold on.”

    The conversation drifted about for a while, the Fighter pilots sharing their horror for what it must be like to be such sitting ducks in a lumbering bomber while at the same time the Bomber crew expressing how thankful they are not to have to face the long flights and the enemy all alone in the cramped cockpit of a fighter.

    As the evening wore on the fighter-jocks and bomber-boys shared a few moments of peace and joy, each man knowing that any one of them may be gone tomorrow.
    ===============================
    * OTL Black Thursday
     
    Last edited:
    Ch.24 - What Comes Next? (Nov 1943)
  • Another short technical update. The big changes are yet to come but they take a while.

    I would like to give a big Thank You to @tomo pauk for his help with the engine chart and give a shout out to @phx1138 and everyone over at the A Better Allison V-1710 thread for providing some additional inspiration.
    ==========================================
    24 November 1943
    Wright Field
    Dayton, Ohio, USA


    Lt. Col. Ben Kelsey looked at the latest information on the new engine proposed by Allison for use in the next P-38. The XP-38J had been tested with a hodge-podge assembled from a combination of an Allison E21R and Allison -75/-77 (F15R/L) engines but the engine itself needed considerable refinement and re-engineering to unify the design into a single power plant and get it production ready. The new engine, funded by the US Army Air Forces as -117/-119 and now carrying the official internal Allison designation of F29R/F29L, looked quite promising and if it can actually deliver the projected performance could put the P-38J in an entirely new class of fighter.

    The report Kelsey was reviewing had been forwarded his way from the Engineering Branch and was the initial results from Allison’s bench testing of the engine. In addition to the test results, the report including an outline of the general design aspects of the F29 engine and described the changes in the unit tested.

    There were several major changes which set the new engine apart from those previously used on the Lightning. Internally, the most significant of these changes was a new crank with 12 counterweights rather than the six previously used. This new crank was only slightly heavier than the old crank but because of the better distribution of the rotational weight it reduced vibrations and allowed the engine to increase its best speed from 3000 RPM to 3200 RPM and the absolute red line from 3150 RPM to 3350 RPM for a slight gain in peak output.

    The biggest change was in the introduction of Water/Methanol Injection to the engine, as tested in XP-38J several months earlier. With the new engine properly calibrated and built up for Water Injection the power output on the bench was considerably greater than estimated from the previous performance tests. While there was some concern about the added weight of the water to the already heavy P-38 Kelsey had been assured that Lockheed was working on a solution to ensure it did have too large an impact on maneuverability and climb.

    The engine report included the results of several tests using slightly different configurations. During the first series of tests the engine had the same Bendix-Stromberg PD-12K7 Carburetor as the -89/-91 engines of the P-38H which was discovered to have insufficient air-flow to accommodate the higher RPM and Manifold Pressures attainable with the new engine. This was replaced with a PT-13E9 carburetor having three 4 3/16” barrels instead of the two 3 15/16” barrels of the PD-12K7. The larger carburetor showed a significant improvement in total output on the bench and, with Water Injection, allowed the engine to surpass 2300 Brake Horsepower in the second series of tests.

    For the final series of tests the -117 continued to use the PT-13E9 carb but also featured revised cylinder heads and an altered intake manifold to improve the consistency of the fuel-air mixture and ensure even distribution to all cylinders. The details of the changes were less important to Kelsey than the results and those were particularly impressive, showing a tested peak output at 3200 RPM and 38”Hg. Manifold Pressure with Water Injection of 1111 Brake Horsepower while operating on Grade 100/130 fuel and a calculated maximum at 76”Hg. M.P. with W.I. of 2314 B.H.P.

    Kelsey looked at the Engine Power Chart enclosed with the report and was impressed by the overall improvement in maximum performance it showed even while largely maintaining parity with the -89/-91 engines currently in use under normal operating conditions.

    F29RL Power Chart.jpg


    Before Lockheed would be able to fit and test the engine in an actual airplane, however, they will need a suitable propeller. His contacts at Lockheed had indicated that they were working with both Hamilton-Standard and Curtiss Electric on possible solutions to the thrust limitations on the airplane. Both had already submitted their hub and blade design proposals but no testable models had yet been delivered. The Curtiss blades best replicated the thrust lines of the extant P-38s while the H-S blades were estimated to have a slight edge over the Curtiss ones in overall performance but would require a larger shift in trim or Center of Gravity on the airplanes to accommodate the outward movement of thrust and heavier installation. The hubs were designed to the same specifications and size to fit to the new 2.36:1 gear box but where Curtiss Electric used an expanded and improved version of their electric pitch control Hamilton-Standard used their Hydromatic system dependent on engine oil hydraulics. Both systems had advantages over the other but neither would fundamentally change propeller performance.

    One late entry was a proposal from the young Aeroproducts Propeller Company which had worked with Bell on their P-39 and again was working with them on the P-63 prior to its cancellation as well as developing a propeller for use with the newest P-51. Building off their previous experience they were proposing a four-blade high-activity propeller based around their novel Unimatic constant speed system. This system had a fully independent hydraulic system within the hub which gave it the benefits of both the Curtiss Electric system and the Hydromatic. The added weight of the hydraulic system and the fourth propeller blade were largely offset by Aeroproducts’s use of hollow steel propeller blades instead of solid aluminum as used by the other companies, making the entire rotational weight less than that of a similarly laid out H-S Hydromatic. It would also have the added advantage of using a smaller over-all propeller diameter—11’10”, only two inches greater in radius than the current P-38 propeller—which when paired with the same 2.36:1 reduction ratio would reduce propeller tip speed and improve its efficiency at the top of the engine range.

    Before Kelsey, Lockheed, and the Air Force could decide which propeller would be best they will have to wait for functioning models to test with the engine and airplane. To help with that, Kelsey had authorized Lockheed to build several YP-38J pre-production aircraft, modified from the first few Fiscal Year 1943 block aircraft. Allison was already working with Lockheed to get the new engines installed and they were finalizing the Water/Methanol tank installation location. Once complete, these aircraft were to be fitted with the competing propellers and sent to the Air Force proving grounds in Elgin, Florida for direct comparison testing in early winter.

    One possibility being bandied about was to select two propeller systems (either Hydromatic and Electric three-blade or Unimatic and Electric four-blade) and have all Lightnings produced in Burbank use one and those from Wheatfield use the other. This would distribute the production so that a catastrophe in either propeller manufacturer’s facility would not prevent continued production of the airplane while also keeping both work forces busy without over-burdening either one. The best modularity would be achieved with a mix of Unimatic and Electric as that would allow replacement of the entire propeller assembly in the field without modification to the airplane or engine oil system.

    Kelsey wanted to a light a fire under the engineers but knew the work would take time and that he would have to be patient. To hold him over, Lockheed had sent one of the first P-38H-18-LOs—#42-103982, fresh off the line—to Wright Field for Performance Acceptance Testing. It was largely the same as the Block-15 airplane but with a new automatic shutter on the intercooler inlet. The shutter was driven by a small electric actuator anchored below the intercooler core which slides the shutter down and rearward to open it and pushes it up and forward to partially close it. Under normal operation it should be fully open but when the Carburetor Air Temperature drops below the normal operating limit of 15.6° C the motor engages to shutter to progressive close it and reduce the inlet size to limit the amount of air flowing into the intercooler.

    Intercooler2.png


    Lockheed also reported that they sent an upgrade kit including the system to their pilot, Tony LeVier, who was still spending time with the P-38 Groups in England so that he can oversee its testing in operational conditions. If successful, Kelsey was already planning to place an order for a few hundred of the kits (which includes the entire nacelle “chin” sub-assembly) to send over to the 8th Air Force to retrofit their P-38H’s currently in service. The sub-assembly includes the outer panels with a redesigned intake shape, the new inlet door and electric actuator, the intake duct, intercooler core, exit duct, as well as the charge air Inlet manifold and cooled air Exit collector. The entire assembly can be replaced in only a few minutes by the ground crew but it also requires adding a new switch to the Carburetor Air Temperature gauge line to engage the shutter at low C.A.T. Since the inlet shutter only activates at low C.A.T. and the exit shutter at high C.A.T., Lockheed built the system to run off the same circuit as the exit shutters which obviated the need for crews to add a new circuit breaker in the cockpit and run the associated wiring through the wing.

    In addition to the Block-18 Lightning, Wright Field had also recently accepted delivery of #43-10911, the nineteenth P-38 to come off the Bell production line. In total Bell had completed 36 Lightnings to date and they were on pace to get production up to 100 per month by February. They had not yet received any of the B-33 turbos from G.E. or the new chin sub-assemblies AiResearch so they were still building their aircraft to Block-10 specification, making their current aircraft designated P-38H-10-BE.

    A similar situation was occurring down in Nashville where Vultee was working on completing their first few TP-38H-10-VNs. They were all being fitted out to Block-10 standards due to lack of B-33 turbo-superchargers but since they were intended for training and familiarization and not for combat there was little pressing need to get them upgraded or get the Vultee lines up to current Lockheed standards. In fact, a proposal had recently come across Kelsey’s desk to use the nacelles, booms, outer wings, and empennage assemblies from older F and G Model P-38s still stateside to mate with the Vultee center-section for a quick and easy way to get more two seaters. These could be re-engined as possible or as needed but for the most part they will be sufficient for training purposes. In any event they will be superior to the RP-322s and RP-38Es still being used.

    The latest news from the 8th Air Force was that the P-38 was serving well as a long rang escort in the 78th and 55th Fighter Groups. The 20th Fighter Group was still awaiting their full allotment of aircraft and equipment but their pilots were getting experience by filling in with the other Groups where needed. The biggest requests were for larger Drop Tanks and simply more P-38s. Kelsey was working with the Chief of the Fighter Branch to plan out several more P-38 groups, at least one of which, the 479th, was slated to join the 8th AF no later than May 1944. The group was still being organized on paper and Kelsey expected it should be staffed by the end of the year with pilot and aircraft assignments to follow.

    There were still a few recurrent issues being reported by the active groups, however. The chief concern was engine reliability almost entirely related to cold temperatures. Kelsey hoped that the new intercooler inlet duct would help alleviate some of the problems but there were other problems that would still need to be addressed such as reports of battery failures and freezing Turbo Regulators. In total the incidence of engine failures was roughly the same as that experienced by the P-47s but since the P-38 had two engines there were twice as many to fail causing a marked decrease in the total sortie rate for the P-38 Groups verses the P-47 groups.

    Another concern being expressed was related to the ever increasing altitudes at which the Lightnings were operating. Apart from the engine problems it was causing it was also impacting the pilots themselves. The Group reports have been showing a slight but steady increase in the number pilots temporarily grounded after suffering varying levels of anoxia and even a few cases of the Bends.

    Recent evaluation of a captured German Messerschmitt Bf.109G-5, a type now being used by several groups in Western Europe, revealed that they installed a rudimentary pressurization system in the airplane to help their pilots deal with the altitude and both the RAF and USAAF were now looking into similar modifications in several of their existing aircraft to provide some help as well. Kelsey was pressing even harder than others because he knew that the well pressurized B-29 would soon be entering combat and it would need a Very Long Range Escort that could operate with it for long duration at high altitude.

    Both Republic and North American were busy developing updated versions of their flagship fighters, the P-47 and P-51 respectively, for this purpose. The increasing success of the P-38 as a high-altitude escort over the past few months, however, had made Kelsey start to re-think Republic’s involvement. He felt the Lightning was proving to be a superior escort than the Thuderbolt and would require fewer modifications to achieve the long-range requirements of the B-29. All it needed was a reduction in its fuel requirements—something that was promised with the P-38J—and the possibility of partial cabin pressurization.

    Maybe it was time for a visit to Lockheed.
     
    Last edited:
    Ch.25 - At Years End (Dec 1943)
  • 16 December 1943
    Burbank, California, USA


    “And the cold battery problems?”

    Lt. Col. Kelsey had followed through with his plan to visit California to coordinate with Lockheed on their various fighter projects, chief among them the XP-80 and the P-38. He was now in a small board room at Lockheed headquarters in Burbank with Bob Gross, Hall Hibbard, Kelly Johnson, Milo Burcham, and a handful of USAAF and War Department liaisons to have an open discussion on Lockheed’s progress and the Army Air Forces’ changing needs.

    Hibbard addressed his question, “We are moving the battery pack to mount it transversely in the gondola luggage compartment, here,” he slid the drawing across the table to Kelsey, “in the section between the flaps. We will have to increase the access panel size to accommodate and add some bracing for the weight but this arrangement will allow us to vent heat from the rear cockpit into the battery compartment and keep it from getting cold soaked. The slight forward shift in the center of gravity is corrected by moving the main oxygen tank in the left boom twenty-two inches aft and the second oxygen tank by six inches.”

    “When can we expect these changes?”

    “They are being added to the Nineteen-Forty-Three orders, so they will be on the line in a few weeks as part of Block-Twenty. Without the need to paint all the airplanes now, you should receive the first delivery of them no later than mid-January.”

    “Any other changes with that production block?”

    “Nothing major. We are adding a secondary switching system for the Emergency Fuel Booster pumps into the Throttle controls to automatically turn on the over-speed-boosters when throttles are advanced to Take-Off/Military-Power or better. This should get rid of any fuel pressure losses under high-power even if the pilot fails to turn on the Emergency system. Other than that, the Block-Twenties will be the same as the Block-Eighteens.”

    Satisfied, Kelsey turned to Johnson, “What about the XP-80?”

    Kelsey had been out at Muroc a few weeks prior to watch some ground and taxi tests of Lockheed’s new Jet and he was amazed at how quickly Johnson and his team had pulled the aircraft together. It was a sleek and simple design, nowhere near as radical as Johnson’s L-133 proposal from a couple years ago, but its simplicity is what made it so attractive. While he was there, though, the program ran into a problem when the engine sucked up some debris from the runway and blew itself apart. The last Kelsey heard was that they were trying to get a replacement from England.

    “We’re still waiting for that damn engine.” Johnson was never one to mince words.

    Hall explained, “De Havilland has only one other Halford engine so we need to wait for them to send it over. It is on its way and as long it doesn’t get held up in customs again we should have it before the end of the year.”

    “Once the engine arrives,” Milo Burcham interjected, “I will be going back out to Muroc for flight tests.”

    The men continued their conversation, covering the various aspects of the upcoming tests and addressing the statuses of their projects. Their test pilots were being kept quite busy with the various platforms. Burcham was focused on the XP-80 with Ralph Virden providing additional support. The recently returned Tony LeVier was taking over the P-38J testing and development program. Ralph Virden, Junior, like his father a Lockheed test pilot, was out in Nashville to help them run tests on their P-38 two-seater with Jimmie Mattern.

    “The tests have been positive, so far. Jimmie says that the airplane is a little tail heavy but that they are ballasting it out to improve ground handling. They haven’t run full performance tests yet—they are waiting to get it properly leveled first.” Burcham knew his test pilots well and their capabilities.

    “What about the Jay?”

    Hibbard once more took over.

    “The F29 engines are all set and installed in four aircraft. To get properly sized water tanks installed we had to shorten the Leading Edge fuel cells by two stations, reducing their capacity by about ten gallons each, but this allows for fifteen gallon water tanks for each engine without impeding maintenance access.”

    “If the tanks are in the leading edge won’t there still be temperature issues? Why not move them behind the main spar?”

    “By moving into the fuel space we have kept the water tanks behind the leading edge, same as the fuel cells. Between this and properly insulating the lines we should avoid condensation issues.” Hibbard continued, “We can’t move them behind the main spar because all of the J-Models have been fitted out with Culver’s Dive Recovery Flaps, so that space is used up by the machinery to operate the flaps. Farther outboard, between the main spar and the ailerons, we have added the new boosted aileron systems, so that space is used up too.”

    One of the War Production Board liaisons spoke up for the first time, “are those necessary? It sounds like extra cost for not much gain.”

    The Lockheed staff sat silently looking at the man as though he were a talking a duck from some cartoon. Kelsey decided he could best put the accountant’s fears to rest.

    “Absolutely necessary. The enemy are moving ahead of us with some of their latest and the P-38 needs those systems to re-gain its edge. The last thing any of us want is for our young, American, boys to suffer because their airplane can’t do what they need it to.” He turned to Hibbard, “Any idea when production will sufficient to add these to the current line?”

    Hall cleared his throat, “We are already beginning to stockpile the Dive Flap actuators as they trickle in. Since we aren’t sending field modification kits to the fronts, we expect we should have enough to overcome production short comings no later than February. At least, enough for one line. It may be another month or so after that before we can get both lines adding them—I can’t speak for when Bell can do it.”

    “Sir, if I may?” Major Beeson, one of Kelsey’s subordinates in the Fighter Branch, got Kelsey’s attention, “if we want the flaps available sooner, what if we take the burden off the factory?”

    “What are you proposing, Major?”

    “Could we have Lockheed and their sub-contractors send the kits to the Modification Center in Texas for installation before sending the planes out to their groups, Sir?”

    Kelsey considered it. “Not a bad idea, Major. Mister Hibbard, Mister Gross, if you have no objections I’d like to leave Major Beeson here with you to work out the details.”

    “That’s fine.”

    Hibbard continued with the P-38J update.

    “The Hamilton-Standard and Curtiss three-blade jobs are ready and the Aeroproducts four-blade just arrived—we’re working on installing them right now. Curtiss has not finished their four-blade design yet but they have assured us it is on the way.”

    “Have you looked into pressurization again?”

    “We are starting to. We already have a preliminary design but it needs a lot of refinement. The system will be similar to the one we experimented with a few years back in the P-38A. Like that and XC-35, we would use bleed air from the turbos to provide pressure to the cockpit. It will use small diameter lines split after the inter-coolers and run up in the machinery space between the reserve tanks and the radiator outlets.”

    Hibbard handed more drawings to Kelsey. These were rough schematics showing the installation and a pressure-system representational diagram illustrating the components of the system.

    “The ducts then run aft to either side of the forward gear compartment and up to the lower portion of what is now the battery compartment. Here will be the cockpit pressure regulator. The regulator combines the two bleed lines and a supplementary oxygen line and releases directly into the cockpit. A small pressure bulkhead will be directly behind this with a pressure release valve which will vent through the bottom to one side of the ladder.

    “A second pressure bulkhead will need to be installed in place of the existing firewall between the instrument panel and the nose compartment. The rest of the semi-monocoque will be its own pressure vessel—we just need to ensure all the seams are tight enough to hold the pressure.

    “The Canopy is another problem area. We will have to replace the whole thing to ensure a tight seal. Kelly has lent us the drawings for the one-piece bubble from the XP-80, but it is far too small to fit on the P-38. We have tried a couple different solutions and we think we are close to finding one that will work but it will require entirely new molds. Sealing will be handled by using a modified version of the existing rolling-lock style sliding canopy but bolstered with semi-inflated rubber tube gaskets.

    “In all we are expecting it to net at least 300 pounds of extra weight and, depending on how much pressure we take from the induction system, will also reduce the Critical Altitude by a few thousand feet. Of course, those are just estimates based on the initial design.”

    Once more the War Department questioned the need for the extra cost and complexity of the system. The mounting successes of the 8th Air Force in Europe ever since the P-38s started to provide round-trip escort proved to everyone’s satisfaction that escorts are needed and with the ever increasing ranges and altitudes at which operations were taking place the only way future bombers can be protected is with fighters whose pilots are comfortable and fully conscious for the entire trip.

    With their cases made, Lockheed received authorization to move forward with installing the new pressurization system on a test aircraft and to develop the new canopy.

    “Any other changes to the Jay?”

    “A few. We are already making some additional changes to the planes getting the four blade props and—if they work—we’ll be going back and doing the same for the other two before we send them your way.”

    “What kind of changes?”

    ====================================
    28 December 1943
    Lockheed Air Terminal
    Burbank, California, USA


    Ralph Virden was on holiday for the week, so it was left to Tony LeVier to take the latest variant of the P-38J up for a test. The plane was already prepared, fueled, and had its nose filled with ballast in place of the guns which will eventually fill it out. It sat it the P-38’s customary semi-reclined stance with its new larger propeller spinners pointing to their target in the sky. These new spinners were interrupted now not with three but with four broad bladed propeller blades.

    Tony was given the fifth pre-production J-Model known internally to Lockheed as Model 722-120-7, production serial number 722-1005. This particular airplane was recently fitted with new Aeroproducts Unimatic four-blade constant speed high-activity propellers. They only increased the disc area by a few percent but the increased swept area and geometry of the blades promised to capture the power of the new F29 water-injected engines.

    Like all new P-38s coming out of the factory, this one was largely unpainted. Only the blue roundel emblazoned with the white star and flanked with the blue-outlined white bars of the AAF broke the sheen of the lightly polished “natural aluminum” of the booms. The tail was marked in simple black stencil with the Air Corp service number, “328252,” and the nose repeated the “252” identifier. The inboard sides of engine nacelles and the top of the nose were painted in Olive Drab “antiglare” panels.

    After his walk around, egress to the cockpit was the same. This airplane still had the same three-piece sliding canopy as all of the Model 422 aircraft even though Tony was recently informed that a new two piece (front windscreen and one-piece “bubble”) was in the works. It was when he sat down that all of the changes became apparent.

    The cockpit, for the first time in Tony’s experience, was a proper Fighter cockpit.

    The installation of the hydraulically boosted ailerons removed the need to use two hands to roll the airplane at high speeds so Lockheed finally replaced the cumbersome off-set control column and steering-wheel-like yoke with a single, centrally mounted, stick. The hand grip was a simple modification of the right hand grip from the late model H airplanes, being ergonomically designed with a thumb-rest to the left and canted slight forward on its bend stick post.

    The front of the grip had a red safety cover which the pilot could flip up to access the combined gun and cannon trigger behind it. The trigger safety doubled as the master Armament switch so that when it is flipped up it turns on the master gun circuits—replacing the old Armament switch which was on the old control column. At the top of the stick was a round red button which releases the external stores from the main hard points when they are properly armed. This switch also changes the operation of the trigger by switching the circuit to release whatever ordnance is fitted to the new outer-wing hard points—intended primarily for the new 5-inch Forward Firing Aerial Rockets but they can also be set up with shackles for small 100 pound or 250 pound bombs.

    To make room for the stick in the center of the cockpit, the oxygen regulator and gauge were moved to the right of the cockpit, similar to where it was in other single-seat fighters—right where Tony was used to seeing the flap lever.

    The flap lever was now mounted on the side of the Engine Control module, where the elevator trim tab was on the P-38F and G models. This arrangement would allow the pilot to manage all of the essential flight controls with his left hand while keeping his right hand on the stick.

    The Engine Control module was the other big change in this particular aircraft—it was the first installation of the new Unit Engine Control jointly developed by Allison and Lockheed. While its use of simple spring-pins to lock the controls together was similar to the system in the P-47 its actual function was far more advanced and allowed for a non-linear interlinking of the Throttle, Speed, and Mixture controls.

    The system, which Tony had helped refine with his feedback from pilots in England, used an ingenious series of stepped gears, bell-cranks, and pushrods, to act as a mechanical computer to proportionally adjust propeller speed and mixture automatically when the main throttle levers are moved. It can also be independently disengaged for each side so that the engines can still be set fully manually as always.

    When the pins are released from their unlocked (un-coupled) position they force the main interlink gear to lock on to the throttle lever extensions in the unit box. As the throttles are advanced past the approximate position for 31 inHG manifold pressure it then engages the first engine speed cog which begins to advance the propeller levers at about 114 engine R.P.M per inch of M.P. advancement up to 2000 R.P.M. at 34.5 inHg M.P. when it tightens the ratio to just under 98 R.P.M per inch. This continues until Maximum Cruise engine settings are reached at about 2300 R.P.M. and 37.7 inHg M.P. when the crank engages a push rod which moves the mixture levers forward from AUTO LEAN into AUTO RICH, before continuing with a proportional advancement of about 51 R.P.M. per inch. Once the throttle is in the 54 inHg position and the engine speed lever is in the 3000 R.P.M. position a gap in the gear prevents the RPMs from moving any farther. This gap lasts until the throttles move past 60 inHg M.P. when it re-engages the engine speed control at 12.5 R.P.M per inch M.P. and, if the Water Injection switch on the side of the unit is flipped, ON, engages the Water Injection system. This it keeps all the way to the stop at 3200 R.P.M. and 76 inHg M.P. To prevent over-speeding the engine even if the throttles are pushed beyond their stops, the interlink is smooth beyond 3200 R.P.M.

    One interesting feature touted by the engineers, which Tony was planning on trying out today, was that at any of set step-changes the system can engage the interlock spring pins. So, if the engine was under manual control at 2200 R.P.M. and only 30 inches of Manifold Pressure, the pilot can re-engage the automatic system by releasing the spring-pin, moving the R.P.M. to one of the set positions—such as 2300 R.P.M.—then push the throttle up as normal. When the throttle reaches the correct position to correspond to the set engine speed the interlock will automatically re-connect and the entire system acts a unit again whether the throttles are advanced or retarded. This should allow the system to automatically engage when the pilot first sets the engines for take-off.

    With the interlock engaged in the LOCK position, Tony reached for the throttle handles just to get a feel for the resistance the new system would impart on the lever movement. The throttle handles themselves were no longer the simple red Bakelite balls but now the left was a stunted cylinder shape, angled up slightly to the plane of movement, and the right was a similar grip extending on the same line. Where the two grips came together a stepped notch cut from the top left of the right handle and a similar one on the lower right of the left handle allowed them to entirely overlap, simplifying the ergonomics of moving both throttles together. On the front of the right throttle handle was now the microphone button for the radio, pressed with either of the left hand’s first two fingers, and on the end of the handle was another button—pressed with the thumb—which activates the new Dive Recovery Flaps. In combat, the pilot can now keep his left hand on the throttles and the right on the stick.

    Tony pushed the throttle levers forward, feeling the changes in gearing. The throttle movement was a little heavier now but no worse than if he had turned up the resistance on the lever. All of the interlinks now ensure that the levers will not be able to easily change position and shake loose, so the old and customary lever resistance adjuster is now absent from the unit. Where he expected, the resistance increased slightly as the radio stepped down. Again, at where he suspected 38 inHg and 2300 RPM would be, resistance momentary increased as a slight movement in the throttle forced the mixture control lever to move forward into AUTO RICH, after which it again lightened up slightly.

    He continued this all the way forward to the stops, noting how the changes is resistance will give the pilot tactile feedback of where the engines are in their power range without having to closely monitor the instruments. Another possible advantage in combat.

    Tony pulled out the pre-flight checklist, hand written by Ralph Virden for the flight. Tony never used these before becoming a Lockheed test pilot and they still made him feel more than a little patronized but after some pilots had missed steps a couple times Milo Burcham made all of his pilots use the lists.

    (1) Battery switch OFF if battery cart is used. ON if cart is not used. (No cart, today, so Tony switched on the battery).
    (2) Turn the manual tank selector valves to RESERVE.
    (3) Fuel Selector Override switches OFF (down).
    (4) Oxygen pressure 400 to 450 lb/sq in. (Tony saw #252 registered about 410 psi).
    (5) Unit Engine Control interlock spring-pins UNLOCKED. (This was the new one, Tony slid the two pins over and back to secure them into the UNLOCKED position).
    (6) Throttles 1/10 OPEN (3/4 inch).
    (7) Propeller control INC RPM. (Full Forward).
    (8) (This airplane does not use propeller control switches, the propellers will always operate in AUTO CONST. SPEED).(9) (This airplane does not have feathering switches—see below).
    (10) Mixture IDLE CUTOFF.
    (11) Oil cooler flap switches AUTOMATIC.
    (12) Coolant radiator flap switches AUTOMATIC.
    (13) Intercooler exit shutter switches AUTOMATIC.
    (14) Intercooler inlet shutter switches AUTOMATIC.
    (15) Generator switches ON.
    (16) Inverter switch ON
    (17) Armament safety switch CLOSED (irrelevant since there were no guns installed, but Tony checked it any way).
    (18) Fuel quantity adequate. Check the fuel level in outer wing tanks by pressing the low level test button on the auxiliary fuel control switch box.
    (19) Carburetor air filters AS REQUIRED. (It was a dusty day in the valley, so Tony moved the lever to open the filter doors).
    (20) Clock and altimeter set.

    With the pre-flight checks complete, Tony signaled the ground crew to turn over the propellers then flipped up both Priming/Oil Dilution switches to the ON position. With that he tested his booster pumps and checked all of his fuel levels. After confirming his pressures were good with the boosters in both NORMAL and EMERGENCY, he flipped the speed control back to NORMAL. The new Unit Engine Control module was already fitted with the automatic booster speed EMERGENCY override so, if all went well, he would not need to worry about manually switching back to EMERGENCY for Take-Off or his high power tests.

    Tony flipped the master ignition switch forward to ON then turned the left hand ignition switch to BOTH magnetos. He held the left hand starter switch to ENER and listened for the inertial starter to get up to speed then pressed the switch forward to START. The new Allison F29L engine sputtered and fired. Tony pushed the mixture up to AUTO RICH and the engine roared to life.

    The broad blades turned smoothly with only the quietest slap through the air as they came up to speed, nowhere near the sound of the long bladed Hamilton-Standard he flew in the original P-38J model test bed the past summer. The new propeller was subtly, but perceptibly, slower than Tony was used to—enough that he had to glance down to confirm the engine was running at a good idle around 1400 RPM. Once his oil pressures were stable and the engine running steady he repeated the start process for the right side.

    Keying the new microphone button on the throttle handle, he tested his radio with a short check to the tower, “Burbank Tower, Lightning Two-Five-Two. Radio check.”

    “Lightning Two-Five-Two, Tower, Receiving you Five-by-Five.”

    With his radio check complete he continued with the other systems tests Ralph listed out in his checklist.

    a. Extend and retract the flaps to check the operation of the hydraulic system. When both engines are operating at 1400 RPM, fifteen to twenty seconds in the normal extension time; twenty-five seconds is the normal extension time if only one engine is operating at 1400 RPM.
    b. Check for normal fuel pressure 16 to 18 lb/sq in. with fuel booster pump speed control switches in NORMAL. Check for idling pressure of 9 lb/sq in.
    c. Increase RPM to 2300.
    (1) Synchronize the RH (right-hand) propeller to match the left using propeller lever Vernier knob.
    (2) Check propeller control levers DEC RPM then INC RPM (full forward).
    (3) Check magnetos. Maximum normal drop, 100 RPM after shifting from BOTH to either LEFT or RIGHT magneto. Engine must run smoothly on either magneto.
    (4) With the generator switches ON, check the voltmeter for approximately 28 volts and the anmeters for charge.
    (5) Check operation of the turbo-superchargers by opening the throttles individually to take-off power.

    The propeller tests were of particular interest. The Unimatic created for the P-38 was a first for the Aeroproducts Propeller Company (Tony and the others had started simplifying the name to just “Aeroprop.”); it was their first fully feathering system. To get the propeller to feather the pilot pulls the propeller speed control lever all the way to DEC RPM and moves it through a detent which engages a step in the control cable. In the propeller hub, when the cable is moved through its step, all of the oil is bled from one side of the hydraulic piston which allows the pressure on the other side to force the propeller past its normal 63° pitch stop and all the way to 89°. Unlike the Hamilton-Standard “Hydromatic” system, which uses oil pressure from the engine, since the Aeroprop “Unimatic” has its own hydraulic system the propeller can be feathered even with a complete loss of engine oil pressure and unlike the Electric propellers, they will still be able to operate even in the event of electrical failure. They have the best of both worlds.

    One idea Tony had heard discussed was being able to make the Aeroprop and Curitss propellers modular, regardless of which system was originally installed in the airplane. His understanding was that in order to do so, all of the planes would be pre-wired for the Electric system and have the manual pitch control cables pre-run. Switching from the Aeroprop to the Curtiss, then, would require installing the propeller control circuit breakers, Propeller Selector Switches, and installing the new propeller hub assembly. Instead of having a separate procedure for feathering, the Electric propellers will include a switch to initiate full feathering when the speed controls are moved through the detent to FEATHER.

    Once the engines were good and warmed up, Tony set off.

    Taxiing was the same as it always was with all of pumping the brakes to maintain pressure causing the airplane to dip and rock as it moved. Once he was on the line and given clearance to take off, Tony lowed his flaps half way and checked his engine settings one last time to make certain they were ready to engage the Unit Engine Control. While standing on the brakes with mixtures in AUTO RICH, he advanced his RPMs to 3000, then slapped the two interlink spring-pins forward out of their UNLOCK position. They gave a loud clink as their springs pushed the interlinks against the throttle lever connections. He pulled the RPMs back a little to confirm the interlinks were not yet fully locked then pushed them back up to 3000.

    Tony tightened the oxygen mask around his face then wrapped his left hand around both throttle handles. Their new angle, just under 30 degrees from the horizontal, was very natural and with the two perfectly overlapped they really felt link a single unit. He pushed them up, listening as the turbos started to whistle with their increased pressure. The broad propellers chewed the air, their thrust fighting against the brakes. The entire airplane fought to lurch forward, pulling at the tether Tony was holding on it. When his manifolds were showing about 54”Hg he felt a short vibration pass into his left hand as the interlink locked in place.

    He let the airplane lose.

    The P-38 launched down the runway, the new engines and propellers paying to heed to added weight in the airplane. Tony watched his Airspeed climb and before he knew it the airplane was ready to rotate. A slight back-pressure on the stick, a movement less pronounced than it ever was with the yoke, and the 252’s nose lifted clear followed immediately by the main gear as the powerful Unimatic propellers pulled the Lightning into the sky.

    When he lifted the gear there was a nibble on the stick. He knew from his previous flights in aircraft with the aileron boosters that this was normal and expected as the gear actuators used most of the pressure from the hydraulic system. Once he heard the electrical hum of the hydraulics stop and the gear position indicator lights turned off there was another nibble on the stick and Tony knew he had fully boosted ailerons again.

    Clear of the field and all the nearby obstacles, Tony turned East to climb over the mountains and go to the empty desert beyond San Bernardino. He pulled the throttles back to 40” for the climb and was happy to see the engine speeds both come down to about 2400 RPM. The Unit Engine Control was working perfectly.

    ====================================
    30 December 1943
    Western Union Branch Office
    Wayne County, Illinois, USA


    XXXXXXX FAIRFIELD ILL DEC 30 1943 316PM
    HEIDINGER HOMESTEAD=
    :CAPT J.A.HEIDINGER
    JIM SURPRISE AWAITING AT YOUR NEXT STATION=
    FLOWERS MAY BE SENT TO MRS ALOYSIA LEVIER / 3964 MISSION AVE / ESCONDIDO CALIF=
    HAPPY NEW YEAR=
    :TONY LEVIER==
     
    Ch.26 - Opening Argument (28-29 Jan 1944)
  • 28 January 1944
    HQ, VIII Bomber Command, 8 AF
    Daws Hill, High Wycombe, England


    The Jeep bounced Captain Robert Welsh around in his seat as it traveled the broken English roads. The route from Bushy Park, Teddington, London to VIII Bomber Command HQ at Daws Hill in High Wycombe was a winding one and took the better part of a hour even though it was only 30 miles. Still, his driver was making decent time and Welsh would be to Daws Hill in plenty of time to deliver his package.

    That package was secure in a green accordion folder locked safely in the briefcase Captain Welsh held tightly in his lap. It was routine but essential to the war effort and would determine, or at least inform, the strategic actions planned for the next week and could possibly influence the course of the war. Captain Welsh was a Meteorologist assigned to the 18th Weather Squadron and his task this day was to deliver the next week’s weather forecast to the mission planners at VIII Bomber Command.

    They turned up a narrow lane and were stopped by MPs guarding the entrance to the estate. After passing his papers and ID over they were waved on, one of the guards lifting the boom gate to let the Jeep pass. After driving past low hedges and old brick houses the road turned to an open view of the manicured lawn of what used to be the Wycombe Abbey School. Down a slight valley, nestled between the rolling hills of the property was the main complex of the Abbey School, known officially to the U.S. Expeditionary Forces as PINETREE.

    Driving past the 18th Century Gothic Revival façade of the Abbey School, the pair in the small Jeep followed the road as it curved up a small rise to arrive at the accommodations of Daws Hill House. Looking back, Welsh saw the Abbey School standing squat but proud on its centuries old foundations. The front of the building was partially covered in the climbing ivy which made many of the rural English manor houses so picturesque and idyllic to their “Colonial” visitors.

    Once inside, after passing his credentials off to several more MPs, he was asked to wait outside of what he assumed was once a dining hall where a conference of Eighth Air Force brass was already in progress. Major General Doolittle, just arrived a month earlier from his former command in Italy to replace Major General Anderson as chief of VIII Bomber Command, was outlining his plan for Operation Argument to Lieutenant General Eaker, Commander of the Eighth Air Force. Welsh could hear bits of the conversation through the wood panel doors.

    “…Africa we broke the German defense by killing their air support; I plan to do the same here. I have already issued orders to change our escort policy to free the fighters to hunt the enemy before they come to the bombers. Our Fighters Wings have three Groups of P-38s with a fourth nearly combat ready and a group of new long-range P-51s with a second Group converting from P-47s. That gives us over 400 long range escorts that can take the fight to the enemy in their own airspace. Supported by seven groups of P-47s to cover penetration and return plus P-38s and P-51s of the Ninth Air Force, and more from the Twelfth and Fifteenth in Italy, and we have the advantage in fighter strength. All we need to do is force the enemy into the air and that’s what the bombers are for.”

    “You mean target their Airfields?”

    “Airfields, manufacturing, and logistics. I’m talking about destroying the entire chain of materiel that makes the Luftwaffe possible. Every single target—primary and secondary—is prioritized by how essential it is for the enemy to maintain air power of any kind. If the German Air Defense Force chooses to ride it out, they’ll find their supply lines expended; if they sortie to stop the bombers our fighter superiority destroys them in the air.”

    “OK, Jim, show me the details.”

    Over the next half-hour Gen. Doolittle and his staff laid out the details of the operation to the Commanding General. They called out the highest priority targets and those which were most likely to attract a strong defensive response in the enemy. They discussed coordination with the Ninth (tactical) Airforce and with their counterparts in Italy. Then the subject turned to the RAF.

    “If we can get them on board we can keep the pressure up day-and-night. Right now Harris is resistant.”

    Eaker already had a solution to that, “I’ll take it up with Portal, he can get Harris on board. How soon can you start the Operation?”

    “As soon as the orders are issued and the weather cooperates. Colonel Tillman, has your man from the Weather Service arrived yet?”

    Captain Welsh was asked to come inside and give his report.

    “The low pressure system,” he began, indicating the locations of the systems mentioned in the report on the planning map pinned to an easel board at one end of the table, “that has caused extreme gales and rain in the North and West is expected to continue east toward Norway over the next few days. This will coincide with the arrival of a high pressure anticyclone arriving from the south-west over southern and eastern England. We expect locally unsettled weather where the associated troughs of the systems meet, predominately over Scotland and the Shetlands but there may be some scattered showers and local gales periodically in central and eastern England over the next week.

    “Weather over the Continent will be similar but following several days later, moderating as usual when the systems move farther inland. In the north, the current bad weather we have experienced will likely bring icy gales and the possibility of snow as it moves over the North Sea and into Scandinavia. This could possibly create poor weather conditions as far south as Denmark and the north German coast. Western and Northern France will continue to have scattered fog with increased chance of rain as the high pressure system moves up along the west coast.

    “These systems are expected to cause the areas over the Ruhr and Rhine Valleys and central Germany to be largely overcast but if temperatures moderate we may see some breaks during the mid-afternoons.”

    He knew it was not the best weather outlook but he concluded with the good news.

    “In all, we expect a period of seven to ten days beginning tomorrow of fair to favorable conditions for operations from eastern England and over much of Western Europe.”

    ============================


    29 January 1944
    18.(Sturm)/JG 1
    Dortmund, Westphalia, Prussia, Greater German Reich


    When Schnellkampfgeschwader 10 was broken up in October with its constituent groups scattered to other wings, III Gruppe was rolled into Schlachtgeschwader 4 in Northern Italy to continue their close air support for the beleaguered Heer units holding the Gustav Line. Rather than continue defending Italy, Oberleutnant Gerhard Limberg had volunteered out of close air support and into an experimental bomber hunting force organized by Major Hans-Günter von Kornatzki for Reichsverteidigung, The Defense of the Reich.

    The unit, Sturmstaffel 1, was given Focke-Wulf 190A-6 aircraft which were modified with heavy 5cm armor plating and additional twin MG 151/20 canon pods under wings and called the A-6 Rüstsatz 1 (A-6/R1). Limberg had taken part in the initial trials of the modified FW-190 fighters and was present when the decision was made to replace the twin-canon pods with single MK 108 30mm canons in the wings to make the A-6/R2. The experiments continued to improve the armament and armor of the airplanes, adapting it into true Pulk-Zerstörer—a bomber-formation destroyer—while the pilots were trained to undertake highly aggressive attacks in formation from the rear of the American Viermots.

    Kornatzki’s unit was formed at just the right time. On October 14th the groups with their twin-engine Zerstörer fighters were surprised and decimated by the unexpected presence of Limberg’s old Mediterranean nemesis, the American Lightning fighters, which stayed with the bombers their entire time over Germany. Even the regular fighter units, expecting easy prey in the bombers, were startled by the American fighter presence and suffered dearly for it. Many of the pilots defending the Reich that day had never seen, much less fought, Der Gabelschwanz Teufel before and they had learned the hard way what their countrymen in North Africa and Italy had discovered over the previous year—it was not a regular twin-engine heavy fighter. Jäger veterans were calling the day Teufelstag, “Devil’s Day,” while the Zerstörergruppen crews that survived had an even darker name for the day, Schwarz Donnerstag, “Black Thursday.”

    The failure of the Zerstörer against American fighters had prompted the hurried deployment of the heavily armed Focke-Wulfs, called Sturmböcke, and the official withdrawal of the heavy fighters from daylight operations. Now, only the Sturmstaffeln and regular Jägerstaffeln stood between the ever growing American bomb forces and the Vaterland.

    Oberleutnant Limberg and his newly arrived FW-190A-6/R4—which added GM-1 gas boost for extra power—with his unit, Sturmstaffel I, had been reassigned as a subordinate squadron in the I Gruppe, Jagdgeschwader 1, the famed Oesau Wing, under the command of Major Rudolf-Emil Schnoor in Dortmund as 18.(Sturm)/JG I with Major Kornatzki remaining as Staffelkapitän. Their first sortie had been a failure, being unable to find the bombers, but on their second Oberleutnant Ottmar Zehart had gotten a Fortress. After that, the past two-weeks had seen poor weather and rather quiet skies, without an opportunity for the 18 Sturmstaffel pilots to fully test their mettle against the American bombers but the weather was clearing and the Staffel was on high alert for the expected American incursion.

    Even this day was completely overcast. The sky a heavy grey blanket over the rolling Prussian countryside. The weather report of the day noted that it was just a low ceiling, that above 1,000 meters the skies were perfectly clear, calm, and crisply chilled. Recent American activity had shown that even a complete obscuration of the target will no longer prevent them trying to raid—that they must have some new technology which allows them to bomb through the clouds—so even with the solid ceiling of clouds the Gruppe was in full readiness to sortie.

    Shortly before lunch, the phone in the operations center rang. Limberg and the other pilots all stopped whatever miscellaneous tasks were keeping them occupied to listen to the group commander’s side of the conversation.

    Ja. Six thousand five hundred and seven thousand meters, heading 150, South-West of Hamburg. Ja, we can meet them near Hanover or Brunswick.” There was a pause. “Jawohl. Heil Hitler.”

    Major Schnoor ordered the alarm raised. It was a call for all of the pilots to scramble to their aircraft and for the ground crews to get them running and warmed up so to save time in getting airborne. The dozen or so pilots that had been in the center with him grabbed their flight gear as he filled them in on the attack.

    “Twenty minutes ago coast defense in Cuxhaven spotted a large formation of Veirmots coming south-east from the North Sea. They estimate around 400 Fortresses followed by about 300 Liberators twenty minutes behind them. They were heading toward Berlin but just a few minutes ago they turned south toward Brunswick. If they hit Brunswick we should be able to catch them during or just after their attack but their targets could be anywhere on a line Hanover to Dresden with Halle likely. First Group is supposed to climb immediately to intercept them in the Hanover or Brunswick area.”

    With that they all ran from the building to their planes scattered around the aerodrome. Many of the airplanes were already rumbling with life. The three planes of the Stabschwarm and the eight planes of the Sturmstaffel were parked closest to the operations center and sleeping tents while those of the other three fighter squadrons were spread out around the entire perimeter of the field. Limberg’s new Sturmbock, White-8, was only a hundred meters away, painted in mottled shades of grey with the lower cowling a flash of yellow to identify JG 1 and the black and white fuselage bands unique to the Sturmstaffeln and loaded with a fully fueled belly tank.

    He arrived just as his crew chief fired up the BMW radial, the airplane vanishing for a moment in a cloud of smoke spewing from under the cowl before the propeller gained speed and cleared the air. Limberg hopped onto the wing as the chief clambered from the cockpit. The man helped Limberg get his parachute on and then get him settled in the seat and strapped in as the engine warmed up.

    The airplanes started to takeoff down the runway in ones and twos, each plane leaving as soon as it and its pilot was ready. Limberg waited for a gap and taxied in, lining up for his own take off next to Major Kornatzki in White-1 with its closed loop ZY antenna setting the lead plane apart from the others. Once clear, he pushed the single throttle handle forward, the Automatic Engine Control handling the electro-mechanical calculations to match engine speed, propeller pitch and speed, mixture, and magneto timing to the throttle position.

    White-8 and White-1, side-by-side, accelerated down the runway. The heavy Sturmbock aircraft took longer to get airborne than the regular Jäger planes but it was still better than hauling bombs and fuel as he was used to in his old Jabo plane. In a short time, however, he felt his tail lift and the horizon turned up in his windscreen. Limberg waited for another few dozen km/h speed before the entire airplane started to float on the runway then pulled back on the simple control stick between his knees. White-8 left the ground with a little waggle and he pressed the button to raise the alighting gear.

    As the rest of the Gruppe gained the air the different squadrons started to organize above the low cloud cover and climb to the east. Limberg counted 38 planes that managed to get up with the alarm, including all 8 Sturmböcke. The Sturmstaffel organized into a two Schwärme of two Rotten. Each Rotte was a pair of airplanes, a lead and a partner. In a normal Jagdrotte the lead would be the primary hunter while the partner would simply cover the lead and watch for other enemy aircraft. In the Sturmstaffel, however, all eight planes would fly together to attack the bomber Pulk as a unit, breaking into their smaller pairs only if absolutely necessary. Limberg moved White-8 into his assigned position as the Lead of the second Rotte in Blau-Schwarm. Major Schoor radioed brief instructions for the interception to the pilots so that each man would know where to go and how to attack.

    “We are going to Brunswick. The American bombers are around seven-thousand meters altitude, heading one-hundred-fifty degrees. We have about two-hundred kilometers to go and need to be there in thirty minutes, so plan your climb to maintain a speed of four-hundred. Climb to seven-thousand-five-hundred meters and attack from above. The Jagdstaffeln will lead the group and engage any enemy fighters, the Sturmstaffel will target the bombers.”

    “Did they spot the escorts?”

    “No, be we can expect them to be amongst the bombers. I expect no fewer than two-hundred escorts but they will be spread out. Several other Jagdgruppen will be intercepting as well, so keep an eye for our aircraft. From here we are on radio silence unless the situation changes.”

    The long distance made the climb easy and shallow, the airplanes far from being taxed as the group formed up and raced to the planned intercept. This was Limberg’s first sortie in direct defense of the Fatherland and he was anxious to show Major Kornatzki that allowing him into the Staffel was the right choice. His record in the Mediterranean was good, with hundreds of sorties including a few when he was able to use the limited firepower of his Jabo to take out American and British fighters and two American Marauders. Kornatzki had accepted him into the unit, though, not for his aerial victories but because of his skill in handling over-loaded Focke-Wulfs—experience he was able to share with the more experienced light Jäger pilots and proven bomber-killers in the unit.

    They were a little more than fifteen minutes into their flight, just climbing past 5,000 meters and well outside the typical American escort circle, when Leutnant Hans Albrecht in 3 Staffel was hit. Limberg did not see it happen but the alarm called out on the radio, “Yellow-Three, Vorsicht! Indianern Six o’Clock high!”

    Limberg looked behind the group to see a swarm of American Lightnings diving down from directly behind them. Two Focke-Wulfs were already going down in flames and the rest were scattering.

    Jäger Red-One, Jagdstaffeln, engage the fighters. Sturmstaffel find the bombers!”

    Limberg pushed his throttles forward with the rest of the Sturmstaffel, all hoping to escape the speeding Lightnings, but he knew that their only hope would be that all of the Americans turn to engage the Jägers. He risked looking back again to watch the Americans as they maneuvered into the fray of fighters. There looked to be only a score or so of the big twin-tailed Americans, their noses white over their green camouflage and with large white circles on their tails. Seeing that they were so out-numbered by his own compatriots gave him heart that his Staffel may just escape.

    He looked forward again, scanning the skies above for any sign of the American bomber herd. The ground directors must have been mistaken on the bombers’ route and position, they must have turned farther south than reported. With the escorts here already, he knew the bombers had to be nearby.

    Sturm Red-Four, more Gabelschwantzen eight high!”

    Limberg saw them. Another twenty P-38s were coming down, breaking out of their clustered formation into smaller Schwärme of four planes. About half of them were angled to pass over the rest of the fighting and were turning to cut off the Sturmstaffel.

    Sturm Blue-Three,” Limberg warned the Staffel, “Indianern coming to us, Eight-O’clock. We cannot out-pace them.”

    Sturm Red-One, release belly-tanks; we will have to fight our way out. Sturmjäger aircraft, form a defensive circle.”

    The eight Sturmböcke turned left in a line while dropping their external fuel tanks and continued until their entire formation was one large circle, each airplane separated by a hundred meters or so from the next so that each pilot was covered from the rear while providing cover to the plane in front of him. The tactic worked well, for the most part, as it limited the enemy to quick vertical passes and prevented them from being able to get in and take their time dismantling the circle.

    Sure enough, upon seeing the forming luftbery, most of the American planes turned wide and pulled up out their initial line of interception. One Schwarm, however continued on, diving headlong to pass straight through the circle, their white noses lighting up in angry fire as they unleashed the devastating power of the American heavy machine guns. Red-Four was hit, but not hard, and the circle remained intact as the four Lightnings dove below them.

    A queasiness settled into Limberg’s stomach as he watched the other eight Lightnings circling above them, preparing to set up their own pass. It was not those eight which elicited such an odd feeling in the veteran pilot. He rolled White-8 farther into the turn, careful to maintain his position in the circle, and looked for the four Americans below them. He leaned over as far as his safety harness would allow, pressing his helmeted forehead against the side panel of the narrow canopy to look as far past his wing as possible.

    There they were.

    The four Lightnings were recovering from their dive and were coming around again to attack the circle from below.

    “Here they come!”

    One of the other pilots called out and Limberg flicked his head back to the high group to see they were now sliding into dives to attack the Staffel. The American tactic became clear—the planes above would distract and shake up the circle and as soon as they were clear the four from below would strike from circle’s blind spots and completely break it.

    He was not the only one to notice the danger. The Sturmstaffel was composed entirely of veterans, some with hundreds of combat sorties, and they did not survive four years of war through carelessness. Kornatzki made the call, “Sturm Rot-Schwarm, follow me high into the attackers. Make head-on attacks.”

    The Anton Sturmböcke were graced not only with heavier arms but with plenty of extra armor in front of the pilot. Even the canopy had extra 3cm armored glass panels added to front and sides. The intent was to allow the airplane to take more fire when approaching from the rear of the bomber Pulk but the armor will work just as well against a frontal attack on a fighter.

    Kornatzki continued, “Blau-Schwarm, dive into the low Indianern .”

    Limberg followed his Staffelkapitän’s orders without hesitation and, as he was already banked over, was the first to dive toward the four climbing American planes. The Lightnings were still lazily turning around, clearly waiting for their higher squadron-mates to complete their attack before climbing for their own strike. He noted that although these Lightnings had the same white noses as those he had seen before, their tails were adorned with large white squares instead of the circles of the other group.

    When Limberg completed his roll-out and angled White-8 toward the enemy, the Lightnings were crossing to the right at a slight angle away from him but still turning in. He pushed his throttle up trying to gain a firing position before they turned too far. The BMW sent vibrations through the plane, forcing him to clench his jaw to keep his teeth from rattling.

    He was only 400 meters away but still not in a good firing position on his selected target, the farthest Gabelschwanz Teufel in the Schwarm. The Americans continued their right-hand turn and started to climb. Limberg’s Focke-Wulf, with its wide turning radius, could never turn tight enough to get inside the enemies’ line so he did what even the heavily loaded Sturmbock could do better than the long-span P-38 and counter-rolled. His right shoulder pressed against the cockpit bulkhead as he forced White-8 to reverse his bank from the right in a left snap roll as he deliberately overshot the Lightnings. He pulled the stick back as hard as he could into a high lag roll and come around more directly behind the enemy.

    The Scharwm of four Lightings were separating into their two Rotten, each pair turning away to avoid the four Focke-Wulfs coming at them. Limberg kept his focus on the pair he had originally targeted, who continued their right turn as the other pair peeled up to climb away. His lag roll had put him in a perfect pursuit position, 250 meters behind them, but the Lightnings were beginning to pull away. As they passed out to 300 meters, Limberg finally got a good angle and risked a controlled burst from his heavy machine guns and 20mm canons.

    The shots fell short, passing behind the American’s left wing. The two Lightnings split apart, the lead plane pulled up and straightened out of the turn to climb away from Limberg while the second plane extended its flaps slightly and tightened its turn.

    Limberg made the decision to abandon the chase on the second plane whose turn was now too tight for Limberg’s Anton to follow and instead rolled quickly away, once more planning to turn outside the plane of maneuver.

    “Blue-four, behind..!”

    Limber’s partner was silent after that brief warning. He turned his head and saw the other Focke-Wulf dis-assembling under the weight of American fire streaming into it. There were two other Lightnings diving on them, one was unpainted, and both were lifting their noses to gain an angle on Limberg.

    He pushed his throttle all the way forward and activated the GM-1 boost as he rolled left as hard as could, praying the laden Anton could still flip over fast enough for an Abschwung and dive away from the Lightnings. The radial engine received a sudden burst of power and torque from the gas boost and it threw White-8 in a tight left roll. Limberg’s head whipped to the right, nearly cracking against the side glass of the canopy from the unexpected suddenness of the roll. He was inverted quickly and pulled back on the stick to point his nose straight down to the thick cloud cover over 3 km below him.

    Looking up through the top of his canopy he expected to see the Americans overshoot above him. Instead, the unpainted Lightning seemed to spin in place and it nose suddenly dropped directly toward Limberg. The maneuver was eerily familiar to the veteran German pilot.

    Could it be…?

    ============================

    ENCOUNTER REPORT
    CAPT. D. B. HILGERT


    a. Combat
    b. 29 January 1944
    c. 79th Fighter Squadron, 20th Fighter Group
    d. 1155
    e. Germany
    f. Visibility good, 10/10 at 3,500 feet
    g. FW 190s
    h. 1 FW 190 Destroyed (shared with 2Lt. Roark), 1 FW 190 Damaged
    i.
    I was leading Crownright Blue flight and we were performing a sweep ahead of the 2nd Division Bombers, SW of Hanover. Rebuke squadron called out that they spotted approx. 40 FW 190 aircraft climbing toward the bombers and requested assistance from Crownright. We arrived to find most of the E/A engaged with Rebuke but eight FW 190s continuing toward Hanover. Maj. Ott led Red, Blue, and Green flights after these 190s. These A/C were carrying drop tanks and had black and white bands around the fuselage and they had formed a luftbery at 14,000 feet. Capt. Gatterdam led Green flight through the luftbery while Red and Blue flight waited for them to get in low position before making our attack. When we dove down, the luftbery broke up. Four E/A climbed to attack us head-on. I saw large red bursts around Maj. Ott’s A/C and saw him go down but was not able to watch for a parachute. I also saw the right wing shot off one FW 190 and confirm this one destroyed by Lt. Hanzo. After the first pass, I noticed two E/A chasing several P 38s beneath us and led Blue two in pursuit. From 250 yards and an angle off 10°, indicating 300, 2Lt. Roark and I opened fire on the trailing E/A. I saw strikes all over the A/C and pieces were flying off but it did not maneuver to evade. I believe the first burst killed the pilot. I claim this E/A destroyed, jointly with 2Lt. Roark. The lead E/A then Split-S to the left and dove away. I executed a MacKay and was able to spin inside of his line. I followed him down, firing bursts at him at 225, 150, and 75 yards, while indicating up to 400. On the last burst I saw strikes around his tail and right wing-root. After that, he disappeared into the clouds at 3,400 feet. I claim this E/A damaged.

    After searching for the FW 190 for several minutes, I re-joined the squadron.

    Claims: 1 FW 190 Destroyed - shared with 2Lt. Roark
    1 FW 190 Damaged

    j. Ser. No. of A/C 42-103997
    A/C Marking: MC-L
    Ammunition Expended: 302 rds. 50 cal
    59 rds. 20mm

    DONALD B. HILGERT
    Capt. Air Corps
    20th Ftr. Group

    ============================

    29 January 1944
    18.(Sturm)/JG 1
    Dortmund, Westphalia, Prussia, Greater German Reich


    Oberleutnant Limberg was safe at Dormund, not for the Americans’ lack of trying to ensure otherwise.

    After his narrow escape from the unpainted Lightning he had turned directly back to the aerodrome, flying alone below the clouds to avoid being jumped by any other American fighters. The trip back gave him time to puzzle over the events of the day, specifically, the big questions: Where were the Viermots?

    There had been no sign of the American bombers.

    He could not place his finger on quite what that might mean but it itched at the back of his neck as something unwelcome. In the past the American escorts had always stayed within sight of the bombers. The only time he had seen P-38s alone was when they were either laden with their bombs for ground-attack missions, or when they were being sent to intercept German bombers and transports as they had the past spring in Tunisia.

    These Lightnings were not carrying bombs, so they were not on their own attack mission; but, they were also too far away from their aerodromes to be flying defensive interceptions. No, he realized, today was either a random meeting or something completely new. It all depended on whether it was isolated to I. Gruppe or if other units had similar experiences. It will take analysis and evaluation by the Intelligence Service to solve.

    He was the third airplane from the Gruppe to return to Dortmond. Over the next 30 minutes, others arrived. After an hour, only 23 of the original 38 airplanes had returned. He was one of only three Sturmböcke to return.

    It occurred to him that maybe the Sturmstaffel concept was dead before it began.
     
    Last edited:
    Ch.27 - Flight Tests P-38H-15-LO (4 Feb 1944)
  • Flight Test Engineering Branch
    Memo Report No. Eng-47-1706-A
    4 February 1944
    FLIGHT TESTS
    OF A P-38H AIRPLANE [42-67869, P-38H-15-LO]


    I Introduction

    Flight tests have been conducted at Wright Field on the P-38H-15-LO Airplane, AAF, No. 42-67869, at the request of the Fighter Branch, Experimental Engineering Division. These tests were made on this airplane primarily to obtain comparative performance data with similar tests on a P-47D-10, a P-39Q-5 and a P-51B airplane. The performance should be that of a typical production model as it was selected at random from airplanes which had been delivered from the factory. From 2 December 1943 to 21 January 1944 approximately 30 hours were flown on this airplane by Capt. G. E. Lundquist, Capt F. C. Bretcher, and Capt J. W. Williams.

    II Summary

    The P-38H is designed as a high altitude fighter interceptor. This airplane has a fast rate of climb and performs well at high altitude, however, caution must be exercised when performing power-on dives from high altitude to keep the airplane below posted dive limits. These airspeed limitations are sufficiently high for a fighter aircraft but if exceeded may lead to progressively nose-heavy attitude and loss of pitch control and are definitely objectionable and hazardous from a combat viewpoint. The stability about all axis is good, the radius of turn is fairly large for a fighter and the rate of roll is fair at medium speeds, but slow at high speeds because of heavy aileron forces. The single engine operation, visibility on the ground and in the air and cockpit layout is good.

    High speed and climb performance have been completed on this airplane at a take-off weight of 17,567 lb. This loading corresponds to the average P-38 combat weight with full oil, 420 gallons of fuel and specified armament and ammunition.

    The principal results are as follows:

    Max speed at critical altitude, 25,800'
    (60.0" Hg. Man. Pr. & 3000 rpm) = 430.0 mph

    Max speed at sea level
    (60.0" Hg. Man. Pr. & 3000 rpm) = 361 mph

    Rate of climb at sea level
    (60.0" Hg. Man. Pr. & 3000 rpm) = 3955'/min.

    Rate of climb at critical altitude, 23,400 ft.
    (60.0" Hg. Man. Pr. & 3000 rpm) = 2790'/min.

    Time to climb to critical altitude, 23,400 ft.
    (60.0" Hg. Man. Pr. & 3000 rpm) = 6.65 min.

    Service Ceiling = 40,000'

    III Condition of Aircraft Relative to Tests

    A. The airplane was equipped with wing racks, otherwise the configuration was normal with all flights at a gross weight at take-off of 17,567 pounds with the c.g at 23.75% m.a.c., gear down; and 27.5% m.a.c. , gear up. Gross weight included 420 gallons of fuel, 26 gallons of oil, 457 lbs. of ballast for ammunition, and automatic observer, complete radio equipment and antenna, and 200 pounds for the pilot. All items effecting the drag of the airplane may be seen in the photographs which are included at the end of the report.

    B. The airplane was equipped with Allison V-1710-89 & 91 engines, type B-33 turbo superchargers with A-13B turbo regulators and Curtiss Electric three blade propellers, blade design numbers 89303-18 and 88996-18, left and right respectively. All power figures are based on a power curve from Eng. Spec. No. 162, dated 30 November 1942.

    C. The armament consisted of four 50 caliber machine guns and one 20 mm. cannon in the nose with 457.5 lb. of ballast corresponding to the weight of 1200 rounds of 50 caliber and 150 rounds of 20 mm. ammunition.

    D. All flights were made with flaps neutral, gear up, air filter off, intercooler, coolant and oil shutters automatic, and mixture automatic rich unless otherwise stated.

    IV Flight Characteristics

    A. Taxiing and Ground Handling

    The airplane is easy to taxi and vision is excellent. Response to throttles in turning is good and brakes are readily applied for all positions of the rudder making directional control easy.

    B. Take-off

    The take-off characteristics of the P-38H are normal for a tricycle gear airplane except for the absence of any noticeable torque effect due to the opposite rotating propellers. The airplane takes off after a short ground run and has a steep initial angle of climb. Vision during take-off and climb is good.

    C. Stability

    The airplane has good longitudinal, directional and lateral stability at all normal speeds, however, there is a slight tendency to hunt directionally in rough air or when flown with external wing tanks. All stability tests were run with full ammunition and a c.g. of 27.5%, well ahead of the c.g. of 28.5% which was the maximum allowable rearward c.g. position at the time of the test. Recent tests on other P-38H's show that it is permissible to move the c.g. back to 32% of the m.a.c.

    D. Trim and Balance

    The airplane is readily trimmed for all normal flight conditions. Due to the opposite rotating propellers, rudder and aileron trim tab settings do not require adjustment with changes in speed and power. The airplane becomes very noticeably nose heavy when flaps and landing gear are extended, but this change in balance can be easily corrected by use of elevator trim tab.

    E. Controllability

    Handling qualities of this airplane are generally good. Control forces are moderate and controls are responsive to a high degree at all normal speeds. However, at extremely high speeds beyond the P-38's dive speed limits, the airplane tends to become rapidly nose heavy and elevator effectiveness decreases, making it difficult to pull out.

    F. Maneuverability

    The airplane is highly maneuverable considering the high wing loading. It has a fairly large radius of turn for a fighter but this is greatly improved by the use of maneuvering flaps. Response to controls in rolls, loops, immelmans is good and these maneuvers are easily executed.

    G. Stalling Characteristics

    In either power on or power off stalls with flaps and landing gear up the airplane stalls straight forward in a well controlled stall. With flaps and gear down there is a slight tendency for a wing to drop, but there is no tendency to spin. Ailerons remain effective giving adequate control throughout the stall. Warning of the approaching stall is given by a noticeable buffeting and shaking of the airplane and controls. See Part IV F. for stalling speeds for different configurations.

    H. Spinning Characteristics

    No spin tests were performed.

    I. Diving Characteristics

    At extremely high speeds in dives the airplane rapidly becomes nose heavy and starts to buffet as if it were about to stall. If this condition is allowed to develop the nose heavy condition becomes more pronounced making the pull out difficult.

    J. Single Engine Operation

    The airplane has excellent single engine performance. The indicated speed for best climb on one engine is approximately 145 mph and the minimum indicated airspeed at which control can be maintained at rated power is 110 mph. Normal single engine procedure is used.

    K. High Altitude Trials

    The general operation of the airplane and all controls at high altitudes and low temperatures is satisfactory. However, care must be taken when performing full power-on dives from high altitude as the airplane will rapidly accelerate to its dive speed limit (see paragraph I).

    L. Approach and Landing

    The airplane has a normal glide angle and landing technique used is similar to that for airplanes with tailwheels. Vision is excellent on the approach and landing and the tricycle gear reduces the hazards from landing in a cross wind.

    M. Night Flying

    The cockpit lighting in general is good. Direct or reflected glare from the instrument board lights is not objectionable, however, considerable glare is caused by the cockpit lamps. A retractable landing light is mounted under the left wing and provides adequate lighting for landing, but causes considerable buffeting when fully extended. This light has been replaced with a streamlined leading edge light in new P-38H models and is not cause for concern.

    N. Noise and Vibration Level Tests at Crew Stations

    The noise level of the airplane is low and is not objectionable at any time.

    O. Pilot's report on vision and cockpit layout

    The vision from the cockpit is good except to the side and down where the engine nacelles interfere. All controls in the cockpit are easily accessible to the pilot and in general the cockpit layout is satisfactory.

    V Ship Board Tests

    No tests performed.

    VI Performance Data (War Emergency Power, 60.0" Hg. Man. Press. & 3000 rpm and 17,567 lb.)

    A. Airspeed indicator and altimeter calibration

    Airspeed indiator error with Kollsman type D-2 ship's standard pitot head located 8' 1-1/2" inboard left wing tip, 14-5/16" below the wing with the static holes 25-3/4" aft of the leading edge of the wing.

    P-38H-15-LO_Errors.jpg


    B. High Speed (see Curves)

    High speeds in level flight at 3000 rpm, oil shutters flush, coolant shutters automatic, and intercooler shutters closed.

    P-38H-15-LO_Speed.jpg


    C. Cruise Data

    Cruising speed at 11,850 feet with mixture as specified, oil shutters flush, coolant shutters automatic, and intercooler closed. This cruise data was obtained on the original right engine and the new left engine and is not comparable to the other reported (see part VI. Sec. G) speed data.

    P-38H-15-LO_Cruise.jpg


    D. Climb Data

    Climb performance at 3000 rpm with oil and coolant flaps automatic, and intercooler shutters wide open.

    P-38H-15-LO_Climb.jpg

    E. Cooling Flaps Tests

    The average temperatures maintained by the thermostatic controls on the oil and coolant flaps were 85°C and 105°C respectively; therefore, all performance was corrected to flap positions that would maintain these temperatures on a standard day with the exception of the oil flaps, which were corrected to the flush position for level flight.

    No standard Air Corps cooling tests were made, however, from all indications the airplane will meet the requirements (125°C coolant temperature and 95°C oil temperature) in both level flight and climb with the exception that the oil temperature would be critical in climb above 35000' on an army hot day.

    (1) Oil and coolant flap calibrations in level flight at 5000 feet altitude with 50" Hg. manifold pressure and 3000 rpm.

    P-38H-15-LO_Flaps.jpg


    F. Stalling Speeds

    P-38H-15-LO_Stalls.jpg


    G. Remarks

    The high speeds reported were obtained with the original engines in the airplane. The left engine failed during a critical altitude power run and after replacement several high speed checks were made. The high speeds obtained with this new combination of engines were approximately 7 mph slower than on the original combination.

    Climb performance was obtained with the original right engine and the new left engine. The right engine also failed during a critical altitude power run and high speed checks made after this engine was replaced showed the airplane to be approximately 5 mph slower than the original combination. The high speeds obtained on the two original engines was reported because more speed data was available, less time was on the airplane and engines, and the surfaces of the airplane were less worn at the time this data was obtained.

    It may be stated here that the performance reported cannot be obtained unless strict attention is given to maintaining a minimum duct leakage by keeping the entire duct system tight.

    VII Curves

    P-38H-15-LO_SpeedPerformance.jpg

    VIII Conclusions

    It is concluded that the performance reported is representative of the P-38H airplane, as the subject airplane was flown at combat weight and was also selected at random from P-38H airplanes delivered from the factory.

    IX Recommendations

    It is recommended that this method of selection of airplanes for flight test be adopted, and that hereafter all airplanes be test flown at the specified combat weight.

    X General Dimension and Photographs

    A. P-38H Dimensions

    Span 52' 0"
    Length 37'10"
    Height 12'10"
    Tread 16' 6"
    Wing Area 344 sq. ft.
     
    Last edited:
    Ch.28 - P-38J Propeller Comparison (Feb 1944)
  • ARMY AIR FORCES
    MATERIEL COMMAND


    MEMORANDUM REPORT ON
    YP-38J Airplane, AAF Nos. 43-28250, 43-28251, 43-28252, 43-28253


    SUBJECT: Flight Tests
    SECTION: Flight


    A. Purpose

    1. To report comparison of YP-38J airplane propeller installations as received from the manufacturer.

    B. Methods

    1. Standard Performance Flight Tests were carried out on four different YP-38J airplanes, AAF Nos. 43-28250, 43-28251, 43-28252, and 43-28253. Each airplane was subjected to multiple tests under similar conditions and the performance of each test batch was collected and adjusted for standard variances.

    C. Condition of Aircraft during Tests

    1. A/C #43-28250:

    a. The airplane was equipped with wing racks, otherwise the configuration was normal with all flights at a gross weight at take-off of 18,347 pounds with the c.g at 23.25% m.a.c., gear down; and 26.75% m.a.c. , gear up. Gross weight included 400 gallons of fuel, 26 gallons of oil, 30 gallons of Water, 457 lbs. of ballast for ammunition, and automatic observer, complete radio equipment and antenna, and 200 pounds for the pilot. All items effecting the drag of the airplane may be seen in the photographs which are included at the end of the report.

    b. The airplane was equipped with Allison V-1710-117 & 119 engines with water injection, type B-33 turbo superchargers with A-13B turbo regulators and 12 ft. 6 in. diameter Hamilton-Standard three blade propellers (Propeller 1) through a 2.36:1 reduction. All power figures are based on a power curve from Eng. Spec. No. 303, dated 22 November 1943.

    c. The armament consisted of four 50 caliber machine guns and one 20 mm. cannon in the nose with 457.5 lb. of ballast corresponding to the weight of 1200 rounds of 50 caliber and 150 rounds of 20 mm. ammunition.

    d. All flights were made with flaps neutral, gear up, air filter off, intercooler, coolant and oil shutters automatic, and mixture automatic rich unless otherwise stated.

    2. A/C #43-28251:

    a. The airplane was equipped with wing racks, otherwise the configuration was normal with all flights at a gross weight at take-off of 18,351 pounds with the c.g at 23.25% m.a.c., gear down; and 26.75% m.a.c. , gear up. Gross weight included 400 gallons of fuel, 26 gallons of oil, 30 gallons of Water, 457 lbs. of ballast for ammunition, and automatic observer, complete radio equipment and antenna, and 200 pounds for the pilot. All items effecting the drag of the airplane may be seen in the photographs which are included at the end of the report.

    b. The airplane was equipped with Allison V-1710-117 & 119 engines with water injection, type B-33 turbo superchargers with A-13B turbo regulators and 12 ft. 6 in. diameter Curtiss Electric three blade propellers (Propeller 2) through a 2.36:1 reduction. All power figures are based on a power curve from Eng. Spec. No. 303, dated 22 November 1943.

    c. The armament consisted of four 50 caliber machine guns and one 20 mm. cannon in the nose with 457.5 lb. of ballast corresponding to the weight of 1200 rounds of 50 caliber and 150 rounds of 20 mm. ammunition.

    d. All flights were made with flaps neutral, gear up, air filter off, intercooler, coolant and oil shutters automatic, and mixture automatic rich unless otherwise stated.

    3. A/C #43-28252:

    a. The airplane was equipped with wing racks, otherwise the configuration was normal with all flights at a gross weight at take-off of 18,264 pounds with the c.g at 23.5% m.a.c., gear down; and 27.0 % m.a.c. , gear up. Gross weight included 400 gallons of fuel, 26 gallons of oil, 30 gallons of Water, 457 lbs. of ballast for ammunition, and automatic observer, complete radio equipment and antenna, and 200 pounds for the pilot. All items effecting the drag of the airplane may be seen in the photographs which are included at the end of the report.

    b. The airplane was equipped with Allison V-1710-123 & 126 engines with water injection, type B-33 turbo superchargers with A-13B turbo regulators and 11 ft. 10 in. diameter AeroProducts four blade propellers (Propeller 3). The V-1710-123 & 126 engines are identical to the V-1710-117 & 119 engines with the exception of using a 2.24:1 reduction. All power figures are based on a power curve from Eng. Spec. No. 303, dated 22 November 1943.

    c. The armament consisted of four 50 caliber machine guns and one 20 mm. cannon in the nose with 457.5 lb. of ballast corresponding to the weight of 1200 rounds of 50 caliber and 150 rounds of 20 mm. ammunition.

    d. All flights were made with flaps neutral, gear up, air filter off, intercooler, coolant and oil shutters automatic, and mixture automatic rich unless otherwise stated.

    4. A/C #43-28253:

    a. The airplane was equipped with wing racks, otherwise the configuration was normal with all flights at a gross weight at take-off of 18,292 pounds with the c.g at 23.5% m.a.c., gear down; and 27.0% m.a.c. , gear up. Gross weight included 400 gallons of fuel, 26 gallons of oil, 30 gallons of Water, 457 lbs. of ballast for ammunition, and automatic observer, complete radio equipment and antenna, and 200 pounds for the pilot. All items effecting the drag of the airplane may be seen in the photographs which are included at the end of the report.

    b. The airplane was equipped with Allison V-1710-123 & 126 engines with water injection, type B-33 turbo superchargers with A-13B turbo regulators and 11 ft. 10 in. diameter Curtiss Electric four blade propellers (Propeller 4). The V-1710-123 & 126 engines are identical to the V-1710-117 & 119 engines with the exception of using a 2.24:1 reduction. All power figures are based on a power curve from Eng. Spec. No. 303, dated 22 November 1943.

    c. The armament consisted of four 50 caliber machine guns and one 20 mm. cannon in the nose with 457.5 lb. of ballast corresponding to the weight of 1200 rounds of 50 caliber and 150 rounds of 20 mm. ammunition.

    d. All flights were made with flaps neutral, gear up, air filter off, intercooler, coolant and oil shutters automatic, and mixture automatic rich unless otherwise stated.

    D. Flight Characteristics

    1. It is understood that each tested A/C behaves similarly under most flight and ground conditions so detailed evaluation of specific handling characteristics were not performed as part of the comparison evaluation. Individual Flight Acceptance Performance Tests for each airplane are available and include the general Flight data.

    E. Factual Data

    1. High Speed

    a. High Speeds in flight at 3200 rpm and 64”Hg M.P., oil flaps automatic, coolant flaps automatic, and intercooler shutters automatic. These speeds for A/C #3 and #4 were obtained with the Unit Engine Control disengaged to achieve the indicated engine Speed and M.P.

    YP-38J_HighSpeed-Dry.PNG


    b. High Speeds in flight at 3200 rpm and 76”Hg M.P. using Water Injection, oil flaps automatic, coolant flaps automatic, and intercooler shutters automatic.

    YP-38J_HighSpeed-Wet.PNG


    2. Cruise Data

    Cruising speed at 12,100 feet with mixture as specified, oil shutters flush, coolant shutters automatic, and intercooler closed. This cruise data was obtained on A/C #1 and #2 by setting engine speed and M.P. to match the Unit Engine Controls of A/C #3 and #4.

    YP-38J_Cruise.PNG



    3. Climb Data

    Climb performance at 3200 rpm with oil and coolant shutters automatic, and intercooler shutters wide open. These speeds for A/C #3 and #4 were obtained with the Unit Engine Control disengaged to achieve the indicated engine Speed and M.P.

    YP-38J_Climb-Dry.PNG


    Climb performance at 3200 rpm using Water Injection with oil and coolant shutters automatic, and intercooler shutters wide open. Tests were performed in series and total Time to Climb was calculated based on the achieved average maximum rate of climb for at each altitude.

    YP-38J_Climb-Wet.PNG


    4. Estimated Ceilings

    Military Ceiling for maximum Rate of Climb of 500 ft. per minute and absolute ceiling for maximum rate of climb of 0 ft. per minute are estimated from Climb and Speed curves.

    YP-38J_Ceilings.PNG


    F. Conclusions

    1. A/C #1 (#43-28250) displays the best low speed efficiency, best Rate of Climb, and highest ceiling under all conditions.
    2. A/C #3 (#43-28252) displays the best high speed efficiency and top speed.
    3. A/C #3 (#43-28252) shows the best cruise speed at the tested altitude and engine settings, equating to the best range.
    4. A/C #2 (#43-28251) closely replicates the performance of A/C #1 (#43-28250) and A/C #4 (#43-28253) closely replicated the performance of A/C #3 (#43-28252).
    5. A/Cs #1 and #2 are heavier and produce more drag due to the larger diameter propellers and engine nacelles.

    G. Recommendations

    1. That production P-38J airplanes be ordered with Allison V-1710-123 & 126 engines (F-33R and L) using either the AeroProducts Four blade or Curtiss Electric Four blade propellers.
    2. That the airplanes be constructed in such a way that the entire propeller assemblies may be changed by aircraft mechanics at operational fighter groups.
    3. That all production P-38J airplanes be equipped with the boosted ailerons
    4. That the airplanes use the cockpit as found in A/C #4 (#43-28253) using a single control stick
    5. That the arming switch on the control stick be replaced with a rotary type selector switch on the top of the stick with positions for SAFE (OFF) – Machine Guns Only – BOTH Machine Guns and Cannon – Cannon Only.
    6. That the airplanes all be fitted with the Unit Engine Control system.
    7. That the Unit Engine Control be redesigned to allow automatic access to 3200 rpm at and above Normal Military Power of 54”Hg. M.P.

    YP-38J_Speed&Climb.PNG
     
    Ch.28b - The Future of the Lightning (15 Feb 1944)
  • 15 February 1944
    Wright Field, Ohio, USA


    The stack of memorandum reports on the performance testing of the various P-38J models dominated Lt. Col. Kelsey’s desk. In addition to the comparison summary report of the four different propeller installations there was the full performance report for each aircraft and a fifth for #43-28254 which was similar to #43-28250 with its 117/119 engines and Hamilton-Standard Hydromatic but which had an additional 600 pounds of pressurization equipment and bulkheads.

    The cost of pressurization, when taken in direct comparison to #250, was about a 3,000 foot reduction in critical altitude, a loss of about 200 peak bhp, a reduction of 10 mph top speed at critical altitude. In addition the best rate of climb without water injection was reduced by nearly 400 feet per minute, or about 10%, at sea level. In light of the potential performance losses, especially in the rate of climb, Kelsey was inclined to halt additional attempts to pressurize the P-38 which would have the additional benefit of keeping Lockheed’s resources available for continued development on the XP-80.

    The decision was made easier to sell to the Air Force brass due to the recent submissions for Very Long Range escort fighters. North American Aviation submitted a novel adaptation of their experimental lightweight P-51F which joined two of them together into a “Twin-Mustang” distantly resembling a P-38 without the central gondola—instead each “boom” was a complete P-51 fuselage. Vultee—or Convair as it was now known—submitted two proposals: one was an advanced twin-propulsion design which would use a turbo-prop for normal cruise flight and supplement it with a turbojet for high-speed requirements. The other Convair submission was a direct result of their increased involvement with the P-38 and was essentially the Lockheed plane with a lightened and improved gondola and newly designed laminar flow wings.

    This latter design was the one the AAF ended up ordering for prototyping as the XP-81 due to the expected shorter development timeline and it would compete directly against NAA XP-82 Twin-Mustang.

    The Convair XP-81 would feature a two-seat tandem cockpit which was derived directly from the two-seat gondola of the TP-38. Drawing on Lockheed’s patents to use turbo-supercharger bleed air for pressurization and Vultee’s previous work on the XP-54 the XP-81 cockpit would be pressurized and so long as they could meet the delivery deadlines should obviate the need for a pressurized P-38 and allow earlier availability of the P-38J.

    One part of the pressurized P-38J that Kelsey was recommending be kept was the canopy. It was superior to the current P-38 canopy in almost every way. Based on the canopy Lockheed developed for the XP-80, tt consisted of a revised forward windscreen, optimized for pressurization but with the additional advantage of being lighter than the current windscreen due to a smaller bullet-proof panel. The frame where the new one-piece sliding bubble canopy meets the new windscreen was angled forward at the top, creating a slight impediment to the pilot’s vision at a narrow angle but increasing head space over the dash which would allow fitting a gunsight with a larger aperture and finally allow aimed deflection down over the nose the airplane.

    Gondola-J.png


    All that remained was to submit his final recommendations regarding the P-38J. His final recommendation was largely the same as the recommendations included with the summary report with a few additional points appended to the original.

    8. That the canopy from A/C # 43-28254 be used for production P-38J airplanes
    9. That, due to capacity, all P-38’s manufactured under license by Bell in Niagara, New York have the AeroProducts propeller installed.
    10. And, that all P-38s manufactured by Lockheed in Burbank, California have the Curtiss Electric four-blade propeller installed.
    11. That the Bell P-38Js be pre-fitted with all required wiring to accommodate later installation of the Curtiss Electric propeller.
    12. That a new gunsight be developed to take full advantage of the 160 mil downward view over the nose.

    Lockheed estimated that it would up to four weeks per production line to make the switch to the new design with the potential of additional delays due to Curtiss Electric’s production schedule. Since AeroProducts was currently well under capacity and were ready to begin full production of the new propeller immediately he concluded with one final recommendation:

    13. That Bell Aircraft, P-38K, begin transition to the new type as soon as practical with completion of current production cycle and pending availability of 123/126 engines.
    14. That Lockheed begin transition to the new type, P-38J, on Line 1 no later than April 1, 1944 and on Line 2 no later than May 1, 1944.

    With that, Kelsey could only hope that the Bell airplanes could be to Europe in time for invasion of France in the coming spring.
     
    Ch.29 - Ace of Aces (8 March 1944)
  • 8 March 1944
    HQ, V Fighter Command, 5th Air Force
    Nadzab Airfield No. 1 (East Base), Markam Valley, Papua New Guinea


    Thomas Lynch, recently promoted to Lieutenant Colonel, had been back in Theatre for just over a month. He and his one-time wingman and protégé, Dick Bong (now a Captain), were sent back over to New Guinea as “Freelancers” attached to V Fighter Command’s Headquarters from where they were allowed to roam over the entire area going from Airfield to Airfield and spending time with any Group or Squadron with the 5th Air Force.

    Lynch was proud of Bong and how naturally he had taken to hunting the skies for Japanese. In the time of his first deployment—with only about 10 months of actual combat—Bong had racked up an impressive 22 confirmed kills; surpassing Lynch’s own 20 kills gained over 18 months.

    The hunting was not as rich as it had been the year before. The P-38s of the Fifth AF had quickly gained near total control of the air and the Japanese Army was committing ever dwindling numbers to their efforts in the SWPA. In February, as they were trying out their new role as the 5th Air Force Experts, each had downed only a single Jap—Lynch bagged a Tony on the 10th and Bong one on the 15th. The first week of March had gone better when Lynch and Bong intercepted some Sally bombers on the 3rd, each dropping two, and Lynch had followed that up with a Gwen on the 5th.

    Despite the lack of suitable targets Lynch was finding this most recent deployment to be incredibly fulfilling. He and Bong had a natural rapport in the air with Bong’s natural talent perfectly complimenting Lynch’s consummate professionalism. From their time the previous year together they knew how each other operated and the freedom on their new shared role in the Fifth had allowed them every opportunity to explore and perfect the aerobatic ballet of their two-plane hunting party.

    Flying with Bong as his constant companion had turned the stresses of combat into nothing more than the pure joy of flying.

    It was not only Bong that gave him relief and increased confidence. His new airplane, a P-38H-18-LO, was as much an improvement over his previous ride as his old P-38G was over the F-model which preceded it. The engines and turbos were more powerful but the biggest improvements were in systems automation. Almost every flight-critical function of the airplane had been upgraded, simplified, and where possible automated. No longer did he have to constantly monitor and adjust all the radiators or fight with sticky fuel valves. The P-38 which was such a revelation to him after fighting in Airacobras was now almost perfect.

    That airplane, #42-103987, was parked at East Base, the home of the V Fighter Command HQ, northwest of Lae, with Bong’s #42-103993 at the next hardstand—if the packed earth of primitive strip could be called a hardstand. Both planes were unpainted and would gleam in the sun if not for the dust kicked up from coming in on the Marsden mat runway the previous day. Neither airplane bore squadron insignia nor numbers. Only the red spinners and wingtips with the last three digits of their serial numbers on the nose identified them. Lynch’s #987 was un-named. He had been around long enough to know that an airplane was simply another tool—an expensive weapon owned by the United States Army Air Forces—and wanted to avoid romanticizing it regardless what the PR folks wanted. He left that to the other, younger, pilots, such as Bong who had a portrait of his new girl back home painted on his plane’s nose with her name, “Marge,” scrawled next to it.

    Now with Bong sitting on 25 victories, only one short of matching Eddie Rickenbacker’s record from the last war, he and his plane were being hounded by the Stars and Stripes and civilian press alike. Between the photographers and the enemy, the quiet boy from Poplar, Wisconsin had remarked that Marge was the most shot-at woman in the Pacific.

    The pairing of Bong and Lynch was proving to be something of a dream not just for their effectiveness against the enemy but also for the morale of the men at the front and as a welcome bit of drama for the folks back home. The newspapers were making quite a fuss over the “race” to beat Rickenbacker. A Marine Major in the Solomons, Boyington, had come close—by some accounts reaching 26 kills—but was reported MIA, presumed dead, in January. That left the race between several 5th AF Pilots with the USAAF. When Rickenbacker visited Port Moresby more than a year earlier General Kenney had promised a case of Scotch to whichever 5th AF pilot made 27 first with Bong and Lynch now being the likeliest contenders, followed by the Operations Officer of 431st Fighter Squadron, 475th Fighter Group, Captain Thomas McGuire with 18 victories.

    Today, Lynch and Bong were heading out for a patrol and fighter sweep over Aitape Harbor to the northwest. They had some success a few weeks prior operating in that area and were hoping that they could draw a few of the local IJAAF fighters up for a tangle and secure that case of Scotch for Bong.

    They would be flying without external tanks so were planning on going directly up the Markham Valley and staying inland on the route to their patrol area, 380 miles away. This was territory with which they were both intimately familiar and the navigation and flight planning was routine. Their new planes could make it to Aitape in about one hour, sixteen minutes, at over 300 miles per hour with a cruise climb to 22,000 feet where Lynch and Bong preferred to operate. Weather and wind permitting, they should be able to make the out-bound leg of the flight entirely on their wing tanks and switch to the Mains as they reach the target area.

    “Once we’re out there, how do you feel about slowing down to try to draw them up?” Lynch wanted to be sure he and Bong were both in agreement of their tactics, in detail, before leaving the flight line. The IJAAF fighters in Papua New Guinea were more cautious than those he heard of operating in the Solomans and it was becoming increasingly difficult to draw them up into a fight. Lynch had read in the papers about a Marine squadron the previous year which carried on an on-going goading over the radio with their Japanese counterparts over Rabaul and Bougainville but there was none of that in the SWPA—here, the air-waves were silent and the only conversations between the enemies were telegraphed with lead and steel.

    “I’m good with that, Colonel.” Bong considered further, “we may have to drop altitude, too.”

    He was right, of course, the Japanese do not like operating above 20,000 feet where their aircraft loose much of the maneuvering advantage over the American Lightnings. It was the same reason Lynch recommended they slow down. Above 250mph, the Lightning held nearly every advantage and when flying both fast and high the little Oscars, Tonys, and Navy Zekes were completely out-classed.

    “Ok, so, about 10 minutes out from Aitape we switch to our Main tanks and slow to two-hundred indicated, about two-fifty true, at fourteen thousand feet.” He would prefer flying faster and running in AUTO RICH as soon as they over enemy territory but they needed to keep it slow to draw the enemy up. He looked at his Flight Operation Instruction Chart to gauge what their fuel use would be, “sixteen-hundred R.P.M. at twenty-six inches, for fifty-five gallons per hour total,” he wrote this down quick on his notepad and ran the calculation, “that should give us a two-hour loiter with plenty of fuel for the return flight and five minutes of combat. Total mission time, four hours, thirty-two minutes.”

    Lynch looked to Bong as the latter penciled the revised plan into his own notepad. Where the previous year many P-38 pilots would be mounting their rides with non-regulation cut-off pants and short-sleeves to stave off the heat of the tropical sun, the improved ventilation system of the updated airplane allowed Bong and Lynch to dress is standard khaki flight suits. Bong’s was accented by the ever present brown leather straps over his shoulders which secured his holstered Colt pistol under his left arm, under his parachute harness.

    “I have it,” Bong repeated the instructions and confirmed they were correct before also covering the standard review of radio settings, call signs, and navigation points. Lynch and Bong were pretty casual with each other outside of operations but once in the air Lynch was adamant they stick to SOP and avoid using anything which may give the enemy identifying information about them especially. For the day, they would simply be “Red One” and “Red Two.”

    * * *

    The Low Level warning light for his right wing tank flickered a few times, then glowed steady.

    “Red Two, Red One, switching to MAIN.”

    The flight up the Markham Valley had been un-eventful and the thick jungle of the central lowlands and the Sepik River basin prevented them from seeing any semblance of enemy activity. The expanse of the Bismarck Sea was on the horizon to their north and the coast was coming up fast as Lynch turned his fuel selector from LE to MAIN and the warning light flicked out. As planned and without any prompting he nosed #987 down and pulled back his throttles and speed making for their agreed 200 IAS at 14,000 feet. Bong copied his call and stayed on his wing as they descended.

    Lynch led the two-plane element to the east of Aitape where there was a good sized airstrip cut out of the jungle by the Japanese. They were still too high for small arms fire and the Japanese garrison on the airstrip did not reveal their A/A locations by firing up at the two lonely intruders. Flying around the strip a few times, he was unable to positively identify any of the well-camouflaged enemy aircraft in the trees and brush—if they were even there—so he changed course up to the coast to Aitape Harbor.

    In the few minutes it took them to pass over Aitape they continued to see no signs of enemy aircraft or even anti-aircraft fire. Most of the Japanese forces were farther down the coast where they were fighting tooth-and-nail to stop the joint American/Australian offensives against Saidor and Madang. The Japanese were being fed by materiel coming in from Wewak and to a lesser extent Aitape which is why the 5th AF was having such success to the rear of the ground fighting.

    “Red One, Red Two, six luggers in the harbor.”

    Lynch looked in front of his wing and saw the six squat Japanese boats, two on the docks, one ashore and three aweigh in the harbor. They were the typical open landing barges that the Japs had been using as launches and to transport materiel up and down the coast. Still holding at 16,000 feet, he and Bong were no threat to the barges so the boats remained in place for the moment.

    “Roger, Red Two. Let’s mark them and carry on.” They still had plenty of fuel for their patrol so there was no reason to abandon it for a few barges. If he and Bong did not find any other targets before then end of their patrol, Lynch knew they could always come back and take care of the little boats then.

    He turned Bong east, putzing down the coast at 250 mph toward Wewak.

    For forty minutes the two Lightnings continued zigging and zagging from just west of Wewak (out of range of the A/A), past the airstrip at Tadji, and around Aitape. They wanted to linger long enough for the enemy to grow weary of them and come up so Lynch led Bong through seemingly random changes of speed and altitude. Lynch continued to be impressed by the new P-38 and how it cruised so efficiently, allowing them plenty of time to linger over the area. In a lesser plane he and Bong would likely have already abandoned their patrol long ago and gone after the barges but the extra endurance of the P-38H gave them more time to press their options.

    “Red One, Red Two. Two bogies, ten o’clock low.”

    Lynch looked to see two small shapes in the distance, climbing in the opposite direction, still too far away to identify but definitely single-engine aircraft too small to be P-47s and too far out to be P-40s. “Roger, Red Two. Let’s move to intercept.”

    The P-38s made a leisurely left turn and accelerated into a slight climb to gain additional altitude on what were most likely enemy aircraft. Lynch kept his mixtures in AUTO-LEAN and kept power in cruise, but increased speed to 2200 RPM and inched his throttles up to 34 inches. His P-38 handled the climb in stride, drifting up to 18,000 feet and passing 300 MPH True Airspeed as he and Bong closed in on the two bogies.

    When they were about two miles away he was able to identify them and radioed to Bong, “Red Two, Red One, two Tonys, twelve-o’clock low, two-miles.” He considered for moment how best to set up the attack and, thinking about Kenney’s case of Scotch, he keyed his mic again and said, “Set for combat and take the lead.”

    Lynch pulled his throttles back a bit, allowing Bong to slide past him, before moving to AUTO-RICH and pushing his speed to 3000 RPM. The drone of the two Allison engines crescendoed, the exhaust waste gates nearly wide open to hold the manifold pressure under the low throttle, high speed setting.

    They were less than a mile out when Bong started to pull away forcing Lynch to follow suit and increase throttle to keep pace. The once roaring engines became quieter as the waste-gates closed, replaced instead with the airy whistle of the big B-33 turbos as their revs climbed. The narrow Electric propellers pitched out to bite more air and #987 accelerated behind Marge. Bong was setting them up for a perfect boom-and-zoom from the Japs’ six-high.

    The Tonys’ wings dipped as they leveled off two-thousand feet below the hunting Americans and started a left turn. Moments later the two Japanese planes rolled out and pulled a tight reversing turn to point at Lynch and Bong.

    Bong nosed Marge over to dive at the Japs.

    Lynch held off for a second longer to permit Bong to pull away and open some space between them before he too pushed his throttle up and eased his yoke forward to pitch his Lightning into a screaming dive at the enemy. He was there to support Bong and decided he would only shoot to drive the enemy to Bong or if Bong needed the assistance. Even so, he adjusted the rheostat on his gunsight so the pip was nice and bright against the tropical sky and lined up 400 yards off Bong’s 5-o’Clock.

    When Marge was about 1000 yards away from the enemy the lead Tony abruptly flicked left and dropped its nose level into a tight left turn. Bong was too experienced to fall for the bait and instead held his dive, shifting his focus to the second Tony. Only a second later that Tony also snap-rolled, a little slower than the first, but to the right. Marge’s rudders deflected hard left as Bong tried to skid the fast-diving Lightning and bring its nose over the Tony but the closing speeds were too high and the enemy was already outside his plane of maneuver.

    Lynch looked over at the first Tony to his right and saw it was now vertical, having reversed its roll to pitch up into a loop in an effort to come around on top of the diving Lightnings. A glance left showed that the second Tony was once more mirroring the first, both adversaries working in concert to trap Bong and Lynch between them.

    There was no need for the radio, Bong and Lynch were both fully aware of their position, the enemies’ disposition, and circumstances. Most importantly, however, was that both knew exactly what needed to be done. Just so, Lynch’s success as a flight leader had instilled in him the importance of constant communication and fully coordinated action. He keyed his mic.

    “Dive through.”

    Lynch followed Bong straight through the maneuvering Tonys and continued the dive. The P-38’s powerful Allisons, with the turbos pushing 54 inches of manifold pressure, accelerated the planes past 400mph in mere moments. Helped along by the inescapable pull of the Earth below, the two Americans were flashing through the sky too fast for the lithe Japanese to ever dream of catching.

    He kept swiveling his head to track the three other planes around him and monitor his own instruments at the same time. The first Tony was coming over the top of its loop, slightly shifted now into a chandelle to as to pull a line behind Lynch at his four-high. The second Tony was slightly later in his maneuver, still vertical but continuing through. Both were falling far behind him as his Airspeed Indicator passed 360 and his altimeter fell past 12,000.

    He held the shallow dive for another moment, down to 11,000 feet, while more than three miles behind them and about four thousand feet higher the two Tonys had completed their maneuvers and were in pursuit, rejoining each other with a few hundred yards between them.

    “Red Two, Red One, climb up and set up another pass.”

    “Red Two, Wilco.”

    Bong lifted Marge’s nose out of the shallow dive and into a steep zoom-climb with Lynch following behind, the sudden change in G’s pulling his guts into the seat. Lynch pulled kept his throttles up as he climbed to preserve as much as airspeed as possible even as he exchanged much of it for altitude. The two P-38’s shot almost straight up quickly gaining a few thousand feet as the enemy angled down on them to close the distance. At fourteen thousand feet, Lynch unloaded the airplane to shallow the climb and pulled his throttles back to 46 inches in preparation for the next turn.

    “Red Two, Red One. Come left, combat spread. I will take low position on your left.”

    “Roger, One. I want some more altitude, climbing to Angels One-Six.” Bong responded using the “Angels” code for altitude in thousands of feet. By climbing up to the Tonys’ altitude, Bong was using their dive to his advantage, hoping that they would take the easy low target of Lynch and allow him to come at them from above.

    “Copy, Angels One-Six.”

    Bong peeled off to the left in a climbing turn back toward the enemy using the last of his energy from the dive to gain the final few thousand feet and slow down for a better second pass. Lynch matched this with a broad sweeping right-hander, gaining only a few hundred feet altitude but separating his plane from Bong’s. When both had finished their turns they were in a textbook combat spread with Lynch 1,500 feet lower than and slightly ahead of Bong with a good mile or so between their wing-tips.

    With the Tonys once more closing head-on, Lynch saw that they had reacted to Bong’s additional climb and were trying to pull up to maintain altitude advantage over him, leaving Lynch alone and un-molested two-thousand feet lower. These Japs were clever.

    “Bandits coming to you, Two.”

    “Roger.”

    Lynch watched Bong shift slightly to compensate for the on-coming Tonys, lining back up for another head-on pass. The three airplanes closed rapidly while Lynch turned into a climbing right-hander in order to gain a lead pursuit on the enemy aircraft after the pass. The Tonys opened fire first, noses and wings flickering at Bong. The smoking trails of their cannon shells crossed in front of and below Marge, falling short in their convergence patterns. Then Bong’s Lightning opened up a one-second burst as he closed within 250 yards of the lead Tony, pouring fire into it for a half-second before the two aircraft passed each other.

    The second Tony rolled out of Bong’s line, turning down into a split-S as he passed below the P-38 with the lead Tony continuing straight through, its nose shredded and streaming thick black smoke. Bong brought his P-38 over in a lazy left roll and pitched back to bring his nose around and down toward the enemy.

    Lynch was now ahead of Bong in the pursuit of the undamaged Tony. He slid his airplane in front of the enemy’s line and simply waited for it to pass in front of him. The Tony flashed past, nose down, and Lynch sent a short burst out at him. He did not see any strikes as the streamers of his fire filled the sky to the side of the diving Jap. He pulled back on the yoke and kicked left rudder, rolling into a high chandelle to regain view on the enemy over his shoulder.

    Behind him, Bong was now coming back at the Tony which was rolling out of its dive into a tight descending turn. Lynch canned both throttles pulled his yoke as far back as it would go, loading the airplane with as many Gs as he could to bring the nose down tightly. His chest tightened from the force of his turn, his heart fluttered and his vision started to go black. His plane gave the tell-tale shudder of a high-speed stall as the outer wings lost lift under the load, dropping #987 from its vertical plane and completing his reversal.

    Lynch’s vision returned and his heartbeat steadied when his plane stabilized. He saw the second Tony continuing to dive in a defensive spiral to escape the two Americans but Bong was already anticipating the radius of the turn and was closing in. Lynch kept his nose down and throttled forward to dive down to the enemy in hope of driving it closer to Bong’s guns.

    They chased the Tony down, keeping it between them and forcing the Japanese pilot to constantly change direction so as to prevent either American from gaining an angle on him. All three planes spiraling around each with the big P-38s staying on the outside to corral the little Tony in an ever shrinking circle as they whole ballet drifted closer to the coast. At five thousand feet, they were beginning to run out of room and Lynch knew it was time to set up the final move.

    “Red Two, break off. Hold Angels Four. I will drive him below you.”

    Accordingly, Bong turned out of the spiral and circled wide at four thousand feet just over the coast line. Lynch kicked his rudder to tighten his turn and lead the enemy at a seventy degree deflection. Accelerating up as he rolled level and dropped his nose into a steeper dive as he closed to 300 yards and let off a short burst in front of the Tony’s right side.

    Bong sped down from his higher perch, his Lightning screaming through the humid air. The Jap fighter snapped left, away from Lynch’s fire, and directly across Bong’s path. At 400 yards Bong pulled his throttles. At 200 yards he opened up a sustained two-second burst of fire into the Tony.

    Flashes and sparks flew from the left wing of the Tony, walking back in a scattered pattern over the rear fuselage and shredding the entire empennage and blasting holes through the stylized eight-petal chrysanthemum emblem which adorned it. The tip of the vertical stabilizer flew off, followed by the rudder and the left elevator. As Marge closed to point-blank on the enemy, Bong’s fire spread back up the fuselage of the airplane. Across the canopy and over its nose, blowing an engine cover loose before Lynch saw a propeller blade come off.

    Immediately, the Tony flicked over and nosed down in a completely uncontrolled tumble. Bong and Lynch both pulled out of their dives at less than one-thousand feet and watched the Tony impact fifty feet from shore, cartwheeling into a thousand pieces in the shallow tideway.

    “That’ll do him.”

    “Copy that, Red Two. Let’s see what happened to his friend.”

    Lynch and Bong joined back up, reducing their throttles as they turned back inland. It did not take them long to find the black column of smoke drifting in the wind which marked the first Tony’s decent. They circled the area twice before Bong picked out the fire in the scrub jungle below. Dropping lower for a better look, Lynch confirmed, “Red Two, Red One, that’s the wreckage all right. You got him.”

    Lynch looked at his fuel gauges and saw his MAIN tanks were down to about 25 gallons each and his RESERVE tanks held steady at 45 gallons each. He called over the Bong to ask his fuel status.

    “Red One, Two, I have five-six gallons mains, nine-two gallons reserve.”

    They would need about 100 gallons to get back to East Base at cruise, leaving them just forty or fifty gallons for additional patrol or maneuvers. It was not worth the risk to continue on.

    “Red Two, Red One. Let’s head home, those luggers will have to wait another day.”

    “Copy, One. Return to base.”

    “Make Angels Two-Zero, set for briefed cruise.”

    “Copy, One. Angels Two-Zero at briefed cruise.”

    Nothing was said about what was on both minds: Bong had just passed Rickenbacker.
     
    Last edited:
    Ch.30 - The Last Group (3 - 11 April 1944)
  • 3 April 1944
    HQ, 479th Fighter Group, IV Fighter Command, 4th Air Force
    Santa Maria Army Airfield, California, USA


    The Army Air Forces were reorganizing. All Groups that were not scheduled for deployment to combat were being disbanded, their duties re-assigned to AAF Base Units to free personnel and equipment for the war effort. As part of that reorganization the main P-38 RTUs in the United States, the 360th Fighter Group (Twin-Engine) in Michigan, and the 329th Fighter Group (Twin-Engine) in California were both being absorbed into other stations.

    The dissolution of the 329th is what Lieutenant Colonel Kyle Riddle was most concerned with at the moment. Not because his new Group, the 479th, needed their services anymore but because of the transfer of several 329th Pilots coming into his Group.

    One of the pilots he had already met, Lt. Col. Sidney Woods. Woods had briefly ran the outfit as its mission wound down and oversaw the transition and disbursement of the personnel. He had command and combat experience in the Southwest Pacific with the 49th Fighter Group so Riddle knew he would be an invaluable asset to the 479th as Group Operations Officer, although after meeting the man, Riddle was sure it would not take long for the fellow Lt. Col. to seek out his own command.

    The other pilot was a combat veteran with experience in the Mediterranean with the 82nd Fighter Group and again in Europe with the 78th, earning numerous decorations along the way. After rotating out of Combat he was assigned to the 329th to become a P-38 Pilot Instructor with the new two-seat TP-38s from Vultee but was now being sent back to an un-tried Combat Unit for a second tour.

    “Captain ‘Hay-ding-er’ is it?” Riddle asked, pronouncing the name with a long ‘a’ and blended ‘-ing.’

    “High-din-ger, Sir.” The man corrected. He was dressed smartly, standing at attention in his “pinks and greens” replete with insignia and ribbons with his cap under his arm. The top row of ribbons, directly below his wings, had the Red-White-and-Blue ribbon of the DSC, the Blue-White-and-Red ribbon of the Distinguished Flying Cross, and the Blue-and-Gold of the Air Medal with two silver Oak-Leaf Clusters and two bronze, tallying combat missions flown and enemies destroyed. The second row began with the blue bar of the DUC with two bronze Oak-Leaf Clusters followed by the various other personal decorations Captain James A. Heidinger had earned in his ten months of combat.

    “Have a seat, Captain.” Riddle sat at his desk and Heidinger followed suit across from him, placing his cap in his lap. “I understand you just had a weekend furlough.”

    “Yes sir. My last assignment ended on Friday and I wasn’t due to report until this morning.”

    “I hope you made the most of it.”

    “I stayed in L.A. Had dinner with a friend and tried to stay out of the wind.”

    “That friend happen to be a girl?”

    “No sir,” He smiled a little, “my girl is back in Illinois. I met with a Lockheed pilot who was with the seventy-eighth for a while.”

    Riddle nodded. He had heard about Lockheed’s Tony LaVier and his close work with the 78th in England in the build up to the Second Schweinfurt raid. It did not surprise him that a man like Heidinger would have a rapport with the test pilot. The relationship concerned Riddle a little, though. The test pilot mentality could make for a great fighter but sometimes also marked someone out for personal glory.

    “You come with quite the file, Captain. Ferried over with the 78th last winter, transferred with the P-38s to North Africa in February, sixty-eight combat sorties with the 82nd—including being present on two missions which earned a Unit Citation—then back to England to re-join the 78th and get them ready for long-range escort. You stayed with them through the end of October and were with them over Schweinfurt where you earned another Unit Citation and a Distinguished Service Cross in addition to making Ace. Personal commendations for leadership and conduct from your C/Os along the way. Now you are here heading for more combat time.”

    The list of accomplishments made Heidinger melt a little in his chair, subtly sinking back further as each accolade was read out, embarrassed to have such a fuss made over him. Riddle liked that—this was not some hot-shot trying to earn medals.

    “Just want to do my duty, sir.”

    “Good.” The commendations on file said as much but seeing Heidinger’s physical reaction as Riddle read them re-enforced the Colonel’s assessment of the man. “How much do you know about the Four-Seventy-Ninth?”

    “Not much, sir.”

    “We were activated last October and formed in December as a new P-38 Group. Most of the pilots are green, fresh out of AvCad. We’ve spent the last three months learning the plane and getting experience by patrolling the West Coast but, with only a handful of exceptions, have zero combat time. I am pushing for a combat assignment but we don’t yet know when it will happen or where we will go.” Riddle considered for a moment, he had Captain Robert Elliott, formerly of the 14th Fighter Group, as a flight leader with the 435th Squadron and Captain John Mangus from the 35th Fighter Group as Executive Officer for the 436th supported by Lieutenant Clarence Johnson from the 82nd Group as a flight leader. All three brought combat experience to their squadrons and together with a few others in the Group had been invaluable in translating the by-the-book operations for the new Group into something a little more ready for combat. The 434th Squadron, on the other hand, had no pilots with real experience. “I’d like to put you in the 434th Squadron but the staff is full and Captain Jeffrey has seniority over you.”

    Captain Heidinger sat passive through Riddle’s introduction of the Group.

    “My staff is also full, but with your Fighter Pilot Instructor rating I am going to assign you as Assistant Group S-3, in charge of pilot training and tactics and get you in line to take over the next opening in the 434th. You will be working directly with Lieutenant Colonel Woods to get the Group fully combat ready and operational.” He rose, and Heidinger followed, “happy to have you with us, Captain,” he offered his hand which Heidinger took in a firm single shake.

    “Thank you, Sir.”

    “Dismissed.”

    Captain Heidinger snapped a salute which Riddle retuned before turning on his heel and leaving the office.

    Now, with that done, Riddle had other business which needed his attention, primary among them was getting all three squadrons consolidated from their various stations to Santa Maria.

    8 April 1944

    Captain Heidinger’s biggest surprise after joining the 479th was not in his assignment—after learning that Lt. Col. Woods was also joining the Group he had expected to be attached to the one-time 329th CO—or even the fact that two TP-38s had been temporarily assigned to the Group HQ, but that a former 96th Squadron, 82nd Fighter Group pilot was in the 436th Squadron of the 479th.

    Lt. Clarence “Tuffy” Johnson had fortuitously missed the Cancello mission on September 2nd, having been grounded due to a ruptured ear drum. He had finished his tour with the 96th in December and rotated back to the States where he was re-assigned directly to the newly manned 436th Fighter Squadron at the end of the month.

    As much as he would enjoy reconnecting with Tuffy and was anxious to fly with him again, Heidinger knew his primary focus needed to be on the 434th Fighter Squadron with its dearth of combat veterans. He and Lt. Col. Woods had met with the Squadron CO and went through the personnel files of the other members over the past few days. Combat experience aside, there were a couple promising prospects in the Squadron—at least on paper—and the entire squadron were full Commissioned Officers without a Flight Officer among them.

    The 479th FG was spread out between four bases: HQ was at Santa Maria, the 465th was down at Oxnard but had started to make the move up to Santa Maria a few days ago, the 436th was at Palmdale, and farthest away was the 434th Lomita Flight Strip—an emergency strip near Long Beach. The 434th were scheduled to begin their move to Santa Maria today so Heidinger used his new found authority as Assistant S-3 to fly with them and turn what was scheduled to be a simple ferry flight into an extended training and observation sortie to better judge how they actually fly, off of paper.

    To make his planned evaluation flight, Heidinger would need to first fly the 145 miles down the coast to Lomita, refuel, organize the flights, and brief the pilots. To ensure everything went smoothly, he called ahead and requested the first eight members he and Woods had agreed on be ready for briefing at 1000 hours: Lieutenant Canella and Second Lieutenants Lutz, and Matthews in the first flight with Captain Jeffery as lead—included so Heidinger would not be stepping on toes—and Second Lieutenants Ilsley, Ohligschlager, and Tucker in the second flight with the highly recommended Lieutenant Olds as lead.

    Since he did not have his own assigned airplane yet, he borrowed one of the recently arrived 435th planes, A/C No. 42-66737. Like most of the planes in the 479th, 737, was an older H-model airplane similar to Timber! III which Heidinger had flown with the 78th the previous fall but without the electric fuel system or automatic primers. After being spoiled with newer aircraft for the past six months, getting back into manually priming the engines for start-up was a bit of a shock but it was no different than what he had lived with in North Africa with Timber! and Timber! II so he managed alright.

    The flight to Lomita took him about 40 minutes and he landed on the short strip shortly after 0900. The strip was simple, a single runway with dirt aprons and surrounded by partially developed ranch-land. Just south of the strip was the Coast Highway and to the north was a good size fuel depot filled with squat white tanks. There were a series of barracks off the field and only a few maintenance hangers and canvas awnings, not enough to accommodate the full squadron of large P-38s, so most of the aircraft were parked in the open around the field.

    He pulled 737 up near the tower and the small operations hut next to it. After shutting down the ground crew chocked his wheels, he set the parking brake, and dismounted the ride. He was met by Maj. Herren and Capt. Keller, the C/O and X/O of the Squadron whom he had met a few days prior with Lt. Col. Woods. A few of the other squadron members were standing by, watching Heidinger’s arrival. Once on the ground he snapped the C/O a salute and was met with a handshake.

    “Good to see you again, Captain.”

    “Major. Captain Keller.” Heidinger acknowledged them in turn.

    Herren led Keller and Heidinger to the Operations shack, where another young man was waiting in flight gear with Captain’s bars on his collar. The man stood and saluted the Major while giving Heidinger a sideways glance, weary of the newcomer. Major Herren made the introductions.

    “Captain Jeffery, this is Captain Jim Heidinger, Assistant Group Operations Officer. Captain Heidinger, this is Captain Art Jeffery, he’ll be leading your flight today.”

    “Pleased to meet you, Captain.” Heidinger offered a hand which Jeffrey accepted.

    “Likewise.”

    The four men then set about to plan the details of the flight, most of it already pre-figured and laid out by Heidinger the night before. The 434th men made a few amendments to the plan, chief among them a change from the initial route after form up from directly west to first divert south to San Clemente Island. This will add some more time to the route but Maj. Herren pointed out that doing so would allow the squadron to maneuver northwest along the entire range of the Channel Islands instead of only the northern half. Heidinger had some concern due to the Marine and Navy wings which commonly operate west of San Diego but Herren, Keller, and Jeffrey all assured him this was their normal practice area.

    At 0950 hours the other seven members of the day’s flight started to come into the shack. The first arrival was the young Lt. Robin Olds. Heidinger, like most of the Air Force, knew the name well. The Lieutenant’s father was the late Major General Robert Olds, one of Billy Mitchell’s most outspoken defenders, an old Air Corps pioneer, and was second only to Lt.Gen. Harold George in the so-called Bomber Mafia. Lt. Olds himself was already pretty well known in the Army for his time at West Point where he was All American tackle on the Army Football team. He was part of the accelerated Class of ’44, received his wings from Gen. Arnold himself on May 30th, 1943, and graduated with his class on June 1st, 1943 when he was commissioned a Second Lieutenant. His leadership and professionalism though Fighter Pilot Training with the 329th (Heidinger had just missed him) earned him commendation and he was promoted to First Lieutenant upon joining the new 434th Fighter Squadron.

    Following him was fellow West Point graduate, Lt. Keith Canella. The two of them, Olds and Canella, were both considered natural fighter pilots and Heidinger was told that Group had high expectations for both of them. He was looking forward to seeing them at the yoke.

    After the others arrived, Maj. Herren started the briefing promptly at 1000.

    “Gentlemen, as you may have heard the Four-Seventy-Ninth is consolidating at Santa Maria in preparation for deployment.” A murmur went through the room at the confirmation. Herran held up his hand to silence the pilots. “We don’t have any information yet on when we will be leaving or where we will be going; it could be another month before we leave, so don’t get too excited yet. As part of the consolidation, the Four-Thirty-Fourth will begin moving up to Santa Maria today and you have been selected to lead us up. Captain Heidinger here is our new Assistant S-3 for the Group. He’ll be over-seeing the transition and will take charge of the day-to-day readiness training and pilot evaluations. He’s a veteran of North Africa, the Med, and Western Europe. An Ace with six confirmed kills and an expert Lightning pilot. Listen to him, learn everything you can from him; it will probably save your life. Captain Heidinger.”

    Heidinger moved forward to address the pilots.

    “Thank you, Major. I’ll not bore you with my resume, so let’s get down to brass tacks…”

    * * *

    Heidinger had set up the eight planes in two finger-four flights, Red and Blue. Red flight was led by Capt. Jeffrey with 2Lt. Lutz on wing, trailed by Lt. Canella and 2Lt. Matthews. Blue flight had Lt. Olds in lead followed by 2Lt. Ohligschlager, with 2Lts. Ilsley and Tucker completing the second element. Heidinger himself trailed behind the small formation in a low diamond position designated Black 1.

    As briefed, Jeffrey led them south from the assembly point, climbing to 22,000 feet as they made for San Clemente. Once up there, the abbreviated squadron made a series of formation maneuvers which Heidinger observed as being tight and tidy. As they turned northwest to over-fly the Channel Islands the plan as Heidinger understood began to unravel.

    “Lead, Blue Two, Marines Two-o’Clock low. Looks like they are coming up to play.”

    Heidinger looked down and sure enough, a formation of twelve blue planes were climbing up parallel to his flight. They looked like fat-assed, hunchbacked, products from an un-holy union of a Stuka and a 190 with massive kite-like wings. He had seen them on occasion, but never closely, and knew immediately they were Marine Corsairs.

    “Devil Flight, Lead, let’s give them one last go.”

    The agreement was that Heidinger was there to observe and instruct, not lead the flight, so it was Jeffrey’s initiative to engage the Marines. Hearing Jeffrey’s command to let the Marines have “one last go” told Heidinger all he needed to know about why the Squadron leads had been so insistent the flight come south: they wanted the Leathernecks to come up to them. He had heard rumors and whispers in the Officer’s Clubs that these mock dogfights were happening between the Army, Navy, and Marines, but had never personally taken part or witnessed them. For their part, the Brass of all the involved Groups turned a blind eye to the activity. So long as no one did anything stupid and no one was hurt they figured it was good practice to get the pilots ready for real combat.

    The decision Heidinger had to make now was whether join in the fray or stay high and watch. His first inclination was toward the latter but the weary reception from the Squadron pilots pushed him the other way. Still, he wanted to see what these pilots could do so he decided to start with observation and get involved after the first pass.

    The P-38s eagerly rolled out of their formation, coming around to dive directly at the climbing Corsairs while Heidinger maintained his altitude and instead circled right at a hard back to watch the melee unfold. A moment later the Marine airplanes peeled up, turning to the diving Lightnings and climbing to meet them.

    Heidinger could already see the inexperience of the 434th pilots. They were diving too fast to compensate for the climbing Corsairs and it would be easy for the Marine pilots to force the Lightnings to undershoot. Sure enough, as the two groups closed on each other, the Corsairs abruptly pulled vertical, their massive tail planes rotating the airplanes quickly to 90-degrees. The big radials pulled the deceptively nimble planes straight up while the fast diving P-38s were fighting too much gravity to match and slipped harmlessly beneath them.

    He watched the battle spread and mix for a few minutes, following the action down as the aerobatics brought combatants lower. The green pilots kept good radio discipline, identifying themselves, calling out the “enemy,” and even coordinating some of their maneuvers. Their drill must be good as he noted the wingmen and element leaders stayed together.

    Four Corsairs came together to separate a two-plane element from the rest of the flight and Heidinger decided it was time take part.

    “Blue One, Blue Two, four on our tail.”

    “Roger.”

    “Blue One, Black One, I’m coming down to intercept. Climb right.”

    To Olds’s credit, whatever unease he may have with Heidinger he did not question the maneuver and immediately led Ohligschlager into a full power right hand climb. The Corsairs had no trouble in following the climb and turned with them.

    “Blue Two, Black One, on my mark Break Right. Blue One, on same mark, peel left.” Heidinger was trying to get the two P-38s to turn maneuver apart. The four Corsairs would then either need to split to chase both or fully commit to one, leaving the other free maneuver on them. At the same time, he was positioning himself to pursue in either direction coming from above and behind the Marines.

    “Three.”

    The six aircraft below him shifted around as the Corsairs started to pull slightly inside the Lightnings.

    “Two.”

    Olds loosened his turn a little.

    “One.”

    The Corsairs started to stack up, the lead pair intent on Ohligschlager’s P-38 while the trailing pair could more easily see Olds’s change of position.

    “Break!”

    Old’s P-38 slowly counter-rolled out of the turn, assisted with a little rudder and Ohligschlager’s barreled inverted and reversed the climb into a nose over. The second element of Corsairs followed Olds’s slow peel while the lead Corsairs were forced to overshot the second P-38’s sudden roll leaving them no option but to also reverse and come outside the other pair as they lined up on Olds.

    Heidinger was almost in position but recognized that if this were a real fight he would arrive too late to save Olds. With Ohligschlager clear but out of position, Olds’s only hope at this time was Olds himself.

    “Blue One, Black One, pull left-throttle and cross-control left. Hard!”

    Again, without hesitation, Olds followed Heidinger’s command. His Lightning rapidly increased its roll as the left engine slowed. Immediately, the P-38’s left rudder deflected hard left, dropping the airplane’s nose and forcing it into a high speed skid. The pursuing Corsairs tightened their turns to keep inside the big twin-engine fighter, gauging their angle on the angle of the nose.

    But Olds was not going where his plane was pointed, instead skidding at a high angle of attack with a radius of turn well outside how it appeared.

    “Blue One, pull right throttle.”

    The high speed skid slowed the airplane quickly and Marines all shot right past it, desperately trying to reverse their rolls as they realized their mistake.

    “Blue One, reverse roll, full throttle.”

    Olds now found himself directly behind the turning Corsairs.

    At the same time, Heidinger came past Olds, coasting inside the enemies’ turn and pulling up directly off their right wingtips. He held inside of them for a moment, just long enough to see wide eyes looking at him as he waved at the Marine pilots across the narrow expanse of space.

    The Corsairs leveled their wings and straightened their turn: they were beat and they knew it.

    Only a minute later the Corsairs and the Lightnings started given each other wags of their respective wings, singling that the friendly bout was over.

    11 April 1944

    “…so, by using a little differential throttle in a high speed turn you can roll with most Enemy Aircraft either gaining an advantage in pursuit, or misleading them in lead.”

    A few days later, back safe at Santa Maria, Heidinger was running a clinic with the Squadron leads and flight leaders by talking them through the engagement with the Corsairs. He complemented the 434th on their flight discipline but cautioned them to temper their excitement, pointing out how they were out-maneuvered during the initial pass. He talked them through the fight, calling out what worked well and how they can improve their performance, then got into his involvement and what he had Olds do.

    “Use the two-engines to your advantage, no plane you’re likely to face can do quite what the P-38 can. Change your rolls—slow to fast, fast to slow—using rudder and differential throttle to change the rate. Lieutenant Olds started with a slow peel,” Heidinger illustrated the maneuvers with the universal flat hand motions of fighter pilots, “rolling left against his right turn and increasing his climb. He then changed that into a much tighter left-roll with throttle assistance bringing his nose down and leading the enemy to compensate by also increasing their roll and tightening their turn. He used that assumption to his advantage by skidding his turn with hard left-rudder at a half-bank. When he pulled both throttles, the angle of attack increased until he was almost in a high-speed cross-control stall with his nose pointed deeply inside the turn. The enemy turned tighter to lead his angle but his sudden loss of speed from the skid and the deceptive angle of his airplane forced all four of them too far inside and they overshot.”

    The entire Group had come to appreciate Heidinger’s experience in the past few days as he had flown with more and more pilots from the various squadrons. Their training had picked up to a fevered pitch since the 8th when Lt. Col. Woods was ordered to leave with an advance party to get their combat station prepared for their arrival. This left Heidinger as Acting Group Operations Officer, a position he used to organize these clinics to get the pilots ready for the finer points of air combat which were not covered in standard training. More importantly, Woods’s departure could only mean one thing: they were going to leave within the week.
     
    Last edited:
    Ch.31 - Blue Lightning (12 - 22 April 1944)
  • 12 April 1944
    Liaison, 7th PG(R), VIII Air Service Command, 8 AF
    Station 234 (Mount Farm)


    It was better than the old Marylands he used to fly but it was lonely. In the Maryland he always had at least one other crewmember and often flew with two but in this aeroplane it was only himself. It was a fine aircraft—there was no denying that the Americans built a true war-fighter—but, much like the Maryland, it lacked the beauty and grace of a proper British design; all business and no romance. The engines were pretty good, certainly better than those of some other aircraft he had flown, but they were typical American jobs: big, loose, and reliant on brute strength to beat the fuel into submission, utterly devoid of the Merlin’s engineering refinement. He considered it…adequate but, ultimately, Wing Commander Adrian Warburton would have preferred a Mosquito.

    Perhaps he was being unfair. The Americans considered the Lightning superlative, especially in the Photographic Reconnaissance role. He certainly had to admit it was a good, stable, platform for the mission. It had the added benefit of being as fast or faster than any enemy fighters and its handling down low, where he liked to be, was without equal, with its ability to pull up and away unrivaled by anything else in Europe. Additionally, it was quiet; a trait easy to under-appreciate unless being forced to sit between the drone of two engines for six hours or more while sneaking through enemy skies.

    In truth, he rather enjoyed the novel American plane—it may fall a little short of the Mosquito in his estimation, but only just. Still, it was at hand to do the job and the job required doing. He would fly a Camel if it were the only thing available and, if needed, would take the photographs himself by leaning out of the cockpit with a Contax. In comparison, the Lightning was Apollo’s Chariot with endurance that would inspire Pheidippides to jealousy.

    Of course, he was not supposed to be flying at all. As an RAF Liaison Officer to the American 7th Photographic Group (Reconnaissance) his job was supposed to be limited to coordination between the US Army Air Forces and the RAF. His superiors could not be bothered with the simple truth that he had the ability to perform the reconnaissance as well as anyone else and better than most. Never one for phaleristics he was not looking for recognition but with the tense atmosphere throughout England as they prepared for the invasion of France, Warburton wanted to be certain the commanders on the ground would have the best intelligence available and knew he was the man for the job. So, he found a way: the infinitely mutable commander of the 7th PG, Lt. Col. Elliot Roosevelt—who also happened to be the son of the President of the United States.

    With Lt. Col. Roosevelt’s permission, Wing Commander Warburton mounted the blue F-5C of the 13th Photographic Squadron and left the ground at Mount Farm at 9:00 in the morning with USAAF Lt. Henderson on his wing in another blue F-5C.

    The Lockheed F-5C Lightning was a reconnaissance version of the P-38H Lightning fighter. It was tailored to the role by replacing all the guns with a collection of cameras looking both down and to the sides. For the day’s mission, Warburton’s F-5C had a 6” K-17 chart camera looking down from the nose; one 24” K-17 reconnaissance camera in the center nose compartment also looking down, and two 24” K-17 reconnaissance cameras in the aft nose compartment—one looking down and the other to the left at a slight oblique. Instead of the standard American Olive Drab and Grey camouflage (or being unpainted as many of the new American arrivals were), the F-5 was painted in gradients of light blue, called “Synthetic Haze,” similar to the RAF PRU Blue. Warburton liked the Synthetic Haze paint, with its lighter tones on bottom and darker on top, for its ability to blend into the atmospheric haze at high altitude. When combined with the turbo-muffled engines of the Lightning it made penetrating over enemy territory far easier as the aeroplanes were difficult for the Germans to detect or pinpoint for interception.

    Warburton had taken to considering it “over enemy territory” rather than being in “enemy airspace” the past few months because of the near total control the Allies had gained of the skies over Western Europe. That was the biggest blessing on these long over-flight missions. Ever since January, with what the Americans are already calling their “Big Week,” the skies had grown less contested. The dominance brought over the German fighters by the arrival, in bulk, of the Lightnings and the growing number of Mustang III fighters with their ability to hunt down and destroy the Luftwaffe in detail has permitted free rein to the Photo groups.

    He and Lt. Henderson were using that to their advantage. They passed un-harassed over the German border and continued on toward Frankfurt at 24,000 feet on the altimeter. Even if they were detected the Germans would be hesitant to waste time, fuel, and pilots chasing down a couple reconnaissance planes when they would need everything they had to repel the anticipated invasion. On a largely clear day such as this it was even more imperative the Luftwaffe interceptors stay put as American bomber raids were sure to be following through the daylight.

    In fact, to avoid mingling with the later bomber streams, Warburton and Henderson would not be returning to England at the end of their flight. The plan called for them to fly together to central Germany, then separate for their respective photo-runs. Henderson would continue on the more easterly route to Nuremburg then on to Regensburg before coming back to slip over eastern Bavaria while Warburton would turn south to overfly Augsburg before dropping to the Lech River valley, then southeast to pass western Munich. They would then re-join each other south-east of Munich, between Rosenheim and Lake Chiemsee, before turning Southwest into Austria, crossing the Alps, passing Northern Italy, and making south to an American airbase on the southern point of Sardinia. Warburton’s route would total about 1200 nautical miles and would take him around six hours total flight time—nearly all of it in enemy territory.

    Even with two 135 Imperial Gallon drop tanks under the wings—or 165 Gallons by the American measure—the Lightning had no trouble clipping along at 210 miles per hour Indicated cruise at 24,000 feet. Warburton followed the standard fighter practice of draining one tank at a time so that the empty could be dropped early if needed. He would get one-and-one-half hours on each external tank this way, which should take him all the way to the rendezvous after passing his targets. The first tank switch would take place around the time the two planes went their separate ways.

    They were on strict radio silence so there was no coordination between him and Lt. Henderson as they cruised over Germany. At quarter-to-eleven he switched from left to right drop tanks. Warburton had seen P-38s with a simplified electronic fuel tank selector system but such a system was absent from his Reconnaissance Lightning due to lack of space in the cockpit—where the system was installed in the fighters was instead used for all of the camera circuits and intervalometer controls—forcing him to use the manual fuel selector valves to the left of his seat to make the switch. Switching external tanks was accomplished by moving the right selector valve to EXT./OFF, moving the right side CROSS-FEED switch on the auxiliary fuel control switch box OFF, and vice versa the left side valve (set to O.W. for the Outer Wing tank which will be his next selection) and switch.

    With his fuel switched and fuel pressures good he continued on and it was not long before Henderson gave a wag of his wings and drifted off to Warburton’s left. The other Lightning soon blended into the haze and disappeared from sight. Wing Commander Warburton was now on his own.

    A short time later and he was nearing Augsburg from the north. Nearly to his Initial Point for the first pass, he prepared to lock the plane in steady route with the automatic pilot system. Warburton preferred flying the aeroplane himself but at these altitudes and speeds even the slightest shift could ruin an entire series of photographic exposures—a condition which using the automatic ameliorated.

    He released the yoke and the Lightning started to dip a little, losing altitude, so he leveled it off with the elevator trim when between his legs, also making a few adjustments to the aileron and rudder trims while he was working on it. Content that the plane was flying straight and level, he moved on to get the automatic pilot set.

    The process was fairly simple. The automatic pilot controls and gauges were integrated in the instrument panel, replacing the normal artificial horizon and directional gyro with a large two-bank unit which included the same but connected to pressure controls which would maintain the aircraft direction and attitude by making small and automatic adjustments to the trim controls.

    Warburton set the directional gyro card to match his current magnetic compass reading and adjusted the track angle setting until the upper card read the same as the corrected lower card. With his compass correction set he then uncaged the directional gyro so it would freely turn with any changes of track. This would make sure the plane stayed on the set course for the photo run.

    Since his plane was already properly trimmed for his speed and condition, he set the automatic pilot elevator and aileron trims to zero—locking the aeroplane into its current attitude.

    With everything now set, he just turned the automatic pilot control from OFF to ON by giving it a quarter turn anticlockwise. A few final minor adjustments after the automatic pilot took control and the Lightning was flying itself.

    Warbuton looked out his canopy and checked the clock: he was passing the I.P.

    His target at Augsburg was the Messerschmitt factory complex just west of the Lech River. The photograph orders were for a broad angle stereoscopic run at 24,000 feet followed by a monoscopic pass at 12,000 feet. His set track would pass him just west of the complex so the stereoscopic cameras would get a good angle on the target buildings for the analysts.

    With the I.P. passing beneath him, it was time to start getting the requested exposures.

    The stereoscopic cameras required careful synchronization so he would rely on the intervalometer to trigger the shutters. Referencing his settings card, he found his altitude in thousands of feet, 24, and looked down the column until he found the number closest to his Air-speed-indicator reading, 210. Following that row to the settings table, he matched it to the altitude column on that table and found that the intervalometer would need to be set at six seconds for the cameras. He reached forward, pushed in the intervalometer setting knob and turned it to 6 then turned the camera control switch to INTERVALOMTER.

    Once clear of the I.P. and ready for the run, he turned the camera master switch ON and was rewarded by the simultaneous amber flashes of the lights on the blinker box. Since there was no way to set only certain cameras to operate, all four lights flashed together, before each went green for a moment as the cameras wound to the next exposure. Three seconds before the next exposure, the blinkers turned white, then all four light flashed amber again.

    Six seconds later, all four lights flashed again.

    Again, six seconds after that, and so on as he passed through the quiet skies over Augsburg.

    A few minutes later, past the city, he turned off the cameras, each having taken nearly two score exposures as registered on the exposure counters next to the blinkers.

    He turned off the automatic pilot, caged the gyros, and made a slow descending turn beyond the city. Warburton brought the Lightning back to the I.P. as it dropped to 12,000 feet for the second pass. Once at the proper altitude, he re-gained the proper track line at the I.P., reset the automatic pilot and prepared for the run.

    This time, he would be taking a monoscopic pass with the cameras so they would not need to be synchronized with the intervalometer. Instead, he simply turned the camera control switch to RUNAWAY so they would take a succession of exposures as quickly as they could wind. Before starting the exposures, however, he needed to check his speed. At 12,000 feet he would need to be going less than 215 on his Air-speed-indicator to operate the cameras in RUNAWAY. He retarded the throttles back until the gauges showed a Manifold Pressure of 32 inches of mercury and slowed his propellers until the engine RPMs dropped to 1800.

    Once his airspeed was showing 215, Warburton turned the camera master switch ON. He was once more met with the first simultaneous flash of the four amber lights on the blinker box as the cameras took their first exposure. The lights all turned green as the cameras wound but since they each wound at slightly different rates they came out of synchronization and started to alternate amber-green-amber-green-amber at different times in continuous secession as he overflew the target.

    This pass was not as smooth as the previous, however. Being lower and a little slower made him a more obvious target and the mid-range ack-ack protecting the factories opened a few ineffectual bursts his way. He watched as the bursts came closer to his route as the gunners started to get a better bearing on the hard to see Lightning. The bursts were coming within a few hundred yards, ever closer, then he was done.

    He quickly switched the cameras off, turned off the automatic pilot, caged the instruments, and pushed the engine controls and yoke forward to quickly build speed away from the anti-aircraft below him. A slight westerly turn and he tracked clear of the target, relieved to be safe for the moment.

    The next target was going to be a tricky one. South of Augsburg a few dozen nautical miles was Lechfeld Aerodrome, a staging field for Messerschmitt and the occasional home of German fighters intended for the defense of Augsburg and Munich.

    Approaching the aerodrome at 11:25, Warburton saw very few aircraft on the ground, perhaps less than a half-dozen. It seemed that Lechfeld was either being underutilized or that the aircraft were under camouflage. Being so close to two major manufacturing centers—Augsburg and Munich—Warburton doubted the former scenario.

    His first pass was once more at 12,000 feet and 215 miles per hour indicated with the cameras in RUNAWAY. He was at an altitude which made it difficult for any ack-ack at the aerodrome to properly track him since most of it was intended to defend against low-level attacks or high-altitude bombing. The dwindling Luftwaffe resources meant they had to target defense to the most likely forms of attack for a particular area. This left most of the mid-range antiaircraft around many industrial centers and cities where the medium bombers and RAF night raids would normally be headed. A single airfield was a less obvious target for these.

    Once clear of the target, he made a decision: his job was to get intelligence on the disposition of air defense in the region, so that is exactly what he would do even if it meant making a second un-planned pass on the aerodrome. He was the man who circled the Italian fleet at Taranto multiple times to get the names of every ship there—if there were aircraft under camouflage at Lech, he would find them, identify them, and try to get photographic confirmation regardless of what it took to get the job done.

    Flying first 20 miles out of range of the target, he then circled around, dropping the Lightning to just above the treetops, to set up a surprise low altitude pass from a different angle so he could get a visual on what was around the perimeter of the strip. Coming in hot with his air-speed-indicator reading 250 m.p.h. and cameras on MANUAL, he hovered his finger over the camera trigger on the yoke, waiting for the right moment to get a picture.

    The tactic worked, the time passed since his first pass and the speed of his low level approach caught the Lechfeld personnel off-guard. Warburton’s F-5C Lightning zipped over the runway as he rocked and rolled it to either side to catch low angle glimpses into the trees beyond. Sure enough, he saw the distinct forms of aircraft hidden on the verge. He started squeezing off photographs as quickly as the cameras would allow in the few seconds it took for him to clear the field.

    What was that?

    Near the end of the runway he saw a few aeroplanes under netting but they did not look like any German plane he had seen before. It was too fast for him to make out details but something about them just seemed wrong, as though they were put together incorrectly or missing something. He tried to take a picture for the analysts but his cameras were still winding and the planes were off a little to the right where the angle may be wrong for the 12” camera to catch them.

    About that time, the small arms fire started, the Germans finally responding to his pass.

    He pushed the Lightning faster and kept it low to clear their line as quickly as possible, the enemy fire passing to the side and behind him as he sped past. With his airspeed increasing he was soon out of sight from the ground fire but he kept on, clipping just over the tree tops. In a snap judgment, he pulled the Lightning up into climbing turn, bouncing up to 300 feet as he started back toward Lechfeld.

    The Germans would be expecting him this time, he knew, so instead of flying directly over the field he changed track so he would parallel the field 1000 yards out. Warburton hoped that if he could time it right and get the right angle the high resolution of the 24” cameras would be able to see under the netting and get good photographs of the strange aeroplanes.

    Regardless, he would need to me a hasty retreat to avoid falling victim to the ground fire. He armed his tank releases and switched off the left side cross-feed then turned the right side fuel valve to O.W. Any petrol that remained in the right drop tank would be wasted but it should be minimal at this stage and the on board fuel would be plenty to get him to Sardinia.

    Lechfeld came back in sight and he slowed down, pulling engine speeds and throttles back and even dropping the flaps to their ‘Maneuver’ setting.

    Warburton saw the muzzle flashes from the auto-cannons flicker from their nests on the ground.

    Once over the target threshold, he rolled away from the strip, keeping his F-5 tracking straight but with the left wing up at over seventy degrees of bank. His left foot pushed on the rudder to keep the nose up and plane steadied in the line.

    Wing Commander Warburton squeezed the trigger and held it in manual runaway.

    Amber.

    Green.

    Amber.

    Green.

    Amber.

    PING-PING-PING

    He held the bank as long as he thought necessary, tempted to hold the trigger longer until the sound of small arms impacting his tail changed his mind. The Ace Reconnaissance pilot released the trigger, leveled his wings, and pressed the tank release. The Lightning hardly noticed the lost weight as the two droppable tanks tumbled free of their displacement shackles but it was enough to lift him a few feet higher as he raised the flaps with one hand and pushed his engine controls forward with the other. The Lightning went from a slight upward lurch into a sudden climb as the propeller thrust increased the lift over the wings. A push on the yoke and the blue Lightning nosed down and accelerated even more, soon back to 100 feet with Lechfeld far behind him.

    Warburton could only hope he got clear enough photographs for someone to identify what he saw at the aerodrome.


    22 April 1944
    HQ, VIII Air Service Command, 8 AF
    Daws Hill, High Wycombe, England


    Major General Hugh Knerr looked at the slightly blurred photos in front of him. Normally, being the Chief Logistic Officer (A-4) of the Eighth Air Force, the these types of things would not come to him, instead going through the Intelligence chain-of-command and ending up on the desk of the Eighth Air Force’s A-2, Intelligence Officer, but since Knerr was the Commander of the entire VIII Air Service Command in addition to his assignment as 8AF A-4, the photographic analysts of the Air Service reported to him.

    “How old did you say these were?”

    “Ten days, Sir.”

    Ten days. It took them ten days to get the photographic plates recovered, negatives made, and prints developed. Ten days for the analysts to review thousands of photographs from scores of sorties. Ten days for the wheels of the Army bureaucracy to get the pictures pushed along the chain-on-command until here they are, sitting on his desk.

    The 7th Photographic Group’s S-2 continued, “They were found in a batch of frames between others of the Messerschmitt factories in Augsburg and Oberpfaffenhofen Airfield. These are of a small German airbase called Lechfeld. The pilot made three pass,” he pointed out several pictures from different altitudes and angles, “these are best shots he got.”

    “I want to meet the pilot, he deserves some recognition for his persistence.”

    The Lieutenant Colonel shuffled a little, “That may take some doing, sir. He wasn’t one of ours.”

    Knerr looked up, “What do you mean?”

    Knerr’s personal staff S-2, the Group S-2’s superior, answered for him, “Sir, it was Wing Commander Warburton from the R.A.F. Lieutenant Colonel Roosevelt gave him permission to fly the mission.”

    Damn that man.

    “I’ll handle it. Thank you, Colonel. You are dismissed.”

    The men saluted and left Knerr alone in his office. The photographs would need to be brought directly to the 8AF A-2, he knew that, and they would likely also be discussed at the next Staff Meeting for the impact the intelligence from them may have.

    He looked again just to be sure.

    There, enlarged nicely by the developers, were a series of aircraft under camouflage netting. He counted at least eleven of the same type although some of the photographs were blurred from the high speed and low angle at which they were taken. The German planes were partially shaded but their form was clear enough. They sat squat with wings low on triangular fuselages and tricycle landing gear. It was what was on those wings, however that was of most interest: low slung engines glinting in the gaping mouths of open nacelles and utterly devoid of any sign of propeller.

    The fear of German jet-powered aircraft coming operational was being realized.
     
    Last edited:
    Top